Author: admin

  • Wrath of the Righteous

    Jake waited patiently in the chapel courtyard, now first in line to enter the confessional booth. It was a pleasant spring afternoon, and at any other school the students would have been allowed to spend their lunch hour outside enjoying it. But at Lumen Fidei High School, students were required to attend confession at least once a week, during their free time. This demanding rule had been established by the current school priest, whose voice could be heard coming from the confessional.

    “Confess!” demanded the passionate voice echoing from the vestibule.

    The boys in the queue looked quite unperturbed by whatever was going on inside. Jake in particular was used to it, not that he wasn’t dreading his turn which inevitably arrived a few minutes later.

    “Remember, to yield to gluttony is to abuse God’s temple!” The door to the confessional had opened and a rather large kid from the year below hurried out, looking ashamed. It was a look Jake knew all too well. Most students left Father Gideon’s presence looking ashamed. In this christian school, confession was mandatory at least once a week, and as everyone knew, the school priest was unusually gifted at finding any information he could use to condemn you.

    Jake however, had to deal with this attitude all the days of the week, the priest was also his father.

    “Hi Dad,” he said glumly as he entered the small confessional. Jake could see his father’s tidy outline through the mesh divider.

    “I’ve told you many time before, it’s Father Gideon in here.” His father’s deep voice was stern yet calm at the same time. Gideon was incredibly well spoken, his respectful and charismatic sermons had drawn crowds from far and wide, revitalising the membership of their local church.

    “Start again, Jacob.”

    Jake let out a small huff, before complying.

    “Forgive me Father, for I have sinned. It has been one week since my last confession-”

    “Liar!” his father burst out. Jake had no doubt that that had been heard outside. “You missed last weeks confessional! And don’t for a moment pretend it was because you ‘forgot.’”

    “Oh yeah,” Jake said meekly. “Sorry.  About my sins…”

    “Don’t mumble” his father said flatly.

    “Right. Well, apart from skipping confession last week there’s nothing to report so…”

    Jake saw the silhouette of his father tilt his head.

    “Is that so?” he asked softly. “You’re neglecting to mention the pornographic magazine you’ve hidden under your bed.”

    “What?” Jake exclaimed. “You went through my things!?”

    “It is all under my roof,” Gideon replied calmly. Before Jake could respond, his father launched into one of his familiar lectures. “Once again you would shame me and shame the lord by debasing yourself with carnal filth! Jacob, you will one day be responsible for your own immortal soul, how can you ever hope to bask in God’s glory if this is how you act?!”

    Gideon took a deep breath to steady himself.

    “You know what must be done. Use the rest of your lunch to say the complete rosary, I’ll see to the rest of your penance tonight at home, as usual. Until it is complete, I cannot absolve you. You are dismissed for now, go in the light of the Lord.”

    After leaving the confessional booth, Jake was heading back to the school building when he ran into Sarah. Sarah was a pretty blonde girl who sat behind him in class and who was now batting her eyelashes at Jake. He was used to this sort of attention from the girls in school. Jake was handsome, with blonde hair and blue eyes while years of athletics had given him a muscular, toned physique. Although, what had helped the most was the rumour spreading that he was hung. A rumour that was true, Jake’s penis was eight and a half inches long when erect, especially impressive for any teenager. A month or so ago, a boy had glimpsed Jake’s dick in the locker room and wasted no time in telling everyone that he was well endowed. Jake suspected that this was the main reason Sarah had approached him, she had a bit of a reputation for being decidedly un-angelic behind closed doors.

    “Hi Jake, I hope confession wasn’t too rough on you,” she said in an overly flirtatious manner. “So, I was thinking, if you’re free tonight, my parents are out. You could come round and we could really give your father something to worry about.”

    Jake was used to girls staring at him, but flirting was completely new to him, and he was still a horny teenage boy. For a moment he stared slack-jawed, before recovering.

    “Well, erm, that sounds great, but I’m afraid I have to be at home this evening. Dad is expecting me and you know how strict he is. Another time?”

    “That’s a shame. Another time then.” She shot him a smile before turning on the spot and sauntering away. It may have been overly dramatic, but it had the desired effect: as she walked away Jake stared at her arse sway the entire time she was within eyesight.

    Jake now had one more reason to be angry at his father.

    After school Jake hurried to the school bus. He had to be home before his father to prepare for his penance.

    * * * * * * *

    Gideon Reed was exhausted when he reached home, but knew he couldn’t rest yet, there was still the matter of his son’s ongoing salvation.

    In his youth, Gideon had been a rebel too. He had turned away from his own religious parents and after years of debauchery, knocked up a woman. After the baby was born, the woman had been unable to save herself and she died of an overdose, her demons catching up to her. Gideon, seeing how he was being punished for his previous indulgent lifestyle, had then taken the cloth and vowed to never let his child wander from God’s path. It was for his son’s own good that he punished the boy.

    To his relief, Jake was prepared to receive his punishment as he had been taught, and was kneeling, completely naked, with his head bowed in prayer when Gideon entered the room. He took a seat on the couch opposite and regarded the boy. A man’s body is his temple, and Gideon respected his son for taking such good care of his body. A balanced diet and a disciplined training schedule had led to him looking like a classical adonis. Even his cock was magnificent. But Gideon knew that deep beneath the milky flesh were evils that had yet to be purged.

    “I see you’re ready, my child. Let’s begin.”

    Jake, looking forlorn, nodded, stood up, and approached his father before laying face down across his father’s knees. Father placed his hands on his sons exposed back.

    “For the transgression of knowingly harbouring impure materials designed to corrupt young minds you, my son, shall be struck fifty times. For then lying about your sin, you shall be struck a further fifty times. May this penance help you know your sins and find true mercy in the name of the Lord.”

    Gideon moved his right hand until it was over his son’s smooth, pert butt cheek. Preparing to do the lord’s work, exhaled deeply while slightly squeezing the round, smooth flesh. He could feel his own powerful erection building, but knew he didn’t need to feel guilty. Gideon had been celibate since the birth of his son, so persistent erections were common place. Besides, Gideon knew he wasn’t excited by his own carnal desires, his erection was due to the joy he felt at carrying out the lord’s will.

    Gideon raised his right hand, and brought it down sharply on his son’s arse. The force of the slap caused his son to cry out while leaving an angry red welt.

    “One,” Jake said through gritted teeth. His father nodded. As Jake had been taught, it was his job to keep track of his own penance. He knew that if he made a mistake counting, Father would start again from the beginning.

    By the time they reached eight, Jake was sobbing out each number more than saying it. Gideon, unfazed, kept on spanking.

    Gideon continued firmly slapping his son’s arse, Jake keeping count. Every now and then the boys cries would reach a fever pitch and Gideon, being filled with the lord’s mercy, would pause. He’d place his hand on his son’s sore arse, and gently caress the inflamed skin while muttering “be strong my child, be strong so that you may be renewed.” After Jake had a moment to collect himself, the beating would resume.

    “Good boy,” his father said after the beating was complete. “You know what to do.”

    Jake, now a quivering mess, lay face down on the couch while Father went to retrieve his supplies. Reentering the room, Gideon took a moment to admire his work. His son’s arse, pointing up, had recieved fifty slaps to each cheek and was a deep rosy red.

    Father first sprinkled holy water onto his son’s but cheeks, muttering sacred verse as he went. Then he applied ointment to his palms before kneading it across those rosy mounds.

    “I absolve you of your sins, in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit,” Gideon said solemnly.

    “By your grace Lord, I will not sin again. Amen.” Jake rattled off his practiced response, having now regained some of his composure. As he stood up, wincing, his father placed a kiss on his forehead.

    “You’ll be a great man some day,” his father said, slightly more gently than before. “But only if you learn to suppress your more primitive desires. Now go do your homework, I’ll call you for dinner.”

    * * * * * * *

    Later that night, Jake sat in his room, embarrassed and angry. His father’s penances were becoming harder and harder. Sometimes, Jake’s mind would wander and he would fantasize about someone finding out and arresting his Dad, but he knew that would never happen. The rest of his small town were extremely religious as well as being incredibly fond of Father Gideon’s sermons. If Jake’s word were pitted against his father’s, the town would side with his father.

    Being spanked while missing out on a chance to get laid had left his mind a vortex of anger and lust. Amid this all this frustration, he decided to give in to temptation. Jake decided to go looking for porn on the internet. Father had always said that the internet was a pathway to delinquency, and had banned Jake from even owning a computer. However, Jake knew where he could find one.

    On the other side of the field behind their house was a storage space almost the size of the house itself. It had originally been a barn, and then converted into warehouse for the home business the previous owners had run. Since Gideon and Jake had moved in it was mostly empty apart from the corner that Gideon used as a workshop for his woodworking hobby. Since he often needed to order tools or parts online, there he kept a small laptop connected to the internet.

    Jake waited for his father to go to bed before sneaking downstairs with a bundle of tissues in his pocket. He took the keys to the workshop and tiptoeing, slipped out of the back door into the night, making his way to the workshop. When he got there he used only a small torch to navigate, worried that turning on the lights might catch his father’s attention.

    When Jake logged on, he discovered to his dismay that his father had installed family safe search software, blocking most websites that might detail explicit sex acts. But Jake was undeterred, he had come to far to  give up and was determined to find some material to get himself off too, which he intended to do more than once. Crouching over the laptop, he spent the next twenty minutes trying to find a website that he could access.

    Eventually Jake stumbled upon a blog collecting vintage gay porn clips that blissfully, wasn’t blocked. His heart leapt as he scrolled down, there were working videos of men and woman, their sweaty bodies pressed against each other in unbridled passion. Jake was about to unzip his flies when he saw a video that made him freeze in shock.

    There was a video, now a couple of decades old, and it undoubtedly depicted his father. The title of the video was Jeremy Johnson fucks May Glitz and showed a young buff man ravage a woman in the back of his car. Jake was certain that this Jeremy Johnson was his Dad. Gideon now had a short tidy beard whereas Jeremy Johnson had a thick moustache. Aside from that they were identical, the same face and sandy blonde hair, the same broad figure and height. Although, Jake had only ever seen his father in robes or a suit, so some details were a surprise. His father’s muscles were well defined, and his rippling chest was oddly titillating, it had the perfect amount of blonde hair between his pecs while his narrow happy trail lead into his thick untamed bush. But it was Jeremy Johnson’s member that made him a stand out pornstar. It must have been about ten inches long as well as deliciously thick, the veined golden shaft leading to a bulbous mauve cockhead. Jake now knew where his own endowment came from, his father must have had the biggest cock he’d ever seen.

    Jake’s head was spinning now. All his life his dad had maintained a holier than thou, prudish attitude towards pretty much everyone. Jake couldn’t wrap his head around the revelation that Father Gideon had once been a porn star.

    Hungry for more, Jake had now forgotten about wanking and was completely absorbed in finding out more information on this Jeremy Johnston. He had worked in porn for a few years, and had been hugely popular with both guys and girls. Jeremy had worked for Tiger Video, a studio based in California that produced both straight and gay porn. Jake discovered, to his surprise that his father had participated in many of their gay porn scenes. In these videos, Jeremy would strut onto the screen and breed some poor bottom long and hard. Then, about eighteen years ago, he had simply disappeared from the porn scene.

    His research was cut short when he heard the workshop door opening. Apparently his Dad had figured out that he’d snuck away. Turning around, he saw the familiar figure of his father striding towards him. Just half an hour ago, this would have filled him with fear, but not anymore.

    “What are you doing, boy?” Father was getting started on one of his speeches. “Don’t tell me that just hours after the Lord’s justice was carried out, you-”

    “You can stop there, Dad.”

    “What did you say?!”

    “I know,” Jake said plainly. “I know about Jeremy Johnston.”

    For the first time in his life, Jake saw his father was surprised, stunned into silence.

    “My entire life” Jake said, shaking, “you berated me for the slightest thing, say God would judge me. But you were in porn!?”

    “That was a long time ago, Jake. I’ve changed, repented for my sins, and worked to give you and this community a better life.”

    “But you still did it. And then have the nerve to tell me to behave myself.”

    Gideon was shaking his head.

    “I had to. Your mother…she was in porn too. When she got pregnant, we said we’d take a break from the parties, the sex and the drugs, and take care of you. But they got to her, Jake. Her demons got to her, made her weak willed, and compliant. She died of an overdose a month after you were born. So you see, I had to protect you. The entire industry is awash with temptation. Pornography is a gateway to hell. I can’t let the demons take root in you too. Or you’ll fall to corruption like she did.”

    “Dad…”Jake began, at a loss for words. He was starting to see his father for what he was, deeply paranoid.

    “Just because someone died once doesn’t make all sex bad!”

    Gideon adopted a look of intense disgust on his face.

    “It is evil!” He spat the words out with vitriol. “I’m not discussing this any more. You have disobeyed me again, in search of basal stimulation. I see I was going too easy on you. Go back to the house and get ready for more penance. Jake I will cure you of this obsession, even if it takes a solid week of punishment!”

    Jake shook his head.

    “No Dad, I won’t live like this anymore.”

    “You have sinned,” Gideon said through gritted teeth. “Scripture demands your soul must be cleansed and the impurities burnt out.”

    For a moment Jake didn’t move. Then, exhaling deeply, he walked out of the workshop towards the house. Gideon took a moment to calm himself. He slammed the laptop shut, he couldn’t bring himself to think of the old days he spent in that wicked industry. Sighing, he headed back across the moonlit field to the house.

    To his disappointment, Jake was not in the living room, prepared for his punishment. He was by the front door wearing a coat and a large backpack on his back.

    “I’m leaving,” Jake said firmly.

    “No you’re not” Gideon said equally firmly. “You still live here with me.”

    Jake simply gave his father a short smile.

    “If you try and follow me, or send the police after me in any way, I think I’ll let your congregation know what you got up to while you were in California. I doubt they’ll be pleased to know their priest lied to them for years.”

    “Please Jake…” Gideon began, but it was too late. Jake turned and left, stealing into the night, leaving his Dad on his own.

    Jake walked to the next town over, a journey that took till early morning. Hiking by himself, he felt like he was free for the first time in his entire life. He was free from the puritanical attitude at home, free from watching his every action lest he be punished. And Jake knew just what he was going to do with his new found freedom. By the time he reached town, the sun had risen and a few small stores were getting ready to open. Jake walked to the bus stop, where he boarded a coach to California.

    * * * * * * *

    “That’s great,” the director said, looking into a laptop screen. “We’ve got everything we need. You can go now.”

    The camera men started to pack up as Jake, naked and sweaty, lay back on the bed, trying to catch his breath. His erection still pointed at the ceiling, even after spraying his chest with a heavy load of semen.

    “Very impressive indeed,” said a voice to his left. The voice belonged to a middle aged man in a navy blue suit who had an attractive, friendly face and brown hair with streaks of grey at the temples. Until now he had been silent, intently observing since walking in half way through the audition.

    “Allow me to introduce myself, I’m Arthur Parnell.”

    “Oh, hello Mr Parnell” Jake said, mildly surprised. He hadn’t been expecting to meet the top producer at Tiger Video Productions.

    “Please, call me Arthur. Now my assistant tells me you’re the son of Jeremy Johnson. When I found out you were auditioning, I simply had to come down and see you in action. I used to work with your father, he was a very talented individual.”

    Arthur handed Jake a dressing gown before continuing.

    “Let’s cut to the chase, shall we? We here at Tiger want you as a performer. It will be a standard contract, you’ll perform in the scenes we give you, two or three times a week, exclusively for us. Sound fair?

    “That sounds great!” said Jake eagerly. He hadn’t expected to be offered a job so soon.

    “You’ve got a great body, and a good attitude. You’ve got everything you need to succeed in this business. But I need to know are you straight, or gay?”

    “Straight,” replied Jake.

    “Ah,” said Arthur. He paused, studying Jake for a moment before continuing. “Well, here at Tiger Video, we create both straight and gay content. So, we require all of our models to have sex with men as well as woman. Is that something you’re okay with?”

    “Err…” Jake started.

    “Rest assured, it would be very occasional, if women are your preference.”

    He wasn’t sure that was what he wanted. He wanted to be known as a hot stud. He almost said no, but then he remembered his father had made some gay porn videos, and his fans still thought of him as macho. Also, part of why he was doing this was because he knew it would piss off his father. And the only thing that would annoy his father more than his son being in straight porn, was his son being in gay porn.

    “Yeah, I can do that.” Jake said earnestly.

    “Excellent,” said Arthur, grinning.

    After Jake had gotten dressed, he headed upstairs to Mr Parnell’s office to sign the documents, where Mr Parnell was waiting for him.

    “My assistant said you didn’t provide an address. Where are you staying?”

    “I’m actually crashing on a friend’s couch while I’m here,” admitted Jake.

    “Oh, we can’t have that. I’ve got a spare room and plenty of space, why don’t you come stay at mine?”

    “Really? You would be okay with that?”

    “For many years I considered your father a friend, it would be the least I could do.”

    “Thank you so much!” Jake said, beaming.

    “Now, on to business,” Arthur said picking up a large stack of papers.

    After Jake had signed and initialed the many copies of the year long contract, Arthur asked his assistant to bring in two glasses of wine to celebrate. Apparently he didn’t care that Jake was under aged.

    “At some point in the future we’ll have a photo shoot and then ask you a couple of questions, so that we can put up a bio for you on the website. Before then, I need you to decide whether you want a stage name like most models.”

    “I’ve thought about that,” Jake replied. “I want people to know my first name, and I want people to know I’m the son of Jeremy Johnson. How does Jake Johnson sound?.”

    “Jake Johnson,” Arthur repeated.  “I like that.”

    As they finished their drinks, conversation turned back to business, with Arthur interested in what sexual experiences Jake had had previously.

    “So, you’ve slept with a couple of women. But have you ever slept with a guy?”

    “Err, no,” Jake said. “But I’m sure I could do it if you needed me to!” he added hastily.

    Arthur had a more grave look on his face.

    “I’m not so sure, it’s a completely different ball game.”

    Jake now looked slightly panicked, worried that this admission would lose him the job.

    “I’ll tell you what,” Arthur said. “As a favour to you, to help show you the ropes, I’ll invite a performer like yourself you my home tomorrow evening. Together, we’ll be able to show you a few things. We don’t want you looking a fool in front of the cameras, do we now?”

    “No sir! Thanks for the help Arthur.”

    “My pleasure,” he said while grinning widely.

    * * * * * * *

    The next day Jake packed up his meagre possessions from the sofa he was crashing on, and was driven, by chauffeur, to Mr Parnell’s apartment. What Arthur had described to Jake as a bachelor pad apartment was actually a penthouse, the most luxurious abode Jake had ever seen. A housekeeper showed Jake to his bedroom, which had an huge double bed, a balcony and a gleaming marble ensuite bathroom.

    His day was filled by staff from Tiger Video visiting to take some promotional photos as well as taking his measurements for costumes or equipment he might need. That evening, Arthur invited a friend over.

    “He’ll be here in a minute,” Arthur said as he popped his head into Jake’s room. “Get undressed and wait in my bedroom.”

    Now used to getting undressed on demand, Jake obediently took of his clothes and went to Arthur’s bedroom. The spacious room was probably larger than the entire ground floor of his old house. In the centre of the lavishly decorated room was an ornate double bed with fine satin sheets.

    When Arthur reappeared, Jake saw that he was wearing only a silk bathrobe. To Arthur’s right was a tall attractive gentlemen who must have been in his thirties and had a slight middle eastern look about him.

    “Well Jake, this is Seyid. He’s been in the gay porn business for quite some time .”

    “You weren’t kidding,” Seyid said while regarding Jake’s naked form up and down. He he a incredibly upper class and refined way of speaking. “He’s quite the specimen.”

    “Let’s see if his talents match up to his looks. Jake, kneel in front of me,” Arthur ordered.

    Jake obeyed, slightly confused, wondering what they wanted from him. He found out when Arthur slipped of his bathrobe and put his cock in Jake’s mouth.

    “Urrg…” was the only sound Jake managed to make as he suddenly found his throat filled. He desperately tried to pull his head back but Arthur placed a hand either side of his head, holding him in place.

    “Suck it, boy,” Arthur growled, surprising Jake with how vicious he could be.

    Jake sheepishly moved his head back and forth, wincing at the sensating of a cock head trying to force its way into his throat. Meanwhile, Seyid had started to get undressed.

    Eventually Arthur released his grip, and Jake fell back, gasping for air.

    “Disappointing,” Arthur said dryly. “You’ll be doing a lot of that, you better improve quickly.”

    Jake managed to catch his breath, saying “I’ll be giving blowjobs? But I’m a straight top.”

    “As outlined in your contract you perform whatever acts I tell you to perform. Now, blow Seyid, and you had better try harder.”

    Jake was angry at himself for not reading all the fine print, but he didn’t have time to think about it, Seyid had finished taking of his clothes, and was approaching, armed with a heavy erection. Whereas Arthur’s veiny cock had been about seven inches long, Seyid’s caramel rod was more like eight and significantly thicker. Jake couldn’t even breath as Seyid roughly grabbed his head and forced his cock into his throat. Sputtering, Jake tried to push Seyid away but it was no use, the beefy man was a lot stronger. He tried it vain to bob his head up and down, but that cock was rammed in as far as it would go. Just as he thought he would pass out, Seyid released him, and he fell backwards onto the carpet.

    As he lay there, breathing deeply, the two men regarded him.

    “You were  right,” Seyid said delicately. “His blow job skills are lacking. But he’s simply so beautiful, and his cock is as big as mine. I’m certain he’ll be worth the effort to train.”

    “I hope you’re right,” Arthur said wearily. “Jake, get up.”

    Jake, who had been lying on the floor, embarrassed and exhausted, got to his feet. Arthur led him to the bed and guided him to lie on the bed, knees pulled toward his chest.

    Jake, with sudden alarm, saw what was coming. In this position, his arsehole was exposed and facing the end of the bed where Seyid and Arthur stood.

    “No!” he said standing up, visibly panicked. “I told you, I’m a top, I don’t want anything in my arse.”

    “Now now,” said Arthur, “As your contract states, the producer decides what occurs on set. If I say you’re getting fucked, you’re getting fucked. If you refuse, we’ve grounds to sue for breach of contract.”

    “Don’t let it get to that Jake,” Seyid chimed in. “Anyway, I think you’ll grow to like it.”

    “But, I’m straight and…It’s going to hurt…” Jake stuttered out.

    “It’s only going to hurt at first, and then, it’s going to feel great regardless of whether you’re straight or gay.” Arthur spoke more gently that before. “And I promise, we’ll ease you into it.”

    Jake took a deep breath. After a moment of quiet, he reluctantly agreed.

    “Fine,” he said, as he got back into position. “But please be gentle.”

    Seyid crouched down, face in front of Jakes once again exposed arse.

    “You’ve got a cute little hole, I’ll take good care of it.”

    With that, Seyid pushed his tongue into Jake’s quivering hole. Immediately, the boy shuddered as unfamiliar sensations swept his body.

    “Ahh…” was the only sound that escaped his lips.

    “Told you you’d like it,” Seyid said with a cocky grin.

    He continued to rim him expertly, alternating between making small circles around his sphincter or darting his tongue between his soft, inviting crevasse. After a few minutes of this he took a step back, now it was Arthur’s turn.

    Arthur lubed his forefinger, and gently rubbed it around Jake’s sphincter, in smaller and smaller circles until he was pushing into his hole. Jake continued to moan and gasp with pleasure until Arthur suddenly stopped.

    “Remember to relax,” he said imperiously, before pushing the finger in.

    “Oh, god..slowly..don’t stop!” he breathed as his insides were gently massaged for the first time.

    Arthur turned his hand palm up, and began stroking Jake’s prostate. With his other hand he held Jake’s massive erection and slowly pumped up and down, causing Jake to writhe in ecstasy.

    “Imagine how good a cock will feel boy. Are you ready for some meat?” Arthur asked.

    When Jake hesitated, Seyid stepped in.

    “First, lets see him use that tool of his. Fuck me, stud.”

    Jake smiled as Seyid climbed onto the bed and lay down, waiting to get fucked in the missionary position. Jake’s cock sucking may not have been up to par, but this he knew he was good at. Grabbing the lube he coated his dick as Seyid smeared his own hole.

    Having never fucked a guy, Jake held Seyid by the ankles and gingerly pushed his erection against the moist sphincter in front of him.

    “I’m not a fucking woman, shove it in!” Seyid growled aggressively.

    Jake thrusted his pelvis forwards, moaning loudly as the entire length of his shaft was swallowed by Seyid’s arse. For a moment he was still, lost in unfamiliar sensation. The tight, moist grip around his dick was unlike anything he had ever experienced. Wanting more, he began aggressively pounding the man in front of him.

    “Oh my God, yes!” Seyid screamed as Jake wildly grunted with each thrust. “He knows how to fuck!”

    Arthur meanwhile, approached Jake from behind. Watching those sculpted, golden cheeks clench and release with each thrust was intoxicating, but he knew there was more work to do. He once again inserted a finger into Jake’s tight arsehole, Jake’s gyrations powering his own fingering. The boy was surprised, but continued his determined plowing. After a minute, Arthur decided he was ready for more.

    Seyid saw what was about to happen, and wrapped his legs around Jake’s waist, holding his hips in place. Jake only figured out why when a moment later Arthur, now kneeling behind him, shoved his dick into Jake’s tight hole.

    Jake screamed aloud at the invasion but Arthur did not relent. He almost pulled out before slamming his dick in, again and again and again.

    “Relax your hole, boy,” was the only advice he offered as he kept up his assault.

    Jake did his best, but kept whimpering as his arse was rammed. His hole felt like it was on fire after being shoved open. There was also the sensation of a deep pressure just inside his arse, a pressure that confusingly made him want the pounding to continue. Jake arched his back, and against his will found himself enjoying that deep pressure.

    Once Arthur felt Jake drop the resistance he leant back and ordered his to keep fucking. Jake once again focused on fucking Seyid, but now he was impaling himself between thrusts. He moaned wildly, almost overcome with sensation as he delicately toed the line between pain and pleasure.

    “Oh god,” Arthur was moaning passionately a few minutes later. “That’s right, take it. I’m gonna cum!” He held Jake’s waist as as in a few deep thrusts cum spilled forth into the boy’s abused chute.

    Arthur fell back panting while Seyid disentangled himself from Jake. Jake, now breathless, fell forward onto the bed, but it wasn’t over for him.
     
    “My turn,” Seyid said with a sadistic smile.

    He pounced on top of Jake’s sprawled out form, and ignoring Jake’s weak protests, forced his long dick into the boy’s abused cunt.

    “”Oh God!” screamed Jake, as his arsehole was forced open even wider. His limbs flailed but Seyid pushed down on his shoulders, pinning him in place. Seyid turned out to be just as ravenous a top as Jake. He immediately launched into a high paced slamming of his pelvis into Jake’s bouncing cheeks

    Jake was being so viciously violated, he buried his face in the downy covers and bit down on the sheets, trying to become accustomed to the huge rod inside him.

    “Now you know how it feels,” Seyid grunted, slamming the boy.

    Jake didn’t respond, he simply let loose a moan that was muffled by the covers.

    It seemed like an eternity to Jake before Seyid’s moaning reached a fever pitch and he began to convulse, becoming the second man to plant his seed in this newly cunted hole.

    “Fuck that’s tight,” Seyid sighed as he lent back. As his throbbing cockhead popped out, semen dribbled down Jake’s taint, past his balls and onto the bed.

    Seyid had almost immediately recovered, and had started getting dressed.

    “What an excellent find Arthur. If you need my help stretching the boy out again, just give me  call.”

    After a couple of minutes of heavy sweaty breathing, Jake rolled onto his back, and began to jerk himself off. Even with a sore arse, he was still a horny teenager who hadn’t cum yet. Arthur immediately slapped his hands away.

    “No wanking, save it for the camera!” he barked.

    Jake begrudgingly lowered his hands. He was coming to resent the contract he had signed which had apparently given Arthur sexual control over him.

    “Good boy. Now, get some rest. Your first scene is tomorrow.” As Arthur spoke and evil grin was spreading across his face. “You’ve got a lot of work to do.”

    * * * * * * *

    Eight Months Later

    * * * * * * *

    Without anyone else at home to take care off, Gideon had fallen into a simple routine. He would come home, get some reading done and make himself a modest supper. Afterwards he would retreat to his workshop, but he hadn’t done any woodworking in many months. Instead, he would go onto the Tiger Video website and check whether his son had any new scenes out.

    He clicked on his son’s biography page and read the description for what must have been the one hundredth time:

    Tiger Video are proud to present Jake Johnson, son of our former star, Jeremy Johnson. Jake’s devilishly handsome good looks aren’t the only thing he inherited from his father. He also inherited a sculpted body, a massive cock and a lust to fuck anything that moves. But like most straight boys that find us, he soon discovered that nothing hits the spot like a huge cock up his arse.

    Gideon clicked on the latest video tab and saw that a new video had been uploaded: “Big Dick Dominated.” He started the video, his dick getting hard before it had even loaded.

    Jake was bound, bent over a table with his long dick hanging down between his legs. Two built black tops then took turns riding his arse until he had been filled with semen four times over. Throughout the boy whimpered, straining against his bindings while simultaneously begging them to keep fucking him.

    Since he had started watching his son’s video’s he had noticed that the boy topped less and less as time went on. His first few scenes had featured him exclusively fucking women. But more and more men had been introduced, occasionally fucking him. Now, getting fucked was all he did.

    It pained Gideon to watch, more so than his erection painfully pushing against his trouser leg. Not only was his son being used by a wicked company, clearly the boy entertained the same demons as his mother for he seemed to be enjoying it.

    Gideon could stand it no longer. The boy obviously required salvation, and the only way to do that would be to exorcise his demons. He knew that his son faced evils far beyond what most priests had encountered, so Gideon reached out to his old seminary school friends in the hope of procuring some of the more esoteric materials.

    A week later, a package arrived for Gideon, sent by his old roommate. Inside Gideon found an old tome, with a handwritten note included. The note read:

    My old friend.

    Enclosed is the Treatise on the Expelling of Demons. It was written in the sixteenth century by a Scottish monk, collecting his order’s knowledge on casting out demons. It is certain to be of help in exorcising the demon of lust you described in your email. It will need translation as it is in the original Enochian language.

    May God be with you,
    Father Murray

    Gideon frowned as he thumbed through the book, his Enochian was rather rusty. Still, he was certain that his faith would guide him to the correct answers.

    But before he could perform the exorcism, he had to find the possessed. Gideon packed his essentials into his car before setting out to find his son.

    * * * * * * *

    Jake was thrown onto the floor in front of Arthur who was dispassionately watching from an armchair while sipping brandy.

    “Frankly, my boy, I’ve grown bored of you,” Arthur stated plainly.

    Earlier, Jake had been roughly grabbed in bed by the group of burly body guards. They had stripped him, put him in handcuffs and dragged him to the living room where Arthur was waiting for him.

    “That’s why I’m selling you.”

    “What…?” was all Jake managed to say in his confused state.

    “A wealthy CEO in Dubai has offered to buy you for a rather generous amount. You’ll be his sex slave, and I suggest you do as he says, I hear he can be quite sadistic with those who disobey his commands.”

    “Why?” Jake said shaking his head in disbelief. “I did everything you wanted me to do on Camera. I’m your most popular star!”

    “That’s true, you’ve made the studio a lot of money. But this offer is being made directly to me, and I simply can’t refuse. The studio will lose a big name, but I’ll be even richer.”

    Jake hung his head, crushed. Recently, he had begun to resent Arthur. At home, Arthur would make him do the chores while naked, and demand sexual favors at anytime of the day. But he never permitted Jake to cum, saying that it had to be saved for on screen. And at the studio, Arthur was just as controlling, forcing Jake into more and more compromising scenarios. Jake had even considered quitting, but he knew Arthur would sue for breach of contract. But as bad as it had been, Jake now had to face the realisation that it was just going to get worse for him.

    With a shock, he realised that his Dad had been right. His dad had warned him that the porn industry was evil but Jake had ignored him, thinking he was just being sanctimonious.

    It was as this thought was crossing his mind that he noticed something odd happening to the men in the room. Several of the body guards had started to slump forward. Even the colleagues who remained upright seemed sluggish.

    “What’s going on…” Arthur mumbled but even he was looking drowsy.

    One by one they others in the room fell asleep, leaving Jake a whimpering mess on the floor. He looked around the room in disbelief, surrounded by the unconscious figures of his captors. For a moment he thought he could use this chance to  escape slavery, but where would he go? Would he be punished?

    A voice he recognised spoke up from behind him.

    “Come on son.”

    Jake turned to see it was his father.

    “Dad!” he exclaimed. “What are you doing here?”

    “Getting you out of this place. Lets go.”

    Half an hour later they were in the car and on the way home.

    “How did you find me,” Jake sheepishly asked.

    “Well, the studio told me where you were staying. So I asked the local priest whether he knew anyone who could get me in. It turns out that the chef went to confession regularly, and was uncomfortable with what had been happening in the apartment. I convinced him to drug the food as well as let me in.”

    “Dad…” Jake was at a loss for words. “Thank you for finding me. I’m sorry! You were right all along, I never should have left home.”

    For the first time that Jake could remember, his father had a warm smile on his face.

    “I love you Jake. For now, let’s get you home. You’re not saved yet.”

    * * * * * * *

    Two Months Later

    * * * * * * *

    Father Gideon arrived home after a pleasant day of chastising the children about their sins. As usual, he made dinner for himself and relaxed by watching some christian broadcasting. But after supper, it was time to get to work.

    Gideon carried around a simple notepad, within which was his translation of the demon cleansing ritual from his copy of the Treatise. He read it again as he made his way to his workshop. Like many of the exorcism rituals in the book, it began with the possessed being restrained, for their own protection. The passage then read:

    “The victim, barred from his own lustful pleasures must have the father’s essence forced upon him. Only by doing so may his own essence be released. By such exchange of the holy spirit shall the demons influence be lifted.”

    Gideon had had some trouble understanding the obscure language used in the Treatise, but he had faith that God would not let him be misguided. Through his careful interpretation of the holy words, Gideon had reconstructed the ritual by which his son might be saved. Jake was chained up in the workshop because, as the scripture instructs, the possessed must be bound.

    Gideon reached the workshop and peered into the space where Jake had been confined. In the centre of the empty space was a cage of black metal bars that Gideon himself had assembled. And within it, with chains cuffed to his arms and legs, was his naked, muscular son.

    “Dad?” Jake said as he saw his father approaching. “Dad, Please. Please let me go.”

    “Jake, it’s been weeks, when are you going to learnt that you need this?”

    “I’m not possessed Dad!” Jake implored. “And you’ve just mistranslated nonsense to get this stupid ritual.”

    “That’s just what you would say if you were possessed,” Gideon said knowingly.

    Gideon didn’t know why his son was being so obstructive. The cell he had constructed for Jake was rather cosy. Arranged around the bed in the middle were some weights, a selection of christian reading materials, a mini fridge with prepared meals and even a compact tiled toilet/shower area. In fact, seeing as it was more room than he had been afforded in Seminary school, Gideon thought he had been rather generous in constructing this space for his son’s imprisonment.

    Gideon moved to the pulleys outside the cage. There were four, each connected to different chain to each of his son’s limbs.

    “Now, get on the bed, on your back like I taught you.”

    “You don’t have to do this Dad…” Jake whimpered. But even as he was pleading, he was also getting into position. He had learnt that there was no point in resisting.

    Once Jake was lying on the bed, Gideon began turning the handles on the pulleys. The chains were pulled through the bars of the cage, eventually taunt enough that they were holding Jake in position, with just enough give that he could move his legs as he wanted while not being able to get off the bed.

    Gideon opened the doors to the cage, approaching the splayed supine figure of his son. Jake had a magnificent body, golden, muscular and glistening with sweat although what stuck out was the chastity device on his son’s cock. His once large cock had not had a proper erection in almost two months, and now in its place bounced a tiny locked nub, less than a couple of inches long.

    “Are you ready?” asked Gideon as he started to take of his own clothes. “It might be today that we get that we finally get a demon out of you.”

    “I’ve told you, it’s not going to work in chastity”, said Jake, dejectedly.

    “Yes it will, we just have to keep trying.”

    With that Gideon slid off his underwear. Despite not having been in front of the camera for years, Gideon had maintained his buff physique. The hair on his chest was slightly more grey, but his pecs were just as round, his arms just as bulging. And, as Jake had found out, his erection was just as it appeared to be on screen, ten inches long and hard.

    With the bottle of lube by the bed, Gideon greased up his hardening cock, looking at Jake with an intense, insatiable hunger.

    “Tonight’s the night boy. I’ll get that evil out of you if it takes all night.”

    “Dad, wait-” Jake began but before the could continue, Gideon dove forward. He pushed Jake’s knees towards his chest, exposing his son’s pink, abused boy cunt. Gideon couldn’t help but be turned on. After being raped daily the short pink slit looked more like a tight pussy than an arsehole.

    Unwilling to wait any longer, Gideon decided it was once again time to perform his fatherly duties. He pressed his bulging cockhead against Jake’s warm opening.

    “Slowly!” Jake pleaded.

    Gideon ignored him, immediately starting to push his fat cockhead into his son. Despite Jake’s cries, he pushed his thick shaft into the boy’s pussy until his thick pubes were pressing against Jake’s soft taint. There, he rested for a moment, enjoying the feel of Jake’s sphincter spasmicaly contracting, desperately trying to relax.

    Jake struggled against his chains, trying to wriggle away from his father’s grip in vain. He soon gave up, instead trying to concentrate on accommodating his father’s huge member. Still he found himself struggling. His father’s cock was so large that no matter how many times he was penetrated, Jake always felt like he was being fucked deeper than ever before.

    Like many times before, Jake could feel his unused member straining against the metal sides of the chastity cage. He could even feel the building need to ejaculate, but he knew that while in chastity that would never happen.

    Gideon’s fucking was beginning in earnest. With a tight grip on Jake’s spread knees, he started to pound the poor boy using the full length of his fucktool. Each thrust would accompany a deep, lustful grunt from Gideon and a wild, desperate moan from Jake. Every now and then Gideon would thrust in completely, and then hold, admiring the sight of his son wincing from such a thorough stuffing. He would even caress his son’s cheeks and pinch his nipples, betraying the fact that Gideon wasn’t doing this for purely pragmatic reasons.

    “Daddy, please. You’re…oh fuck…you’re too big. Gently please!” Jake was begging with the ramming becoming faster still. Again, Gideon ignored the weakness in his son. He knew that the only way the ritual would succeed were if Jake was completely at ease being roughly dominated by his father’s cock. And the quickest way to teach that was to mercilessly dominate him with his own large cock. And Gideon could see that Jake was finally learning his lesson.

    Gideon looked upon Jakes sweat drenched body and saw it was no longer writhing with pain but ululating with pleasure. Each wet thrust would elicit along deep moan from Jake who was now raising his arse to maximise the impact of his father’s every thrust.

    “D…Daddy…” he softly whimpered, eyes rolling back as he lost himself in the intensity of his fucking.

    Seeing this was too much for Gideon, who began to feel an orgasm forming.

    “Oh God son, are you ready for your father’s essence?”

    Before Jake could answer, Gideon was screaming, jerkily slamming his cock forward as is coated his sons insides with hot jizz. Overcome with the continued sensations of his inflamed cockhead rubbing against Jakes, sticky insides, Gideon collapsed forwards onto his son’s torso. It seemed the ritual was over and once again, Jake had failed to expel any demonic essence. And then Gideon heard something he’d never thought he’d hear.

    “Please Dad,” Jake begged softly. “I was so close, please keep going.”

    Almost immediately, Gideon was fully hard again and showing he hadn’t yet lost his immense stamina, resumed viciously ploughing Jakes hole.

    Over the past few weeks Jake had, despite the indignation at being caged by his own father, been starting to enjoy the evenings when Gideon would violate him anally. Perhaps it was prideful but Jake had been determined not to let it show, not wanting to validate his father’s methods. Tonight however, he was horny, and tired of fighting it. He decided to stop fighting and let go, and found that his father’s cock was fulfilling him more completely than any man had before.

    The slight pressure inside his perineum that accompanied anal sex was there as usual and made Jake feel like he were being edged despite his locked cock being nowhere near fully erect. To his surprise, as his father fucked him harder and harder, he felt that pressure grow beyond what he had ever felt. Just as his father was spraying his colon with cum, Jake realised that his little locked nub, which had been dry for two months, was close to blowing.

    His father began fucking him again and as always, it was astounding deep and hard. Jake’s pussy, wet with juices was making a wet sucking sound on top of the loud slaps when their thighs connected.

    “Daddy…I’m gonna…” began Jake.

    “Let it happen boy, let the holy spirit flow,” grunted Gideon.

    Jake, naked and chained, was moaning and writhing as his locked cock, bouncing up and down from the force of his father’s animalistic thrusts, began to leak thick strands of cum.

    “Oh fuck Dad, it’s happening, I’m cumming!” screamed Jake. It was a heavy volume of semen and after several spurts, the flow subsided. Semen was now running over his plastic cage and onto his wet, already seeded cunt. Gideon, keeping buried within his son, began to smile.

    “I told you the ritual was possible son, you just needed faith. After shedding some demonic influence, your soul is lighter, do you feel it?”

    “Er. Sure…” said Jake, playing along. “So, does this mean I’m free now. Can I go?”

    Gideon pulled his long tool out of his son slowly, before gathering his clothes and stepping out of the cage.

    “What do you mean free?” said Gideon nonchalantly as he closed the cage door.

    Jake was panicked now, fighting against his still taut chains.

    “You imprisoned me here to do your stupid translation of a dumb “ritual”, trying to get me to cum in chastity from fucking. And it’s done. So let me out.”

    Gideon merely shook his head.

    “My dear boy, did you not read my notes I left you? The ritual has to be repeated as often as possible until you are completely free of evil. Don’t worry, it will be easier now that you’ve done it once.”

    “I don’t care about that,” snapped Jake. “How long are you going to keep me here?”

    “The ritual should be completed over the course of a year or two.”

    Jake, stunned, stared slack-jawed at his father.

    “Two years?” he eventually exclaimed. “Dad, you’ve gone insane! This isn’t about my salvation, you’re just a repressed creep who wants to fuck his own son!”

    Gideon now wore an angry expression.

    “I warned you son, about the dangers of lust. But you didn’t listen. And now it is up to me to fix you. I don’t want to do this, but it is my duty as a father to save you, which means keeping you caged and fucking you every night for the next couple of years.”

    Jake, the fight having gone out of him, simply hung his head. Gideon’s demeanor changed at seeing his son act so dejectedly.

    “I’m sorry it turned out this way son, I do love you. Now, have some food and get some rest. Tomorrow, we do this all again.”


    To get in touch with the author, send them an email.


  • Bound, Gagged, and Abused in a Van

    Michael was sound asleep. He was sprawled out in his bed, only in his underwear, with the bedsheet halfway covering his body. The nerdish cute 28 year old young man was fit with thick light brown hair and green eyes.

    He had a nice bedroom situated in an upscale condo in the heart of the city. He made a good living working as a software engineer.

    From outside, the window to his room quietly opened and the faint sounds of the city leaked their way inside. Slowly, two figures crawled through the window. They were slender young men dressed in clothing like construction workers wore. One was Latino, the other a white boy.

    They quickly jumped on top of Michael where he slept, who immediately woke up. The Latino intruder held a pocket knife to his throat, cupping his gloved hand over Michael’s mouth while the white kid held down his wrists.

    Michael knew who they were. The Latino youth was Mateo. The white trash one was Dakota.

    “Keep this in your mouth,” Mateo ordered as he produced a bandana from his pocket and shoved it in Michael’s mouth. It was moist with a warm, salty, rank taste of dirt and sweat.

    The young thugs saw the assortment of BDSM gear that Michael had laid out for their convenience. They made good use of the items too. Michael’s wrists and ankles were cuffed in leather restraints. They took some zip ties, using them to bind Michael’s wrists in front of him. Zzzipp! Then they tied more zip cables to connect his ankles. Zzzipp!

    “You sure about this, bro?” Mateo asked Michael, now using a slightly sympathetic voice, a tone different than his earlier, authoritative command.

    Michael, though his heart was racing and mind filled with fearful thoughts, was eager for what was in store. He nodded with a muffled gasp through his gag. After all, knew what he signed up for:

    Michael had propositioned them for an elaborate, hired kidnapping scene. He knew them through random encounters at the local grocery store early mornings at the breakfast counter before they all went off for work. He learned part of their story. They were former juvenile delinquents on a long parole working off their time – trying to earn an honest living – doing contracted work for the county. He sensed an opportunity and took a chance. He offered them a $1,000 each for a night of crazy, risky roleplay. For young guys like Mateo and Dakota that was a lot of money and they were willing to oblige. Given their wicked streaks too, they were probably the right kind of young men to carry out Michael’s fantasy.

    Dakota produced a roll of thick, rubber adhesive black tape, the kind they used no doubt for doing their electrical work on the job. He pushed the bandana gag further in to Michael’s mouth and wrapped the tape around his face several times.

    Now, bound and gagged, there no easy way for Michael to go back on the arrangement. He could no longer speak. He did, however, take comfort in the face that he had an understanding that if he used a safety signal, snapping his fingers, the scene would stop and any gag would be removed. Only in extreme situations would he use it, though. Otherwise, anything and everything was permissible in the role play.

     

    The young kidnappers laid out a large thick white sheet, spreading it out on the floor, then wrapped Michael up in it. They sealed the sheet around his mummified body using more of the electrical tape. From his ankles, to his thighs, his chest, even his head, the thick black tape was tightly wrapped around key locations of the sheet.

    Mateo and Dakota lifted up their mummy wrapped victim and carried him down the flight of stairs to his garage. They laid him down, opened the garage door while Dakota retrieved their car, backing it into the garage. It was a white, nondescript utility van they used for work. After Dakota opened the dual metal doors in the back, the two young men picked up their helpless but consenting hostage and laid him on the van’s floor, which was covered with a faded foam rubber black mat.

    Michael, meanwhile, struggled and grunted in his tight captivity, warming up inside the sheet. He delighted in the restriction of his body although he was forced to taste the disgusting sweaty bandana gag in his mouth.

    Mateo and Dakota took off and drove through the city, with their powerless human package in the back. The ride in the van was long, bouncy, and uncomfortable. Michael, though, made the best out of it, enjoying the wild ride with his mind racing about what was to come next.

    Eventually the van arrived to its destination, which was the back entrance to an electrical supply warehouse just outside the city. It was pitch black with no signs of people anywhere at that hour. It was dead quiet. It was the ideal place, the hired kidnappers determined, to do their job.

    Mateo and Dakota stepped to the back of the van and cut way the tape sealing the sheet around Michael. They unwrapped him from the cloth. Michael was flushed and beet red, with lots of sweat coating his body as he laid restrained in only his tighty whities underwear. He looked up at his captors with feverish eyes and marveled in their appearance:

    Mateo and Dakota were hard edged looking young men but nonetheless almost boys by comparison to him; late teens or possibly twenty years old. Mateo was a handsome Latino with cropped short black hair, brown eyes, and dimples. Dakota was a skinny white trash type, covered in tattoos, but ruggedly handsome too with short blonde hair and blue eyes. Both of them were dressed in their work issued khaki BDU pants and company logo adorned t-shirts that said “DJK Electrical.” They wore heavy work boots and ballcaps backwards. Their work clothes were pretty grimy as well.

    As they looked downward to their hostage, the young thugs spontaneously started to spit on him, calling him “queer” and “faggot” as they kicked at his sides with their boots and bent down to punch him lightly around his chest and abs. Michael rolled around on the floor, trying to escape their spitting and body blows but ultimately couldn’t deflect their attacks even if he really wanted to. While the assault was discomforting, they were measured enough so not to hurt him badly. The corrugated metal flooring of the van, however, was ribbing his body as he rolled around though the thin foam rubber padding softened the contact.

     “Ok, little man. You’re our bitch for the night,” Mateo laughed as he squatted down just above Michael’s head to get closer to their hostage. He started to pinch and twist Michael’s nipples like a radio dial.

    “Mmmmphhhh!” Michael groaned in to his gag, enduring the light pain.

    As Mateo continued his playful torment on Michael – now introducing body blows, slaps to the face, even yanking on his dick through his underwear — Dakota went to the back of the van, near the double doors. He got busy securing metal ratchets fitted with tie down belts, attaching them to steel beams that ran along the tops of the van walls, along the rooftop. Michael knew this was some kind of bondage contraption that the white trash boy was designing. Dakota finished the work above then took another pair of ratchets with similarly attached nylon webbed belts and secured those to metal fasteners that were at the base of the walls, along the floor’s edge.

    “In case you’re wondering Mikey, this is going to make it easier for us to rape you! So, you won’t be able to stop us!” Dakota said with braggadocio.

    Getting fucked was not on Michael’s request list, however. Being kidnapped and abused was part of the deal – with the obvious implication it was a sexual fetish – but he didn’t ask for sex from two straight guys, even if he paid them as handsomely as he did. Would he be able to endure it? He’d not been fucked before! Why would they WANT to do this?

    “You want us to fuck you?! Huh, little bitch?!” Mateo taunted still torturing Michael’s exposed nipples. “You’ll pay us extra, won’t you? Right? Another $1,000 each?”

    Michael winced as Mateo continued his nip torture, waiting for the answer he wanted. He finally muffled an affirmative response and nodded his head.

    After a few minutes, the contraption Dakota rigged was complete. It was getting warmer in the sealed van. A mixed smell of tar, grease, and heavy body odor was filling the confined van space.

    Dakota pulled off his sweaty t-shirt, revealing a slim but muscle toned youthful physique with washboard abs. The redneck was covered in tattoos including a skull and cross bones tat over his left pec. Mateo followed suit and removed his dirty work shirt, showing off his slender, also muscle toned build. He had smooth, olive skin except for a light happy trail of black hair from his belly button leading into his crotch.

    Michael’s assailants had to re-position him in the elaborate contraption Dakota built.

    Mateo pulled out his pocket knife, threatened to stab Michael if he misbehaved because he was going to cut off the zip ties that bound his leather restraints. Michael, unable to speak with Mateo’s sweaty bandana gag in his mouth, grunted and nodded compliantly. They were certainly convincing in their roleplay, unless they really didn’t’ mind harming him! Mateo cut the plastic zip ties from his wrists and ankles.

    The young thugs grabbed Michael and moved him a few feet to the back where the nylon webbed straps dangled from their mounted ratchets above. The belts hung low, with attached metal carabiner clips swayed just inches above the floor of the van. Mateo and Dakota put Michael on his knees and quickly snapped his wrist restraints into the carabiner clips.  Dakota told him to make a fist and then he wrapped tape around his closed hands, likely so he couldn’t navigate his way out of the clips with his fingers, if he so desired. This, however, also prevented Michael from snapping his fingers, which was the main safety signal. It alarmed him, realizing he was further into a point of no return, helpless to stop anything that went too far. He went along with it though. By now, did he really have a choice?

    Michael was visibly nervous as a result, looking at his captors wide eyed. “Don’t worry pee wee,” Dakota mocked grabbing Michael by his balls and dick, squeezing them. “You’ll love every minute of this night, you sick puppy!”

    Dakota and Mateo then snapped Michael’s ankle cuffs to the carabiners attached to the other set of nylon belts that connected to the ratchets near the floor on the opposite walls. They cranked those ratchets a few notches, slowly spreading out his legs as he remained knelt on the rubber mat. He still had plenty of length from the straps attached to his wrists though, allowing him some flexibility above the waist.

    “This is gonna be ours,” Dakota leaned down behind Michael, putting his hand over his ass and pushing one of his fingers into his underwear fabric at the crack of his butt, partially inserting it into his ass.

    “Mmmphh!” Michael whimpered.

    It got even hotter in the van now, starting to feel like a sauna. The three young men were sweating profusely, their chests glistening. Dakota pulled off his work boots, revealing a pair of crusty, odor stained tube socks with holes on the bottom. He unsnapped his work BDU pants, and slid them off his legs. The slender bad boy stood proudly in a pair of worn, off grey Fruit of the Loom underwear. He looked good. While not sporting a boner,  he showed off an impressive bulge in his crotch.

    “Want a preview?” Dakota laughed, moving to Michael’s front and lunging his sweaty crotch into his face. “Sniff faggot!” he said spitting down on him.

    Mateo also took off his boots, leaving on his sweaty black ankle socks, and stripped out of his dirty work pants. He too looked good to Michael, wearing sheer, stretchy cotton spandex blended baby blue designer briefs. It showed off his impressive bubble butt. But, most notably, it displayed an obvious erection!

    “My turn!” Mateo chuckled putting his crotch in Michael’s face. This time, however, Michael was treated to a hard cock pressing against his gagged lips. He wanted to take it!

    Michael was taking heavy, labored breaths through his nose, forcing him to take whiffs of the pungent scent of Mateo’s crotch.

    “Shit! I think I need my dick sucked, bro!” Mateo roared,  looking to Dakota.

    With that, Mateo told Michael to keep his head still as he slid the knife carefully under the layers of tape pressed against Michael’s cheeks, cutting it away. When the tape seal was broken, Mateo ripped off the layered straps of tape and yanked out his bandana, which was soaked with saliva.

    “Thank you!” Michael sighed with happiness, taking his first full breaths, excited to suck on Mateo’s dick as he leaned in to it.

    “Shut the fuck up!” Mateo yelled, punching Michael lightly but effectively in his nut sack.

    “Dumb fag!” Dakota chimed in.

    The two thugs spit into Michael’s face to humiliate him, punish him, for speaking.

    “You’re too eager for it!” Mateo countered. “Got down on my nuts. Lick them clean! They need a ball washing, ha hah!”

    Mateo slid down his baby blue underwear and revealed a large, throbbing, erect penis with a beautiful set of modestly hairy balls that he held up with his hand. He stood tall on his knees facing Michael with his crotch high enough for him to bend over and reach it. Michael pitched down his head and reluctantly went to Mateo’s balls. He sucked, licked, and slurped. He tasted the nut butter coating the saggy flesh. He was doing such a thorough job, pieces of Mateo’s pubic hair got in-between his teeth. Mateo moaned with approval.

    Dakota deiced he wanted in on the action and dropped his Fruit of the Looms, positioning himself before their strapped slave. He made sure Michael sucked his dirty nuts until they were perfectly clean of his sticky ball sweat.

    Though he didn’t care for the stench of their dirty crotches, Michael was as rock hard as he could be, showing his fully erect dick trying to pop out of his tighty whities. He was loving the kinky servitude, nonetheless.

    The temperature rose inside the hot van, getting swampier. There was an increased aroma of their body odor as their dirty, smelly socked feet now permeated in the air.

    “This is better than having my girlfriend suck my dick!” Dakota hollered slapping hands with Mateo who agreed.

    They decided, in fact, to skip having their dicks sucked and go right for the main event. They told Michael it was time for him to get fucked. “We want that cash money!” they laughed.

    Dakota went back to the ratchets above and started to crank them several times. Slowly, Michael’s arms were raised over his head and tightly extended out, ultimately leaving no slack. He was barely kept to his knees and slightly hunched forward which caused his ass to protrude outward. He was in a perfect fuckable position, though not the most comfortable.

    Michael really loved how it felt being so restricted like that, anticipating being screwed silly by his young kidnappers.

    “You can gag me again if you want? Maybe skip the bandana and just use tape?” Michael gushed sheepishly. Being gagged was something he loved but the sweaty bandana he obviously didn’t enjoy.

    Mateo and Dakota laughed at the “instructions” they were given. Dakota had a better idea. He peeled off his dirty, crusty socks and took a sniff of the rancid footies. He gave his partner in crime Mateo a preview whiff of them who also cringed at the smell.

    “Come on now! That’s not cool!” Michael cried, shaking his head in resistance realizing those socks were for him, but it was futile.

    As Mateo held Michael’s head still by grasping his thick head of hair, Dakota shoved his nasty ass, smelly socks deep in to his mouth. That was quickly followed by the infamous roll of electrical tape being wrapped around Michael’s lower face to keep the stinky, foul tasting wad of socks lodged in his mouth. His cheeks puffed out like a chipmunk storing nuts.

    Mateo took a pocket knife and ripped away Michael’s underwear, tearing away the cotton fabric, baring his naked, white ass. Mateo and Dakota both grabbed at his nude exposed butt, squeezing it and gliding their fingers tantalizingly into his ass crack.

    They donned latex gloves and grabbed a jar of Vaseline from a shelf littered with greasy equipment. They coated their fingers with the petroleum jelly and started to slide them into Michael’s butthole to loosen him up.

    “Mmmphh!” Michael gasped from the first moments of penetration.

    Mateo was the most anxious to rape their captive. He placed himself behind Michael, pointed up his hard dick and slowly started to insert himself into the prone ass.

    It hurt so terribly at first for Michael that he let out a loud, muffled wail that even the thick gag of socks in his mouth couldn’t silence. Poor Michael felt trapped. He couldn’t use the safety signal, snapping his fingers, or speak the safety word. He quivered and shook in his spread eagle restraint, resigned to the fact that he couldn’t stop the ass pounding. Dakota, however, took momentary sympathy on him, perhaps simply just to get him to shut up. He stood in front of Michael giving him some relief by jerking him off with one hand while rubbing his shoulder with the other. Soon, true enough, Michael relaxed his sphincter enough and began to enjoy it. In fact, he was starting to love the pain.

    The two juvenile delinquents took turns fucking their bound hostage, with Dakota stepping up after Mateo. They developed a rhythm as they got in to their sweaty exercise, trading off every couple of minutes.

    To Michael’s horror, though, as one fucked him, the other was busy snapping pictures with his own cell phone. They must have lifted it from his bedroom when they abducted him.

    “They say a picture is worth a thousand words, well these are, I’d say worth another thousand dollars! Each! You don’t pay, we post away on your Snapchat app!” Dakota laughed clicking away photos of Michael with the mobile phone camera.

    “MMMphhhh!! MMmphhh!” Michael tried to protest against the embarrassing prospect as he was getting pumped by the cruel young men. He was beginning to regret hiring convicted criminals. He should have known better.

    “I’d say that brings our payday to $3,000 each, bro! Rich boy has $6,000 to spare!” Mateo laughed as he fucked Michael from behind. “

    Michael bowed his head in humiliation as the boys continued their penetration, now feeling more victimized and setup than pleasured.

    Ultimately Mateo had the honors of cumming first, pulling out his dick and shooting his load of semen all over Michael’s back. Then Dakota quickly inserted himself, pumped him a few times and soon got close to cumming. Mateo could tell that Michael was close too. He stood in front of Michael and clasped one hand over his cock. With the other, though, he started to pat slap Michael’s balls hard, causing him to flinch and fidget with agony, a painful sensation that ultimately prevented him from relaxing enough to cum.

    Therefore, Dakota shot his load, pulling out his cock and spraying all over Michael’s ass while Michael wasn’t allowed to release.

    The two hired thugs denied Michael the pleasure of cumming. They opened the doors of the van to let the rush of fresh air cool them down as they wiped the heavy sweat from their bodies. They didn’t bother to clean up Michael, leaving him sweaty and his backside covered with their dripping sperm. They unclamped the exhausted, humiliated Michael from the spread eagle contraption and put him into a simple hogtie on the van’s floor using a couple of carabiners attached to his restraints. Dakota and Mateo carefully cutaway and unwrapped the mound of tape that sealed Michael’s fisted hands so his fingers were now free. They left him gagged with Dakota’s dirty socks though and added a blindfold over his eyes.

    Still hard and unspent, a frustrated, embarrassed Michael – thinking of the photos and the high priced extortion – was driven back to his condo where the van backed into his garage. The two thugs lifted him out and sat him on the concrete floor of his garage. Dakota told him they’d be taking his cell phone so they could post pictures of him to all his contacts if he didn’t come up with the other $4,000 by that afternoon. With that, they said “See ya later!” and took off in the van.

    Michael, hogtied, struggled on the cold concrete ground of his garage stark naked for a while but got around to realizing he could manipulate the closures of the carabiner clamps with his fingers. They must have done this on purpose so he could get free. After all, they needed an able bodied victim to coordinate the cash delivery. He was able to unsnap the metal clamps and get out of the hogtie. As he took off his disgusting gag and blindfold, he felt like an idiot. He shouldn’t have trusted two convicted felons just because they were sexy studs. The embarrassment sunk in of having his humiliating pictures posted online. He knew he’d have to come up with the money.

    As the blindfolded was removed, though, he noticed his cell phone was in fact on the ground next to him. Did they drop it? He picked it up and noticed a text message from an unknown number:

    “Dear Michael, we were kidding about the extra money and the extortion. We deleted the pictures and here’s your phone back. Peace out and maybe another time! Hope you had fun, bro! -Mateo”

    THE END


    To get in touch with the author, send them an email.


  • Femboy caught in lockeroom

     Hello everyone and this is the first part in possibly a series I will upload. The characters in the story are of the age of 18. I collaborated with another person in making this story in a discord server. The story is done as it was typed and sent however I will be editing small parts for such things as spelling errors. The story will be back and forth. Beginning with my collaborator and then myself. He eventually started to speak in 3rd person quite early in the story. You will get a sense of who’s talking overall I hope. It starts with him then me then him and then me. In that order repeatedly.


    I walk into the locker room after gym, panting just a bit from the class as I walk over to my locker, running a hand through my hair as I open the lock with my other hand. I let out a bit of an annoyed sigh. At the moment I’m just wearing gym shorts and a tight t-shirt, glancing around the room for a second.

    As I walk into the locker room after gym, having just been tired out from so much activity, walk over to my locker looking around for a second to see if anyone was watching me. I see one other person seemingly doing the same thing as me. I start to hurriedly rummage through my locker looking for my clothes. Having never been much for socializing I wanted to get the hell out quickly before the other guys came through and then it would turn into a hell house.

    I stare at you for a few seconds when you walk in, looking you over quickly. I watch you rummage for your clothes, kind of zoning out a bit and forgetting to grab my own. I shake my head, getting out of my daze and turning back to my locker. I gulp a bit and take out my clothes, just another t-shirt and a pair of track pants. I glance back at you again, then back down at my clothes. “Will the dumbass group of guys be coming in any time soon?” I ask you without looking at you, pulling off my shirt, then sliding off my shorts, leaving me in just my boxers. I wasn’t looking forward to the other’s coming into the locker room, but I kept seeming to get distracted by you. I lean against my locker a bit, just sort of holding my change of clothes at the moment as I stare at you.

    I wasn’t paying attention at anything other than getting my clothes but when I heard the other boy ask me a question I immediately looked over at him and said. “Yeah, those jocks are going to be here any minute after they talk to those girls. I wanna get the fuck out before they come in.” I say while looking at the other boy in the locker room. “What’s your name since we’re both trying to do the same thing?”

    “Name’s Bond… Jame’s Bond.” I say back jokingly, a soft chuckle escaping my lips as I watch you. I was by no means a jock myself, but I was able to get through all the classes pretty easily. “I still don’t understand why they get worshipped or whatever for a pretty much mandatory class.” I state with a shrug, looking you in the eyes finally with a small smile. “My name is Vincent by the way, what about you?” I set my change of clothes done, then turn to face you, leaning back against my locker with my arms crossed.

    I end up somewhat giggling at the other boys James Bond joke as it was pretty good. Then he asks a question I do know the answer too. As he was still talking I didn’t say anything till he was done. He asked my name. I reply. “My name’s Anthony. I like your name better though.” I say while slowing down my rummaging to pretty much a halt.

    “Cute laugh.” I say back, smiling a bit more at you as I do. “Your name is nice, don’t know what’s so special about mine though. Thanks anyway.” I walk over to you and lean against the locker beside yours, taking a bit of a deep breath. I normally wouldn’t have even spoken to you, but you interested me, watching you rummaging a bit. “Not to pry, but what do you have in there that it’s so hard to find a pair of clothes?” I end up asking curiously, along with getting a curious expression on my face. I was about to tuck my hands into my pockets, then realized I forgot to put my change of clothes on. I gulp a little and look over at my locker for a quick second, trying to figure out if it would be more awkward to go back to my locker, or to continue to stand there half naked.

    He walked over next to my locker and leaned against and asked me a very embarrassing question. I blushed so much but tried to hide it with my locker door. I decided to tell him. With a quiet but deep breath I grabbed my one pair of lace panties I had in my locker that I wore day in and day out. Nobody but me knew about this. It wasn’t going to be a secret much longer. I would get caught by the socks soon enough. Without a word I lowered in my hand my panties that I wore.

    “Oh wow…that’s actually pretty hot I must admit.” I stare at the panties for a few seconds, then at the door to the locker room, then back at you. “You don’t have to agree to this, but meet me behind the school. Get changed before your school years get ruined by the socks.” I wink at you and kiss your cheek, then walk back to my locker, changing into my clothes quickly once I get there. “By the way, you look cute when you blush.” I call out to you, grabbing my gym bag. I look you over again, about to walk out. “You’d fit those panties well by the way.”

    I wasn’t expecting the first reaction to be the way he responded. I believed I had an idea of what he was offering. An offer I wasn’t going to pass up if he was someone like me. When he kissed my cheek I got so hot on the inside I felt like I was on Venus. I was still somewhat in shock from the kiss as I never received such sign of affection from someone other than close family. 

    His compliments were something I never received before and there was no way I was going to give up on Vincent himself. After he walked out I immediately took off my gym shorts and slid my panties on then got fully dressed and grabbed everything I needed. I ended up walking out as soon as the socks were entering the locker room.

    He said to meet him behind the school so I headed towards the back of it not knowing what was about to happen.

    I was just arriving at the designated spot by the time you were out, looking around a bit as I waited for you, smiling to myself. I had ignored the anxiety that told me to just not say anything to you, or try anything and it seemed it was a good idea to ignore. I leaned against the wall with my arms crossed, peeking over to see if I could see you coming. My heart was beating a bit quick and I was still having a bit of trouble trying to calm myself. I was unsure of what pushed me to do what I did, but I couldn’t just back out of what was probably a one in a life time chance. “I guess he’s expecting me to fuck him here…” I mumble to myself at the realization, sighing softly as I calmed my nerves down. “Worse thing to go wrong would be someone seeing I guess. No need to worry.”

    I was about to turn the corner to the back but I stopped before I was in view from the side. I told myself out loud. “Okay, this might be a once in a lifetime chance to have a real friend. He knows my secret and I’m trusting him with one hell of a degree not to tell a soul.” I take a deep breath and peek around the corner. I see him. Nobody else is in view. I think we’re alone for now. I lift my head back from peeking the corner and take a deep breath. I walk around the corner. I greet him formally as I’m making my way to him. “Hi.”

    As soon as I here your voice I stopped talking to myself, looking over at you and watching you come towards me. I give a small wave, along with a bit of a smile as I see you come over. “Hey, glad you came. I wasn’t sure if you were going to or not.” My smile brightens a little and I stop leaning against the wall, walking over and meeting you halfway. I stop in front of you, staring into your eyes for a few seconds. “So Anthony, just a bit curious to a few things… You know before anything happens.” I say, fidgeting a little with my hands as my eyes gaze over you, knowing I’m probably coming off as a bit perverted. I look you in the eyes once again, stopping myself from staring anymore. “So, do you cross-dress often?”

    I could see him looking into my eyes. I did the same in return. He was asking me a question I could tell he was somewhat nervous about. I saw his hands fidgeting and the nervousness in him. When he asked me the question I could only answer honestly as he would be a close friend clearly. I answered. “I normally wear panties everyday unless I got to wash them. I gotta be very careful about that as this is a secret only I and now you know. My parents don’t know.” I resume after a moment of pause, “I have a box full of sexy things. Panties, lingerie, hell even a dildo and condoms. I wear the lingerie on the weekends though. I don’t cross-dress cause it’s fun or anything. I cross-dress cause it feels right.” I finish awaiting his response.

    “That’s… amazing if I’m being honest.” He rubbed the back of his head and smile to himself, feeling like he should try to get closer with you. He was curious about how you even managed to hide that all from your parents, but wasn’t going to question it, thinking for a few more seconds as he stood quiet. He let out a deep breath and stopped his fidgeting, leaving his hands hanging at his sides. “I see why you have to be careful about it, if I’m being honest the thought of seeing you in any type of feminine clothing is…arousing to say the least. But if it feels right to you than people shouldn’t berate you for it.” He sighed and was slowly getting over his nervousness the more you and him spoke. “I wanted to promise you that I’ll never tell anyone about this also.”

    I listened intently to what he was saying but also played attention to his movements. As he finished talking I let out a sigh of relief and replied. “Thanks, it’s good to know that someone cares for me enough and is open-minded about this.” I think to myself about inviting him over for the weekend since it was a Friday. “Hey, would you like to stay over at my place for the weekend since it’s a Friday?”

    “Huh, I umm, sure! I mean yes I would enjoy that.” He was not expecting the question whatsoever, answering pretty much immediately without a second thought, accidentally failing at keeping the excitement out of his voice when he first spoke. He could feel his heart pumping and his mind was racing, going through all the possibilities of what could happen. “Also sorry about kissing your cheek before…wasn’t sure how to respond to the situation, so random flirting sort of happened.”

    I was quite glad that Vincent would be happy to stay over with me for the weekend. Not that I had any sexual intentions but that could end up being placed on the table.

    When he apologized for the kiss earlier I replied. “Eh, don’t worry about it. I felt happy on the inside that someone would take a moment to do that. Mind if I repay you for it?”

    “Oh umm okay I won’t worry than.” He gave another happy smile to you and nodded, unsure really of what you were going to do back for it. He was mostly just expecting a kiss on the cheek in return and he would defiantly be okay with that. “I’m still surprised you offered for me to stay over, glad you did though.”

    I leaned over, not that I had any experience kissing whatsoever, and kissed him on the lips. “Now, before we get in trouble, let’s get back to class quick. I don’t want to deal with trouble. Today’s too good for it.”

    He was…satisfied and surprised to say the least when your soft lips connected with his own, making a bit of a shiver go down his body. He nodded slowly, looking down at himself. He brought his hand down, embarrassingly tucking his partly hardened crotch into a spot in his pants so it would be more hidden. “Umm right, so are we friends now?” He asked curiously and nervously, tucking his hands into his pockets as he began to walk back with you.

    I looked back at him with a smile and replied. “Oh more than definitely. Just don’t betray the amount of trust I’ve put in you please.”

    “I may have a bit of a sassy and mean attitude at some points, but I won’t ever betray the trust of someone…especially someone who has given me so much to trust them with. I’d rather come out as gay to the whole school instead of hurting you like that.” He rambled on a bit, groaning as he felt his blush finally go away.

    I giggled at his last sentence. “I’d be surprised if you did come out like that. But, let’s focus on not getting in trouble now.” I look at my watch to see the time. I realize it’s 1 minute till class starts back. “Come on, class starts in one minute! We gotta hurry!” I start to run to beat the clock.

    “Huh, oh crap.” He shook his head and ran beside you, holding back a small chuckle. He did find it sort of cute how you panicked about the class so much, but he did prefer not to be late to it also. “I might come out like that now, but only if I end up getting a boyfriend by the the end of the school year heh.”

    We end up beating the clock by mere seconds. We were lucky enough to realize as quickly as we did.

    After school was over I went up to Vincent and asked how he’s going to get to my house. “So Vincent, how are you going to get to my house?”

    “Huh oh well. How far is it from here?” He looked over at you and got a small smile again. He seemed to be pretty happy just all around, but happier when he was with you. “Is it too far to walk?” He added in.

    “Eh, it’s like 15 minutes if you walk.” I replied.

    “Too tired from gym to walk that long?” He asked you in a playful teasing tone, winking at you as he stood up properly. “My house is only like 10 minutes away, so I normally walk anyway.”

    “Eh, why not? Come on. We’re gonna walk to some tunes on our way.” I replied in a somewhat playful tone.

    “What, are you going to sing in that cute little voice of yours?” He asked, smirking a bit at you. “Well if we’re walking lead the way.” He seemed to have calmed down from earlier before, acting his normal, non anxiety filled self around you now.

    “Maybe I will maybe I won’t we’ll see. Come on.” I reply.

    After 20 minutes of walking and standing around cause of traffic we finally reach my house.

    “Yep.” He walked beside you the whole way, humming a bit to himself during the time you both were walking. Once you got to your house he turned to you with another smile. “Have always wanted to be home alone with a cute guy.” He said in a bit of a fake flirty tone.

    “Stop it you little flirt.” I replied in a playful voice. “Okay, my parents aren’t home so we’re good.” I unlock the door and let him come in. “Here it is. Come on, let me show you my room.” I say while leading the way.

    “Aww I try my best.” A soft chuckle escaped his lips and he walked a bit behind you, looking around curiously as you both walk “I’m just being honest, you’re probably, no you are the cutest guy I’ve ever met.” He said honestly, smirking a bit to himself.

    I giggled a little bit when he replied to my comeback.

    When Vincent finished his compliment I looked at him with a slight happy but seductive look while biting my lip. “Thanks, you are too.”

    “What a nice look to give someone when you’re about to bring them into your bedroom alone with you.” He chewed on his lip softly when he saw the look, watching you bite your lip. “Trying to seduce me already?”

    “Might. But not now since my parents get back from work in 30 minutes. We wouldn’t have time if we did.” I replied with a somewhat down look.

    I whipped up my head right after and said 

    “However, we could fool around once my parents go to bed.”

    “Heh really gonna make me wait that long?” He asks jokingly, thinking about your words for a few seconds. He was being a bit joking before, but now he wasn’t so sure. “Anything we could do before they get home that we can’t while they’re here?”

    “Hmmm, not that I can think of really except.” I say and leave off.

    “Except?” He had a few ideas himself, but wasn’t really sure how long they would take 

    “Except taking a shower together and all that would come with that. There’s an idea. We wouldn’t be able to do it for long though.” I responded

    “True. Might get too into it and end up fucking for hours in your shower.” He chuckles a bit and looks st the ground for a few seconds, nodding his head slowly. “Well I’d be up for that.”

    Agreeing that’s probably what would happen. I responded with. “Alright, let’s do it. We can undress in here. I’ll have to time us however so we better make sure we make every moment count before they get back.”

    “Sounds perfect to me, just in case the rare chance they come back early what should we do then?” He grabbed onto the bottom of his shirt, watching you as he pulled it off, placing his shirt on the edge of your bed. “Nevermind, if that happens i’ll just stay in the bathroom and let you talk to them if they ask why you’re showering for some reason.”

    “Good idea.” I say in response

    As I was taking off the lace panties I’d worn all day my phone rang. It was my dad. I picked it up and was told that Mom and Dad were going to stay out tonight the whole night and would be back the next morning. I knew they weren’t joking around about times cause they stuck with what they said. I turned to Vincent and told him the entire thing of what I was told.

    “So, still up for the shower?” He asked seductively, with a small smirk after listening to everything you were telling him. He grabs the waistline of his pants, then slides them off, watching you take off your panties was a wonderful sight to him to say the least. “Then move back into here after?” He was very noticeably hard in his boxers, loving the sight of you. He slides his boxers off, letting his hard cock spring out

    “Yeah, we’ll still shower together. You could help me in a few places with shaving for later.” I replied

    “The sex can wait a bit.” I added on. 

    “Of course, well I’m ready when you are sweetcheeks.” He winked playfully at you and placed his hand on your ass while staring into your eyes. “Just making sure you want to do this right? You don’t feel like you have to?”

    I was amazed at the movements Vincent was performing on me. Still, I wanted him. Bad. I didn’t want to let it seem till later. “Of course I want to do this. Come on.” I grab and hold Vincent’s hand to the bathroom leading the way.

    I grab the hair removal cream, shaving cream and razor so i can be smooth for Vincent later. With these in hand I step into the shower along with Vincent.

    He followed you in a bit of a slightly nervous smile on his face as he did. He took in a deep breath and looked at you again once you both were in the shower. He leans forward and leaves a small kiss on your cheek, then cups your chin, looking you in the eyes as he leaned forward, planting his lips onto yours and kissing you deeply. “I’m happy that you want to do this.” He said against your lips, releasing your chin and sliding his hands down your body, gripping your hips and pulling you close against himself. “This better not be a one time thing.”

    As I was being given immense affection I’d never been given before Vincent was worried this would be a one time thing. Little did he know it was never going to be a one time event. I giggled somewhat at his worry and said, “One time? Never.” I reached down to his hard dick and slightly stroked it a few times and let go of it.

    We stayed in the shower for an hour washing each other, Vincent applying hair removal cream to large areas of my body after the initial wash to get rid of any body hair, and shaving highly sensitive areas with the razor where we couldn’t put the cream and me shaving some areas of Vincent’s vital to the sex we were going to have later.

    He let out a relieved sigh once you and him were both shaven and washed off, giving you a bit of a smirk as he left another kiss on your cheek, holding your body close to his own at the moment. “Well I’m glad you didn’t plan on making this a one time thing in that case.” He had quite bright of a smile resting on his lips as he held you, his chest pressing close against your back as he did. “Ready to leave the shower before we start getting all pruny?” He asked, resting his head on your shoulder softly, one hand holding your thigh, the other arm wrapped around your waist tightly

    “Yeah, you got a good point. Let’s get out of here before any of that happens.” Steps out with Vincent and kisses him on the lips. “I’m hungry. What about you?”

    “A little bit.” He shrugged and walked out with him, grabbing a towel and drying off his hair while looking you over “why do you want me to cook something?”

    “Oh, you don’t have to cook. I could. You can get some of my clothes from the laundry and wear them. I think we’re the same size. I’ll be doing something you’ll like in my room for about thirty minutes. Get comfortable while I’m in here.” I step into my room and lock the door. I head to my closet and pull out a box that has my feminine stuff. I pull out my make-up, corset, lingerie, and wig. I go to my mirror to put everything on.

    “Well alright than.” He blinked a bit in confusion, looking down at his own naked body. He looked at the door and sighed, rubbing the back of his head as he began to walk down the hallway. “Would have been nice if he told me where the wash.” He mumbled to himself, feeling extremely awkward with walking around nude. His anxiety freaking out a bit, panicking that your parents might come home and he’ll be left naked. He took a few deep breaths, finally finding the laundry room. “Hope they don’t question why I’m wearing his clothes.”

    After forty minutes I was done applying makeup, putting on and tying up the corset, putting on my lingerie, getting the wig correctly put on. “I look great.” I say to myself in the mirror. I decided I was ready to show Vincent what he was waiting on so I unlock the door and walk out.

    I see Vincent sitting on the couch in the living room looking away from my door so I close it silently. Hoping to scare him a little. I walk up slowly behind him and put my hands beside the side of his face 

    He was mostly left alone with his thoughts at the moment which wasn’t good for an incredibly nervous person. He let out a small yell as his face was suddenly touched, jumping up and turning to face you, panting a little, “HEY! YO-.” He was about to say something, but just stopped, staring at you with his eyes wide “…fuck.” was all that came out, seeming completely stunned by you at this point

    Having just scared Vincent a bit much I laughed rather femininely as he finished his sentence. “Like what you see?” I asked holding my arms out.

    “I love what I see.” He blinked a bit as his cheeks slowly flushed a dark pink from a hard blush. He seemed completely stunned and amazed of you. “You look so… perfect.”

    I laughed on the inside seeing him blush so hard. When Vincent stopped talking I blushed with immediate red cheeks. Looking Vincent up and down in my clothes I noticed he looked better in them than me. “You look better in my clothes than even I do.” Complimenting Vincent on his good looks.

    “Oh umm, thank you, that might be because you have a body way more fit for feminine clothing instead of male.” He took a deep breath, calming his incredibly fast heart beat slowly. He was still staring at you, unable to look away, nor did he want to. “You are just so beautiful, sexy and amazing.”

    I sighed and said, “Yeah. I don’t feel right in male clothes.” I said in response to the first thing he said before he took a deep breath.

    I said, “Thanks, I try to get everything perfect when I dress up.” In response to his compliment.

    “So, you wanna head back to my room?”

    “I-I’d love to, by the way… Are your parents not going to question why I’m wearing a pair of your clothes?” He asked, calming down for the most part. He walked over to you and leaned forward, leaving a soft kiss on your forehead. “I still can’t believe you made yourself look even more perfect. I didn’t thunk you could look better.”

    I giggled at Vincent’s forgetfulness. “They come back tomorrow morning. Did you forget? By that time we’ll be back to almost normal. I’ll go set your clothes to wash after we go back to my room.” After immediately finishing talking Vincent came and softly kissed my forehead. Making me blush even more than I already had and making me feel loved. “Thanks for the kiss and thanks again for the compliment.” I reply.

    I grab his hands, intermingle my fingers with his and lean in to kiss him. 

    He laced his fingers with yours and began to kiss you back softly, sliding his other hand up and placing it on the back of your head, pulling you into the kiss more and deepening it, “Mmm yeah, guess I’ll wash my clothes with your’s in that case.” He mumbled against your lips, seeming to be mostly focusing on the kiss right now. He closed his eyes as he got more into the kiss, sliding his hand down your body and squeezing your ass softly, “That’s for making me wait an extra ten minutes.”

    I moan from the ass squeezing.

    I’m thinking I want him now so I start to walk back slowly. Pulling him with me slightly.

    He seemed a bit surprised, but also extremely pleased when you moaned, giving your ass a light smack just to see how you’d react. “Guess we’ll have to get the smell of sex out of your room tomorrow.” He mumbled as he walked beside you after he felt your pulling

    I eventually pull Vincent to the door of my room moaning in pleasure the entire way there. Reaching back to open it I end up fumbling to find the knob. I eventually find it after ten seconds of fumbling. Backing into my room I wrap my arms around Vincent’s neck.

    I pull off from kissing Vincent and say, “Pull off your pants.” I drop down to my knees after speaking. 

    “So forceful, aren’t I supposed to be the one commanding you?” He asked with a small smirk as he looked down at you. He closed the door behind himself and his smirk grew just a little bit as he stared at you, “Do it for me, using your mouth.” He said in a bit of a demanding tone, his gaze growing more dominant, “Now.”

    I immediately bit my lip looking up at Vincent. I felt I had to comply with Vincent’s demands as he spoke down to me. I felt not oppressed by his demand but more like it was inborn to accept and comply with his demands. So I did. I started to attempt to pull off Vincent’s pants with only my mouth. I successfully pulled them off after the 2nd attempt.

    “Good.” He pat you on the cheek softly as his hard, throbbing cock came out, he had decided not have put on a pair of your underwear for reasons. He licked his lips a bit as he stared into your eyes, brushing some hair off of your face. “Never thought I’d end up with a cute cross-dresser, not that I have a single complaint about it.” He smiled at you, seeming genuinely happy that he gets to be with you.

    As soon as I pulled Vincent’s pants down I was surprised that he had no underwear on and his hard cock popped out surprising me.

    “Oh my your big.” I say after his cock popped out.

    I immediately lightly grab Vincent’s hard cock and started to lick his cock from the base to his tip. My own cock got hard slightly in the panties I was wearing while licking Vincent’s cock.

    “Mmm, feels pretty good.” He said softly, watching you lick his cock was only getting him more aroused. He watches your cock hardening in your panties, then looks you in the eyes again, “Getting turned on just from licking my cock are you?” He asked you in a bit of a teasing tone.

    I looked up at Vincent giggling but also smiling.

    I finally put his cock in my mouth and started to suck him off. Avoiding my teeth at all cost. I barely could fit him.

    “Fuck! Feels much better than I thought it would.” A groan of pleasure and a small gasp left his lips, he placed his hand on the back of your head, tangling his fingers up in your hair a bit as he stopped himself from thrusting into your mouth, knowing it would most likely hurt cause of his size.

    I continue to suck Vincent’s almost too big cock. I felt an urge to attempt to deep throat his cock and I did attempt. Only able to down 2 more inches before starting to gag. I pulled off and jerked his cock with strings of saliva hanging from my chin connecting to his cock.

    I went back to sucking all that I could down.

    “Ah yes.” A moan escaped his lips as you tried and failed at deepthroating him, trying not to pull on your hair any as he held onto it. He seemed really cautious about hurting you with most things, unsure of what you can handle. His hips did buck a bit as you continued, thrusting a little into your mouth, “So good.”

    After 5 more minutes of sucking I pulled off and asked, “Wanna fuck me daddy?” In a feminine voice. 

    “Wow. Huh? Oh definitely.” He was still just a bit stunned from the blowjob, having been quite new to all this. He looked down at you and his saliva coated cock again, letting go of your hair, “Got any lube?”

    I laughed at the silly question and replied, “With all my saliva on your cock there’s no need for lube.”

    “Alright, just don’t want you to get hurt, guess it will be enough… Hopefully. Come on, let’s go over to the bed, I’d say we still have a bit more foreplay before anything.” He leaned down for a second, kissing you on the lips deeply, then standing up properly

    I giggled at Vincent and replied before he kissed me, “I’ve got a dildo. What do you think I do with it? I fuck myse…” I couldn’t say the rest cause Vincent started kissing me deeply.

    I hopped on the bed waiting for Vincent to get on with me. 

    “Just shush and let me pleasure you.” He said playfully, walking over to the bed. He stands at the edge of it and pulls you over to the edge, holding onto the waistline of your panties while staring into your eyes, “We should get your little hole lubed up also, just for safe measure.”

    Being spoken to and treated like a human sextoy made me even more horny than I already was.

    I complied with Vincent’s safety measure finally and pointed to my box on the floor next to my closet.

    “Fuck that.” He rolled his eyes and slid your panties down, sliding them off of you. He leans down and plants his lips against your neck, sucking and nipping on the soft skin gently. His hand roaming down as his middle and pointer finger begin to rub against your hole slowly.

    Being surprised that Vincent didn’t mean that sort of safety measure and that sucking and nipping on my neck alongside playing with my boipussy were his version I moaned in immense pleasure.

    “Mmm your moans sound so great Anthony.” He whispers into your ear, then moves back down, leaving a small love bite on the side of your neck, then sucking a bit hard on the spot he bit. He slides his finger inside of you a bit slowly, not wanting to be too rough, or hurt you, cause he really didn’t know what to expect.

    I started to moan in ecstasy and arching my back as Vincent slid his finger into my boipussy.

    I turned my head to look at Vincent and said, “Kiss me while you play with my boipussy.”

    “What did I say about giving me commands?” He looked into your eyes and left a small kiss right beside your lips, smiling a bit at you. He slid his finger all the way into your boipussy and began to pump it inside of you slowly, “How about you kiss me while I finger fuck you.”

    I moaned in frustration even more. “Sorry daddy. Mmpfp.” I said in response to Vincent being the dom.

    I stared into his eyes and and opened my mouth trying to catch his lips.

    “Now that’s a name I like.” He whispered into your ear, then pressed his lips against yours, kissing you deeply as his finger slowly got faster, his finger grazing against your prostate with each pump almost to tease you.

    I moaned even more and loader as Vincent started to get close to my prostate.

    After 5 minutes of this I asked, “Will you please fuck me daddy?”

    “Let me hear you beg first.” He whispered right into your ear, continuing to pump his fingers, during those five minutes he had slipped his middle finger in and had started to pump his finger into you quickly, getting rougher with it after your question.

    I started to moan even more and loader as Vincent teased me even more with his fingers in my boipussy and told me I need to beg for him to fuck me so I begged.

    “Please fuck me daddy. I want to feel you inside me and I want to please you with my boipussy. Please.”

    “Good girl.” He slowly slid his fingers out of you and pulled you to the edge of the bed so your ass was hanging off of it a bit. He throws your legs over his shoulders and positions his cocks large tip right against your boipussy, sliding his hand up and wrapping it around your throat firmly, holding onto your thigh tightly for support in his other hand, “Ready?”

    “Here I am. In a position I thought I’d never be. I can’t be more happy.” I said to myself in my mind. My brain was telling me not to go through with it but my body did. I could’ve stopped right there and ended it but I decided to go with my bodies want. Ignoring my brains repulse at wanting to go through with it. I looked at Vincent.

    “Yes daddy.”

    “Good, because I wasn’t planning on stopping here.” He tightened his grip on your thigh and pushed his hips forward, letting out a small groan of pleasure as he felt his massive tip enter you, feeling your tight boipussy beginning to wrap around his warm cock. He squeezed your throat a bit tighter, his fingers wrapping around the sides.

    As Vincent was pushing in and wrapping his fingers around my throat even tighter I started to tighten up my boipussy even more as he pushed in. The amount of oxygen I could get was less than I should but I was enjoying it so much more.

    “Mmm.” A small noise of pleasure escaped his lips when he felt you tighten up around his large shaft, pulling you a bit closer by your thigh, so he could push in better. He loosens his grip on your neck just a bit, then tightens it again, letting you breath every few seconds.

    As Vincent pulls me closer to him and allows me enough oxygen every few seconds I moan in pure ecstasy without much of any thought other than the amount of pleasure I’m receiving while my eyes start to roll back into my head every time he squeezes my throat more. I completely start loosing it.

    He couldn’t help but get a smirk as he saw how you were reacting to just him pushing his cock in. He couldn’t wait to see what you’d do when he started to fuck you. He lets out a soft sigh of pleasure as he gets about three quarters of his cock in. Instead of pushing in deeper, he pulled his hips back, then thrusted back in softly, beginning to slide his cock in and out of you slowly.

    I started to “huh” slightly in a rather low tone due to the pulling out and pushing back in.

    “Do you want me to try to put in all of it?” He asked in a low voice, holding back groans of pleasure as he kept getting faster with each thrust, loosening his grip so you could either nod or speak.

    Still in ecstasy I could hear Vincent. I didn’t have the strength to move my head so I said, “Yes daddy.”

    He nodded and slid his hand off of your throat, sliding it down to your hip, gripping onto it tightly. He suddenly pulled you towards him while thrusting in hard, slamming balls deep into you, eliciting a moan from himself.

    Being slammed like a complete fucktoy I lost all sense of belonging. All I could feel was ecstasy and the feeling of being fucked by Vincent. I lost all feeling of the outside world. I saw stars and a black background behind them as I was being pounded in my boipussy hard. All I felt was pleasure. My body forgot some of its autonomic functions for a few seconds because of the immense levels of pleasure. My hands gripped the bed sheets tightly like my life depended on it.

    I regained my sense of belonging to the outside world after mere seconds of intense pleasure I never experienced before.

    He was definetly enjoying how you were reacting to his large cock, gripped onto your hip as tight as he possibly could, sliding his hips back a bit so only his tip was in, then thrusting deep back into you. With each of his forceful thrusts he gets harder, a wet smacking sound heard each time he burries his cock into you. He starts to pull you back against him with each thrust into you, starting to lose control of himself at this point, losing his caring mindset at the moment as he just focused on pleasuring you and himself. He brings his other hand down, wrapping it around your cock, stroking your shaft in a bit of a tight grip while pounding into you more and more.

    With all the pleasure running through my head as Vincent was fucking me I sensed a feeling building up in my boipussy. I had no idea what it was as I’d never felt anything like it. I started to moan intensely almost without the ability to speak. As he started to stroke my dick I really didn’t care at that moment. I just felt pleasure and ecstasy.

    “Ugh, fuck, this feels amazing.” He moaned deeply as he continued, grunts coming out a bit more often due to the increased pleasure in himself from him pounding into you also. He stops for a quick second and leans down, releasing your thigh and wrapping his arm around your tightly, moving and pressing you against the wall while he carried you. He started to thrust deep into your boipussy soon after, releasing your cock and holding you up by your ass while he thrusted his cock into you like a horny bull.

    When I started to feel Vincent lifting me up I had no idea I was going to be fucked while being carried. It surprised me he had that much strength to lift and carry me. With as much ecstasy that was running through me I definitely got another rush of it while getting fucked carried. The feeling I felt earlier building up in my boipussy was starting to build up even more. I wrapped my arms around his neck pulling myself towards his face more. I layed my head down on his shoulder even while I was getting fucked.

    He leans down a bit and bites hard on the side of your neck, sucking a bit roughly on the spot as he continued too thrust deep into you. He gives your ass a hard smack, then goes back to holding you up tightly while thrusting in and mlout of you, a few moans coming out, “So good, ah.”

    When Vincent bit and sucked on the area that he had done to earlier I could not help but moan a little deeper. When he held me more tightly and thrusted into me I could only muster three words, “Oh yeah daddy.” Is all I could muster as my vocal cords were really only being used for moaning. I started to hug Vincent even more and closer with whatever strength I could muster.

    His body was rubbing against yours at this point from the closeness, making you get pushed back against the wall hard with each thrust. He moans around the spot on your neck, a small bit of pre-cum leaking out into you, then stopping as he continued his hard thrusts. He roughly squeezes and massages your ass in his hands, sucking and nipping on different spots on your skin, pretty much guaranteeing that you would end up with a few noticable hickeys on your neck. He started to force his entire cock balls deep into your with each thrust, his cock grinding and rubbing intensely against your prostate as he did. “Take it baby. You want daddy to fill you up with his cum?”

    I felt only pleasure but when he said “…fill you up with his cum?” I knew I wanted him too fill me up. “Yes daddy. Please fill me with your cum.”

    “Good girl.” He whispered in a deep voice against your neck, carrying you back over to the bed. He puts you on your side and throws one of your legs over his shoulder. He immediately goes back to slamming his cock into your, reaching up and wrapping his hand tightly around your throat again, squeezing your airways close for about 15 seconds, then loosening his grip for about 4 second, repeatedly doing this at different paces. His cock was now hitting right against your prostate with each thrust and he was hitting deeper inside of you than ever before. He let out more moans as he felt himself get closer, staring into your eyes as he treated you like an expensive fuck toy.

    As I was getting fucked in a position I’d never been in before I could hardly believe Vincent was going even deeper. The build-up that was occurring in my boipussy was growing even more. I could not last much longer. My dick was starting to feel like I was going to have an orgasm but I had no idea how. I hadn’t jerked off so how was I. Little did I know what was happening in my body.

    His thrusts slowed down a bit, but that was just giving him time to make his thrusts harder instead, moaning softly each time he goes back into you. He starts to pull out to just his tip, then slamming his entire cock into you, repeating this in a bit of a fast, powerful pace, “Fuck, I’m getting close.” He said in a tone much deeper than his usual voice, leaving a few small kisses on your calf, then going back to pounding into you.

    As Vincent started to slow down his thrusts I could feel him thrusting harder instead. As he pulled out almost and slammed into me I was somewhat starting to lose my mind from it. As Vincent said he was getting close so was I even though I had no idea what was happening in my boipussy. It would become clear what would occur soon. I kept moaning intensely.

    “Fuck! Cumming!” He panted a bit from all the thrusting he was doing, slamming his entire cock balls deep into you. His cock twitched a bit before shooting his large load inside of you. He released your throat and leaned down, kissing you deeply as he came inside of you, smiling just a bit as he did. His cock continued to shoot a good amount of his strands of cum inside of you, then his orgasm finally stopped.

    As Vincent started to cum inside me I lost all control and had a full fledged sissygasm. I shot strands upon strands of cum. For the next 20 seconds after the orgasm started I came. I was tense all over my body. I could not breathe because the orgasm was so intense from the moment of orgasm to end. From when the orgasm started to when it ended I was in euphoria. My sense of time and the world around me slowed down. When the orgasm stopped time sped up. My body resumed it’s autonomic functions again. Breathing recommenced. It was fast paced breathing but slow enough not to hyper-ventilate. I felt as though I was at peace.

    He was breathing deeply as he took his lips off of yours, leaning over sightly and burying his face into your neck, breathing hard against it. He left himself inside of you for right now, sliding his hands along and down your smooth body slowly, leaving them resting on your hips. He had a bit of a proud smirk on his face, extremely happy he just lost his virginity to you. “I umm…I didn’t know guys could cum from being fucked, maybe you’re even more cute and girly than I thought.

    Even through I was tired from the hard fucking I received and the sissygasm I had I was able to get back to forming my words after a minute.

    In a tired and somewhat hoarse voice I replied to Vincent. “Yeah, I didn’t know it was possible either. I don’t think I’ll ever return to jerking off. And thanks for another compliment. I’m really tired right now.”

    “Yeah, that was probably the most intense orgasm of my life.” He said in a bit of a mumble, recovering a bit and wrapping an arm around you. He flipped the both of you over so you were on top of him now and wrapped his other arm around your waist. He layed back against the bed while staring at you, bringing his hand up and running his fingers through your hair softly petting you. “Want me to pull out of you?”

    “Yeah, sure. Want something to eat now? I need to put those clothes to wash while I’m at it.” I replied to his question. 

    “Yeah, kind of just had the best workout of my life.” A soft chuckle left his lips and he sat up, unwrapping his arms from you, then he grabbed onto your hips, pulling you up a bit and pulling his cock out of you, leaving his slowly softening cum and saliva coated member rested against your ass, “You think you’ll be able to walk to the kitchen, or laundry room after that?”

    As I saw Vincent’s cock covered in cum and still with some saliva I thought, “Maybe I should clean it for him.” But when he asked if I could walk after all that I replied, “Well, maybe, it’s different from fucking my dildo. Will you help me stand up? I don’t want to fall.” I ask laying my arm out towards him in the air.

    “Of course I’ll help.” He smiled at you and left a soft kiss on your cheek, getting up slowly and setting you onto the bed as he stood up. He leaned down, grabbing your wrist softly and putting your arm around his shoulder, lifting you up onto your feet. He wrapped his arm around your waist, leaving the other at his side as he looked down at his own cum covered cock. “We should shower after. We probably smell like sweat, sex and cum at the moment.”

    As I was being helped to stand up I was somewhat weak in my knees but thanks to Vincent I didn’t fall. I let out a small sigh as I was brought up to stand.

    “Actually, I think we should shower now cause by that time it’ll dry up and be harder to clean. We’ll get a cup of water and go to the shower. Sound good?” I asked. 

    “Sounds good, also what are you going to do about of my cum that’s inside you? Doesn’t sound like there is an easy way to get it out as far as I know.” He said a bit slowly, beginning to walk with you to the kitchen, smiling happily to himself as he did. “So, ahem, not to sound cheesy buuut… Does this mean we’re like a couple now?” It seemed out of all of what just happened that was the thing that made him blush. His cheeks flushing a bit of a dark shade of pink after he asked.

    As Vincent was confused about the cum that was inside me I replied, “I’ll be leaving it in. At least what I can. Wait, I got a butt plug. I think I’ll put that in after we get done in the shower. Besides, it might make me even more feminine looking for all we know.” I answered. I found it kind of funny Vincent would ask a question like that after the amount of time we just spent having sex. I replied joyous sounding. “Yeah, why not, I can’t leave you after all we just did. I’m not an evil person.”

    He got a bright smile on his face when you finished speaking and leaned over, kissing you deeply on the cheek and leaving his lips there on your soft skin for a few seconds. He pulls away from kissing you and pulls you a bit closer to himself, “Great, I’m really really happy about that.”

    He walked you over to the fridge when you both arrived at the kitchen and kissed your cheek again, then opened the fridge with his free hand, grabbing a water bottle and handing it to you, then grabbing one for himself and closing the fridge door. 

    After he handed me a bottle of water I kissed Vincent on the lips for a few seconds. After that I drank a small chug of water. “Thanks love. I think I can stand by myself now maybe. Just be ready to catch me just in case. Okay?”

    “Of course.” He smiled a bit more to himself at your nickname for him and drank a bit of the water himself, then set it down on the counter, making sure he was ready to catch you. He then unwrapped his arm from your waist to see.

    As I was let go of I almost started to fall but my knees had regained their strength back after the fucking. “Okay. I’m good. Thanks for being there just in case. Okay. You can start the shower and everything. I’ll go and put the clothes in the wash.” I kissed Vincent on the cheek before I walked towards my room for the dirty clothes. 

    “Alright.” Vincent nodded and picked his water bottle back up, then watched you walk off, before heading back to the bedroom. He looked down at his own slightly sweaty body with a few strands of your cum on it from your previous sissygasm. He shook his head and smiled again, walking into the bedroom, then heading into the bathroom.

    After I got all the dirty clothes of me and Vincent’s I went to the laundry and put them in. I took my corset and everything off and put them in. Except my wig of course. I proceeded to walk to the bathroom and joined in the shower with Vincent.

    By the time you were back he had the shower and warm water running and was just sort of leaning against the sink with his arms crossed as he waited for you. He smiled over at you when he saw you come in and uncrossed his arms, “So we have until some time tomorrow until you’re parents are back right?”

    I was happy to see Vincent again. He asked about my parents arrival so I replied, “Yeah, probably about 9 in the morning tomorrow. It’s typically when they go out on nights and stuff.” I kissed Vincent on the lips again after finishing my sentence.

    He kissed you back a bit when your lips connected with his then he reached his hands around your hips, taking your ass into his hands and giving it a firm squeeze while kissing you, “Mmm, well, let’s make sure to enjoy every second we can get.” He says softly against your lips.

    I was still pretty tired from earlier and I said, “Sorry, I’m very tired unfortunately because of earlier. I would like too but I’m very tired. How about a blowjob instead?” I responded.

    “Huh, oh.” He stopped kissing you, pulling away and nodding slowly, chewing on his lip a bit. “Right, sorry, no if you’re tired I won’t make you do anything hun.” He gave you a small smile and kissed your cheek, letting go of you, “Ready to shower cutie?”

    I was ok with Vincent not wanting a blowjob instead of fucking me. 

    “Sure love.” I responded.

    He slipped his hand into yours and brought you into the shower with himself, letting out a bit of a relieved sigh as the warm water hit his body. “I’m hoping you aren’t too sore tomorrow.” He said in a bit of a soft tone.

    I was happy with Vincent’s worry for me. It was nice knowing I was cared and loved for by someone who wasn’t family. “Yeah. I hope not. Maybe my ass will but that’s not that bad.” I responded to his worry.

    “Well if you’re walking funky and can’t sit down properly guess you’ll have to sit on my lap.” He said in a bit of a joking tone. He was a bit worried about how your parents would even react to meeting him, especially considering they don’t know he’s over and the fact that he might have messed up your legs and hole for a day or two, “Seriously though, I’m having quite a bit of anxiety about your parents.”

    I found it funny about his anxiety and nervousness. I replied, “Eh, don’t worry. The whole not sitting thing I can play off as if I slipped and fell on it as an explanation. And my parents know I don’t really tell them when a friend is over, nothing sexual I promise, so they’ll just think you’re a friend from school that was able to come over this weekend.” I responded hoping it would calm him with his anxiety.

    Vincent nodded slowly, looking down at the tub for a few seconds, then back at you. He kissed your forehead softly and sighed, his nerves calmed a bit. “Eventually we will tell them we are together, but definitely not that soon, when they know we were home alone, they’d probably figure out quickly what we did. For right now I’ll play the role of your friend, which should be easy enough.” He seemed more calm now, giving you his usual happy smile, “Let’s get cleaned up. I kinda don’t feel like spending another hour in the shower.”

    I laughed at his response cause he was right overall and justified to think that. I thought of some response to calm him down even more but couldn’t think of one. I really wanted the shower to be done with same as him. “Yeah, let’s get done in here before we do turn pruny for real.” We spent the next 15 minutes cleaning ourselves.

    He let out a relieved sigh once you were both clean, smiling at you as he wrapped his arms around your waist from behind, pulling your naked body close to his, closing his eyes and resting his head on your shoulder, “Alright… So time to get out than?” He asked slowly, smiling to himself as he did, “You’re really soft.”

    “Yeah. It’s time to get out.” I step out of the shower and head to the mirror.

    He soon walked out of the shower, after turning it off of course, then grabbed a towel, beginning to dry himself off as he stared over at you, smiling a bit as he dried off his soaked hair. “So, got any more plans for today?” He asked softly, hanging the towel back up to dry after he finished off with it.

    As I was standing in front of the mirror Vincent asked me a question and I responded, “I’m tired but I’ll definitely make some dinner and I will give you a blowjob. Also it’s night. Can’t say today anymore till tomorrow morning.” I responded and laughed after I said my last sentence. I stepped out of the bathroom to my room.

    “I already told you, you don’t have to blow me if you’re too tired.” He walked out after you did and left a small kiss on your cheek, smiling at you, “If you’re tired why not let me handle the food and stuff?” He asked, crossing his arms over his bare chest, “Seriously though, if you’re tired than relax.”

    I was tired but I wasn’t going to be lazy. Besides, I was only tired because of the sex and hunger for food. I responded, “It’s fine. I will give you a blowjob. Besides, I want to cook. You can help if you want.” I went into my room leaving the door open and headed to my closet pulling out some extra panties I had and chose some white with pink hearts I hadn’t worn a lot. Also pulling out a grey shirt and pjs.

    “Yep, I’ll help.” He nodded and looked you over quickly, grinning a bit stupidly as he looked down at the ground now, “You look really cute dressed like that by the way.” He said a bit quietly, then he looked at you again, rubbing the back of his head a little in embarrassment, “Got any more clothes I can borrow? Heh…”

    I turned and looked at Vincent and looked into my closet to see if I did. “Hang on just a sec. I’ll see.” I looked in the closet and found a dark blue shirt and some black pjs. “Here. Catch.” I tossed them to Vincent.

    He caught them, almost falling when he did and smiled gratefully at you, he really didn’t want to be walking around the house naked, “Thanks baby.” He winked playfully at you, then slid the bottoms on, then the shirt. “Got any ideas on what you want to cook?”

    I didn’t really know what too cook but I thought, “Hmmmm, what about some ramen with chicken, and rice? If you have another idea let’s hear it.” I responded and also asking for another idea.

    “Nope, that sounds great, I’ve actually never had ramen before.” He admitted with a small chuckle, fixing the shirt once it was on him. He leaned against the door frame a bit as he stared at you, almost longingly, “Do you think we’ll have to hide our relationship for a while…”

    I started to walk through my door when Vincent asked about our relationship and I stopped and responded, “Umm, probably. Not for long I think though. We aren’t going to be in high school for much longer so we can come out a bit after we get out.” I responded hoping he wasn’t having anxiety about it.

    “I-okay…that sounds fine I guess.” He nodded a little in agreement and followed you out after, staring at the floor a bit while he walked, then looking at you once again, “I’m just really not sure what to do… Am I worrying too much?”

    “Nah. Don’t worry so much. It’s fine. When it’s something like this there’s a right to be worried. We have each other so let’s not worry so much.” I responded realizing anxiety did happen and hoping that would calm it.

    I head into the kitchen and pull out the ramen, chicken, and rice. 

    “Alright, I’ll try not to.” He gave you a small smile, walking into the kitchen with you. He leaned against the counter a bit while watching you, chewing on his lip softly, “Is there anything you need help with?” He asked, wanting to at least try to be helpful.

    I looked at Vincent while placing the food on the counter and saying, “Umm, turn the stove on to high on two burners.” I respond.

    I start to open the cabinet that contains the pots.

    “Alright.” He nodded and went over to the stove, turning on two of the burners and setting them both to high. He shrugged and walked over to you, kissing your cheek softly. “You know my parents are going to kill me once they find out about me and you.” He said with a small laugh after.

    I giggled a bit at his over-exageration and responded, “Eh, don’t worry. We’ll come out together and get away before something crazy happens. Our parents might disown us but we’ll have each other.” I grabbed the pots we needed and stood up going to the sink. Turning it on and filling the pots with enough water for two people I hear a knock at the door. I turn and look at Vincent.

    “Your giggling is ador-” he stopped speaking and looked at the door, then back at you. He looked nervous to say the least, biting down on his tongue a bit and looking at the door once again, “Is… Is that your parents?” He asked slowly, gulping nervously, “Should I go answer the door and see?” He added in after a few seconds

    “I don’t know. If it was they would’ve just unlocked it and stepped in. I’ll go check.” As I’m walking to the door I’m nervous to all hell. I look through a little peephole we had and saw it was only a delivery man with a package for my parents probably.

    I let out a sigh of relief and gave Vincent an ok hand signal. I opened the door a little and greeted the delivery man. 

    “Jesus.” He whispered, sighing in relief after he saw the mailman, shaking his head. He let out a small quiet groan as he thought about how much he kept panicking over a lot of things, pretty sure he was annoying you with it all. He closed his eyes for a few seconds, taking in and letting out a few deep breaths at a slow pace, then looking over at you once again.

    I spoke to the delivery man for a minute getting the package and bringing it in and putting it on the table. I looked at Vincent and let out a sigh. “That was worrying. Ok. Time to get over it. Let’s get back to cooking.” I said as I stepped back behind the counter.

    “Alright, any idea what’s in the package?” He asked, curiosity in his tone, smiling a little at you as he did, “or was it just something for your parents?” He asked after a little, walking over the sink. He picked up both of the pots and brought them to the oven, stepping to the side, so you could cook.

    “I wouldn’t know and quite frankly I don’t think I want to know.” I responded. I stepped to the stove and unwrapped the ramen and placed it in the pot, and poured the rice into the other pot. “Love, would you mind cutting the chicken so I can put it in with the ramen?” I asked.

    “Yep, umm, which is the drawer with all the forks and knives and stuff?” He asked, glancing over at you for a second, standing up properly and looking a bit confused to say the least.

    I looked at the drawer that had them and pointed at it

    “Thanks baby.” He went over to the drawer and pulled out one of the knives, closing it the drawer. He walked over to where you had the chicken and put two pieces of it on the cutting board, slicing along them, then beginning to cut them up into small pieces.

    We proceeded to cook for the next 5 minutes. Towards the end of cooking I pulled out 2 bowls and placed a large spoonful of rice on the bottom and then poured the ramen and chicken into both of the bowls. “Here you go love.” Kissing Vincent on the cheek.

    “Heh, you’re too sweet.” He left a small kiss on your forehead in return and gave you a small hug, holding you close to himself for a few seconds, staying quiet for a bit. He let out a soft sigh and let go of the hug, smiling happily at you, “Let’s eat?”

    I felt very comfortable being held in Vincent’s arms and looked up at him. “Yeah. Let’s eat.” I responded.

    “Cutie.” He left a small kiss on your lips, then finally let go of you. He picked both of the bowls up and walked over, carrying his and your bowl over to the kitchen table and placing them both down on it gently.

    “I could’ve carried it but whatever. I’ll let you have this one. Let’s eat.” I head to my chair and start to pull it back to sit.

    “Let me treat you nicely.” He said with a small smile, a chuckle leaving his lips after. He kissed your cheek and nodded, pulling his seat out and sitting down beside you, zoning out for a few seconds, suddenly his cheeks turned a bit pink from a small blush as he looked over at you, “Would you rather sit on my lap?”

    I chuckled at Vincent asking if I wanted to sit on his lap while eating and responded, “I think I know what you’re going to try to do if I sit on your lap and try to eat. I’m not that dumb.” I knew what he was trying and I wasn’t going to fall for it.

    “H-huh, I wasn’t planning on trying anything…” He said slowly and honestly, chewing on his lip a bit. He shook his head and shrugged, looking back at his food, “Well nevermind than, sorry for asking I guess.”

    I looked at Vincent giving him a suspicious stare while sitting down. I realized we forgot something. “Oh shit. We forgot the forks.” I started to laugh at forgetfulness of me.

    “Huh, oh yeah, guess we did.” He chuckled a bit himself and nodded, standing up. He walked over to the drawer that had all of the cutlery and opened it, taking out two forks for the both of you, “Just need forks right, nothing else before I sit down?” He asked, closing the drawer and looking over at you.

    Still laughing I respond, “Umm, yeah. Just forks.”

    “Your laugh sounds adorable, you know that?” He walked back over and handed you one of the forks, kissing the top of your head after he did. He sat back down on his chair and smiled at you. “So baby, how has school been for you?’

    Being complimented by Vincent yet again. I respond while still chuckling, “Aww, thanks.” 

    Vincent asked about school and I respond, “It’s okay. You know how it is. What about you?” I asked him back.

    “Pretty, pretty damn boring and awful actually, this has been the only good day.” He said honestly, shrugging a bit. He twirled a bit of the noodle onto his fork and ate them, starting to eat a bit. “School could be worse I guess.”

    Hearing him say it’s awful I decided to inquire further. “Why’s it awful for you?” I ask.

    “Bigger students, no friends, anxiety, stupidity, and shit teachers.” He looked at you, giving a small smile again, “Glad to hear your’s has been going fine at least.”

    I nudged Vincent and said, “Hey, you got me as a friend. I’ll definitely try to help anyway I can. Stand together and we’ll get through it together.” Hoping what I said would give him some optimism cause I tried to help people almost any way I could I nearly forgot about eating.

    “Yep, I know that, besides school is almost over anyway, so nothing to worry about.” He nudged you back softly and kissed you on the lips quickly, staring into your eyes as he did. He pulled away, going back to eating. “You have your own meal you know?”

    Hoping I gave Vincent some sense of optimism he asked about the food I almost forgot I replied, “Yeah. Just realized. Thanks.”

    A small chuckle escaped his lips again and he twirled up some of the noodles and took a piece of chicken onto his fork, bringing his fork in front of your mouth, “Here, just so you get some food in your stomach. Heh.”

    Finding it kinda funny Vincent offered a bite of his food I decided to accept it and took a bite.

    Me and Vincent continued to eat for the next 15 minutes.

    After I was finished I started to stand up.

    He finished a bit after you did, looking over at you with a smile, “It was pretty good for my first time trying it.” He stated, standing up and picking up his now empty bowl, along with his fork. “So, what now?”

    “Hmmmm, how about we sit on the couch and watch some TV?” I replied.

    “Sounds good, only if I get to hold you though.” He walked over to the sink and placed his bowl and fork into it, walking back over to the tabel and leaning against it.

    Not knowing exactly what Vincent meant by holding me I wasn’t going to deny him that. “Sure, why not.” As I start to get on the couch.

    “Sweet.” He walked over with you and sat down beside you, wrapping an arm around your waist softly as he did and pulling you close to himself. “Anything in mind you want to watch?”

    I thought about something to watch and then remembered I had a show I had scheduled to watch the previous day but didn’t. “How about this show?” I ask.

    “Up to you, I probably won’t watch anything anyway.” Vincent shrugged and pulled you onto his lap, wrapping his arms tightly around your waist and resting his head on your shoulder, leaning his head against your’s softly, “I’m just gonna keep my focus on you, watch whatever you like.”

    Being pulled into Vincent’s lap, having him wrap himself around me and being told he wasn’t interested in watching TV I decided to get it going. “Ok.”

    After 5 minutes of sitting and watching TV in Vincent’s lap I got off and got in what is known as the cowgirl position and started wrapping my arms around Vincent and kissing him.

    “Hmm?” He gasped a little as you started to kiss him, but immediately began kissing you back, sitting up properly as he did. He snaked his hands under your shirt a bit, tracing his finger up and down your spine slowly, the other hand’s fingers gripping the side of your stomach softly. He pulled you close against him and slid his hand up your back, feeling your soft skin slowly.

    Coming off of the make out session a sec I said, “I promised you that blowjob. Now it’s time to fulfill that promise.”

    “I think i’m done trying to tell you not to.” He whispered into your ear, in a very lustful tone. He slid his hand out of your shirt and brought both of his hands down, squeezing your ass tightly in his hands, then letting go of you.

    I climbed down from Vincent’s lap and pulled his pjs down exposing his half hard cock. I grip it lightly and start to suck Vincent’s tip.

    “Definitely shouldn’t have tried to say no to this.” He said quietly, placing a hand on the back of your head. He was trying to keep his hips from bucking, the pleasure making it hard to control himself.

    I looked up into Vincent’s eyes while starting to suck more of his length and girth into my mouth with a small smile.

    “God, I love that smile.” He groaned softly in pleasure as more of his thick inches were sucked on, his fingers tangling up tightly in your hair as he thrusted up into your mouth a bit more, unable to stop himself.

    I pulled off slightly giving a little giggle then I started back to what I was doing.

    “You little tease.” He mumbled after he heard the sweet giggle, watching you suck on the thick length of his shaft. He was fully hard at this point, more groans escaping his mouth as his cheeks flushed pink just a little the more he watched you.

    I giggled a tad more but it was gargled by the length of Vincent in my mouth. I then tried to deep throat his cock. I was able to hold it for 5 seconds before I had to pull off.

    A moan escaped his lips when you deepthroated him, obviously enjoying it quite a bit. He let out a shuddered breath and loosened his grip on your hair. His cock twitching a bit in your mouth. “Has someone been practicing on that dildo of their’s?”

    I looked up at Vincent very seductively while still sucking and gave him a small shrug. I continued to suck him.

    “Mmm.” He tensed just a little as he saw the look, feeling himself getting pretty close to the edge to cumming. He gripped onto the couch tightly as his hips bucked up again, “I-I’m getting close.”

    I pull off immediately and say, “No you’re not.” I pull off my pjs and panties at the same time then pulled out the butt plug I had and climbed onto Vincent and reached behind, lightly grabbed his cock and guided it into my boipussy.

    I laid my hands on both of Vincent’s shoulders.

    “I thought you were too tired?” He asked, moaning softly as your boipussy wrapped around his thick cock. He nodded to your words, deciding he would have to hold himself back from cumming now. He placed his hands on your hips, gripping onto them firmly, then he began to thrust up into you at a bit of a slow pace.

    I started to bounce up and down on Vincent’s hard cock while he thrusted into me making rather loud clapping noises. I started to try to kiss him while riding him.

    He looked up a bit and pressed his lips against yours while you bounced on his cock, pleasured groans escaping his lips. He gave your ass a hard smack, sliding his tongue into your mouth while he passionately kisses you.

    I wrapped my arms around Vincent’s neck while kissing and bouncing on him. “Thrust into me harder.” I say.

    “Don’t give me commands.” He whispered, breaking the kiss. He grabbed onto your asscheeks tightly and keeps you in place as he suddenly began to roughly thrust into you, not warning you whatsoever as he did. 

    As I was being held in place and pounded into without much of a warning after being told, “Don’t give me commands”, by Vincent I let out a loud moan.

    He leaned forward and bit down on your collarbone, sucking on your skin softly and his thrusts got harder into you. He slaps your ass again, slapping it in the same spot multiple times for a few seconds, then grabbing back onto your hip tightly, “Take daddy’s cock..”

    As I was getting fucked more like a slut by Vincent I couldn’t help but moan even more and louder.

    “Fuck me daddy. Fuck me harder.” I said in response to Vincent.

    “Um mmm, you like getting treated like a little sissy?” He kissed down your chest and licked your nipple soflty, teasing it with his tongue as he started to thrust faster into you. His large shaft rubbing against every part of your tight hole. He licked up your chest, going all the way up to your jawline, then planted his lips onto your’s, kissing you as deeply as possible as he continued to fuck you on the couch.

    As Vincent was going a lot more kinky by kissing down my smooth chest and licking my nipples I was starting to get a lot more horny even while getting fucked. 

    As he was licking back up to my mouth I was starting to get way more horny than I was already previously. While Vincent was coming back up to my mouth I was able to say, “Come on daddy. Treat me like your personal fucktoy.” I said somewhat in an aggressive tone. 

    He broke the kiss and growled softly into your ear, almost as a threat of a predator about to takes its prey. He slid his hand up your back and gripped onto your hair tightly, pulling back on it as he slammed his cock deep up into you, forcing your head back from his pulling as he did. He suddenly bit down harder than ever on one of the hickey’s he previously marked your neck with. His balls slapping against your plump asscheeks with each of his hard thrusts.

    I was flooding with even more ecstasy as Vincent took my aggressive plea. I was starting to go crazy from the hard pounding to the point where I could feel the build-up that I felt earlier. I was going to cum from Vincent’s hard fucking itself again.

    “This time I want you to beg to cum.” He whispered in a deep, threatening tone, right into your ear. His hot breath hitting your ear as he did. His cock as hard as ever as it throbbed inside of your warm little hole. He tightened his grip on your hair as much as he could, licking down your chest and going back to your nipple, nibbling on it and teasing it more with his mouth. He kept pulling you back down onto his cock each time he thrusted in, the grip on your hip tightening and his nails digging into your skin a little as he continued his rough thrusts.

    Being told I would have to beg to orgasm I started to beg hoarsely. “Please let me cum daddy. Please please please.” I couldn’t keep talking cause it kinda hurt to speak because of the rough fucking I was being given.

    He got a bit of a smirk when he heard your begging, it just seemed to turn him on more. He didn’t speak yet, just continuing to pound into you and pulling on your hair while gripping onto your smooth body. A pleasured groan left his lips as he continued, a bit of his warm pre-cum leaking inside of your hole. His breathing getting deeper and just a bit faster as he drew closer to his orgasm. He was mostly just listening to the sound of your moans and your begging at this point, not really picking up anything else.

    As I was going crazy even more because of the fucking. I was feeling the same build-up getting bigger. I knew I was getting close same as Vincent as I could tell from his breathing and groaning.

    “Please let me cum daddy. Please.” I pleaded hoarsely.

    He finally started to realize he was getting close and simply nodded as a way of showing he’s giving you permission to cum. He slammed his full length into you, leaving it there for a few seconds, then went to doing extremely hard, yet slow thrusts into you, burying his full shaft each thrust.

    As I was being given permission to cum I started to feel it building up way more than previously. I was starting to feel like I was going to cum but not yet.

    As I started to feel Vincent burying himself much deeper into me I was starting feel my orgasm unleashing. I started to sissygasm yet again. My eyes rolled back and I let out a loud, “AHHHHH.”

    A soft moan escaped his lips and he bit down on the side of your neck once again, thrusting his entire length into your one final time. His cum shot out into you, multiple thick strands of his hot cum shooting deep into your hole. He panted lightly as his orgasm stopped, pulling away from your neck a bit as he did. “Fuck…your ass feels amazing.”

    I was still “AHHH” ing as Vincent was talking. I couldn’t hear anything. The ecstasy was overwhelming. I couldn’t feel it but my dick was twitching rapidly shooting cum all over Vincent’s chest. I kept cumming for the next 10 seconds.

    He had a bit of a prideful smirk as you he watched you cumming for a few seconds, then left a soft kiss on your cheek, letting out a pleasured sigh and kissing your chest gently. “I’m definitely in need of another shower.”

    I was very tired now from the more intense sissygasm. I was starting to recover my senses again when I could almost hear what Vincent was saying.

    After a few more seconds I recovered all my senses. “What was that love?” I asked in a rather breathy and hoarse voice.

    “We both need to shower hun.” He mumbled into your ear, resting his head on your shoulder for the time being. He really wasn’t feeling like moving just yet. His cock feeling sensitive from his orgasm. He licked his lips and sighed in content, “We umm, kinda forgot to lube you up this time. You’re definitely gonna have some pains down there.”

    “Yeah. That’s three showers just this day.” I responded with a somewhat normal voice that was still somewhat hoarse.

    When he said I’d have pains I responded with, “Eh, there was still a good bit of your cum that was in there from the last time. Not much of a need to worry I think.” I replied.

    I climbed off and got on my knees putting my butt plug back in and started to clean off Vincent’s cock with my mouth by licking it.

    After 15 minutes of me and Vincent showering together we dried each other off and stepped out of the bathroom heading to the bedroom. We went to bed naked and cuddled with each other.

    End of story for now.


    I hope you enjoyed the story. I know I enjoyed making it as well. This story was made over 2 weeks. I thank my collaborator on this story. If you’re reading this horse. Love you.

  • The Fixer

    I initially found Gerald slightly unattractive. He was bulky and walked with a loud stomping gait, which reminded one of the comic characters named; ‘The Incredible Hulk.’ He had a large head with an enormous jaw bone and very few straight teeth in his mouth. Gerald’s large crooked nose had obviously been broken in the past, and the crowning glories of his large features were two huge cauliflower ears, which were as a result of wrestling in his youth.

    Gerald was in his mid-thirties and was married, with two kids, both of whom were girls. Gerald worked in our maintenance division and was without equal at his job. He was always referred to as; Mr. Fixit because there was simply nothing this man couldn’t repair or fix. My relationship with Gerald didn’t get off to a great start.

    I was employed at a company as a junior buyer, having to make sure that orders were delivered to our premises on time. After a month at the company, Gerald stomped into my office and gave me hell about an order that had not yet been delivered. The more I tried to tell him that I had not received any purchase document, the louder he became. Having had enough, I informed him that he was rude and asked him to leave my office.

    This did not go down very well. Bristling with anger he glared at me and I really believed that Gerald was going to pull me over my desk and give me a bitch-slap. Instead, he turned slowly and grumbling stomped out of my office.

    Ten minutes later, one of Gerald’s subordinates sheepishly entered my office with the offending purchase document. I immediately placed the order telephonically and after coordinating with my boss, left the office to collect it. Upon my return an hour later, I walked into Gerald’s office and placed it before him with a smirk. I then turned immediately and left, to the mumbled sound of a “Thank you,” following me.

    For the next several weeks our icy relationship began to thaw, and as the months went by we became friendlier towards one another. Gerald even began calling me ‘Chummy,’ and regularly popped into my office for a chat.

    ***

    I almost had an accident on my way to work on a Monday morning, when the backrest of the driver’s seat in my vehicle collapsed. After a very uncomfortable drive, I finally arrived at work. Upon hearing about my ordeal, Gerald removed the front seat from my car and in no time had it fixed and reinstalled, assuring me that it would never collapse again.

    I bought him a box of chocolates as a thank you gift, knowing that he had a penchant for sweet things. As time wore on, Gerald’s demeanour towards me became almost affectionate.

    One day as I stood in our reception area chatting to Jenny, our receptionist and switchboard operator, Gerald entered. After a brief chat, Gerald left for his office.

    “You know he has the hots for you,” Jenny informed me.

    “What?” I replied.

    “Gerald would love to fuck you,” she continued.

    “Don’t be ridiculous, he’s married and straight,” I replied.

    “That man would give his eyeteeth to get into your pants, Paul,” she said laughing. Feeling rather uncomfortable, I looked at my watch before excusing myself and returning to my office.

    Jenny had married two years before when both she and her husband were in their forties. Prior to that, neither had been married and weren’t interested in having children at all. She often spoke about their gay friends and although I had not outed myself at this time, I was sure Jenny suspected I was gay.

    All afternoon Jenny’s words kept echoing in my mind.

    ‘Could what she had said be true?’ I thought to myself. ‘Nah, not possible,’ my mind finally concluded.

    ***

    Being the most junior member of staff, one of the tedious tasks I had to perform at work, was making sure that our in-house bar was stocked and ready for action on Friday evenings. I usually performed this bar duty around lunchtime every Friday, after all the booze that was needed had been delivered to our premises.

    Thankfully, attendance at the bar was not obligatory and Gerald and I were the only two guys that never did so. Gerald never touched alcohol and having grown up with an abusive alcoholic father, had a complete aversion to liquor.

    As I was busying myself with this task on a Friday, there was a knock on the bar door. Upon opening the lock Gerald stood staring at me.

    “Hi, Chummy, mind if I come in,” he asked.

    “Not at all,” I replied. Gerald then followed me to the service side of the bar and asked for a Coke, as I continued with my chores.

    “I can’t just dish out free Coke’s to everyone,” I replied in mock defiance.

    Moving towards me his left hand cupped my genitals as his body pressed up against my right side.

    “I’ll squeeze harder if you don’t do as I command, Chummy,” he feigned in a mock threat.

    “No, I won’t,” I countered before his grip tightened.

    The grip wasn’t manic but firm. I began praying I wouldn’t pop a boner as I looked into his eyes. There was a strange, almost horny look on his face.

    ‘Oh fuck,’ I thought, ‘I’m getting hard.’

    “Okay, okay,” I said, “I’ll pour one for you.”

    Gerald then slowly loosened his grip, but before he let go, he gave my jewels a final jiggle.

    ‘Whew, just in time,’ I reflected relieved because I was definitely about to embarrass myself.

    Later, after drinking his Coke he left.

    The following week the same scene played out. This time, however, he had already cupped my genitals before he demanded his Coke. I again refused before panic set in.

    ‘Oh fuck, I’m definitely getting hard,’ I realized. With his face was very close to me and his eyes boring into mine, his hand pulsated on my package.

    Beside myself, I blurted, “Yes, okay, I‘ll give you your Coke,” but Gerald didn’t budge.

    “I’ll give it to you,” I then pleaded in desperation.

    Chuckling, he gradually removed his hand and I was sure that he had felt my hardening dick. Gerald once again finished his Coke before leaving.

    “Thanks, Chummy,” he said as he went on his way, after giving me a ‘friendly’ wink.

    The following week, I had a raging hard-on in anticipation of Gerald’s knock at the door. When I heard it, I nervously poured his Coke.

    As we arrived behind the bar his hand immediately cupped my genitals again. This time, however, his hand was a lot more animated. He leisurely played with my tackle as he picked up his Coke with his left hand, before slowly sipping the liquid. There was a horny look on his face as he unashamedly toyed with me.

    After placing his empty glass on the counter he sensually moved his face ever closer to mine, but as our lips touched there was a knock on the bar door.

    One of the secretaries then informed me that there was someone in reception to see me.

    ***

    That weekend was a busy one because I moved into a cottage close to my work. I was elated because the daily grind of getting to and from work would be greatly diminished by the location of my new accommodation. I was a lovely place and an added benefit was that I was served breakfast every morning as part of the package. Although the breakfasts were fantastic, the cottage was not very well maintained, and a number of fittings in the kitchen and bathroom were in need of attention.

    Bemoaning this fact at work the following week, Gerald said that he would visit me on Saturday morning and fix all the problems. When I protested Gerald informed me that he would love to do so, stating that he spent most Saturdays from nine till three on his own. Apparently, his wife took their two girls to a local mall every Saturday for shopping, movies, and lunch. He had been banned from these outings because he always got grumpy.

    Realising that I wasn’t going to win the argument, I thanked him and furnished him with my address.

    All week I pondered what would happen at my home on Saturday. I did not see Gerald in the bar that Friday as usual because he had an urgent job to attend to.

    On Saturday morning at nine-thirty, however, Gerald arrived at my cottage with his toolbox in hand. I had never seen Gerald in shorts and sandals before that. His legs were sensational and it looked like two rugby balls had been implanted into his calves. His feet were big, broad, and beautiful.

    In anticipation of his visit, I had bought a cake and had a pot of coffee on the brew.

    Before his work got underway, I invited him into the kitchen to enjoy the refreshments I had arranged. As we sat at the table enjoying the coffee and cake, Gerald told me about his life. That is when I heard the full story about his father and why he never drank alcohol.

    The second revelation that intrigued me was that he had a gay brother. But his story didn’t end there. He then also went on to tell me about his loveless existence with his wife. She had never been very forthcoming sexually and after their second daughter was born, his sex-life, the little that there was, ended entirely.

    He assured me that he was crazy about his daughters and would never consider a divorce. According to him, “mother palm and her five daughters” (his right hand), was his only sexual release.

    ‘Fuck,’ I thought, ‘How incredibly sad to live like that.’

    Gerald got stuck into the work after that and started repairing all the irritations I had complained about. In fact, he found a number of other problems I had not even noticed.

    An hour later all the work was done. As we stood in the kitchen afterward he asked if I had any Coke. Before I could answer, I got cupped as before with my body pressed up against the kitchen sink. I did not hold back and simply gave my stiffening cock free reign. Gerald’s fingers were also a lot more active than ever before.

    Extending my right hand I also boldly rubbed my fingers over his package. When my hand enclosed around his thick shaft I was stunned by the girth I was encasing.

    Next, Gerald moved his head ever closer to mine and finally, the long-awaited kiss transpired. As our lips locked his body moved into mine with our arms enfolding one another. Gerald kissed magnificently and as our tongues explored one another’s mouths, he commenced swaying his hips grinding his cock into me.

    A short while later as our lips parted, he said, “There’s a score that I need to settle with you, Chummy,”

    “What?” I asked.

    “Remember a few months ago when you were so cheeky?” I nodded before he continued, “Well, didn’t your parents teach you to respect your elders?”

    “Yes they did and I’m really sorry that I gave you lip,” I countered, coyly.

    “Well, they obviously didn’t teach you well enough,” he replied, with an impish smile.

    There was a very strange and excited look in his eyes, and I had an epiphany of what would follow. I had never been spanked before, and truthfully, had never even thought about it. Something inside me, however, just told me that I should go with the flow. This man had been emasculated in his home and was yearning for sexual dominance. Following my instinct, I decided to play his game.

    In a boyish voice I answered, “I’m really sorry, Gerald, I promise I won’t do it again.”

    Gerald’s eyes now lit up with sexual excitement. “Well I’m sorry, Chummy, but I need to punish you.”

    After turning my body Gerald pulled my shorts down, before pushing me down on the kitchen counter. ‘Thwack, thwack,’ I heard and felt, as his right hand began spanking my arse. The slaps weren’t vicious, but meaningful.

    “I’m really sorry, Gerald, I really didn’t mean to,” I feigned in submission. Another two thwacks then followed.

    “Have you learned your lesson, Chummy,” he charged, as I whimpered in mock distress.

    “Please forgive me,” ‘Thwack, thwack,’ “I promise I won’t do it again,” as two more thwacks.

    “I hope you have…” ‘Thwack, thwack, thwack,’ “learned some manners,” he concluded with a final slap.

    Turning, I threw my arms around Gerald whimpering like a child. Encasing my body with his hands, he gently rubbed my back, soothing my ‘distress.’

    “Let’s go to your room, Chummy,” he said excitedly, picking me up as if I was as light as a feather.

    With me clinging around his neck he stomped off towards my bedroom. Shortly, we were on my bed before our kissing ensued. The urgency of his oral assault was ardent and passionate. My head was clamped as his tongue invaded and dominated my mouth. I sighed contentedly and he groaned with satisfaction.

    With my shorts already off, Gerald now began pushing down his own shorts. After lifting my legs in the air, his cock began rubbing my crack with urgency. Before I could observe my anal invader, his mouth again resumed its control of my lips. Wrapping my legs around his body I readied myself for the incursion that was about to take place.

    With his right hand, he began guiding his knob into me as my muffled groans echoed in his mouth. My horniness trumped any discomfort as he annexed my manhole. I wanted him to fuck me… long and hard.

    I was pummelled relentlessly by my ‘strict’ lover as his rump escalated its thrusting. After finally lifting his torso onto extended arms, the primordial sounds from him were mindboggling as he ultimately unloaded into me.

    Like a rampant warrior, he cried out with delight as he seeded my arse.

    “Fuck, fuck yes,” I yelped, as Gerald pumped the last remnants of his spunk into my willing backside. Slumping onto me afterward, we embraced in the afterglow of our carnal labours. I had been well and truly fucked!

    Gerald and I regularly had sex over the next year and a half, before I started a job in another part of the country.

    We both knew that our ‘friendship’ would ultimately end, but it was great while it lasted.


    To get in touch with the author, send them an email.


  • Body Modificiation went further than I thought.

    I answered an ad in a paper for guys wanting cock and ball enhancement, providing  they would not mind sacrificing part of their bodies to do the work necessary and this is what happened !!!!!!

    I am still actually in a private hospital and in a private ward, looking down the bed sheet and still being shocked when I see my left leg where it should be and my right leg ending at about the knee and the sheet lying flat further down. I keep wondering what the large mound is where my crotch is, it seems rather long as well, and also I wonder why I have a catheter and bag hanging at the side of the bed. Still the surgeon is calling to my room at 11am, in 10 minutes time, and all, hopefully will be revealed.

    On the dot the door opened and he walked in with an orderly.  “Well Frank, we kept you under sedation for the last month to ensure that all our work was healing and and that no complications had set in, we are VERY pleased to say everything is proceeding as planned and today you will see what has been done. You do remember that you answered an ad in the local paper for volunteers who wMy body modification carried  on a LOT further than I expected and I ended up with more than Ianted *bigger penis and testicles*  to contact the shown number and we also told you that in order to enhance your desires we would have to remove one of your limbs for the necessary muscle, nerves and flesh, your choice, you opted for an above right leg amputation, and we also told you that your medical records would all be corrected to show what your current condition is.”

    Why do medical orderlies have to wear tight nearly see through tops and trousers?? The surgeon, Wil, introduced him as Alec, When Alec came over to the bed it was obvious he was commando under his pants, and shaved and cut as well.  Boy he had some cock and balls, I could feel my own cock stirring but that was about it, he had one hell of fucking arse as well.

    “Right Frank” said Wil “Brace yourself, this might come as a shock to you”

    They pulled the bed sheet down and I was only wearing a short bed shirt which only reached my crotch. There was my left leg, muscled and hairy and my right leg the same but now it ended just above where my knee would have been. I lifted it up and it seemed so strange to have half a leg, still as muscled as before but now ending in a neatly rounded stump. I had a LOT of packing around my genital area, and only a clear tube with piss running down it into the bag by the bed relieved the wrapping.  

    “Now for the unveiling” said Wil, smiling “Be careful Andrew, and leave the catheter still the last.”

    “Wil?” I asked, “Why have I so much packing and bandaging it goes longer than my leg stump and actually why did you need so much of my right leg for what you wanted to do?”

    “Hold on Frank, be patient” he answered smiling “I think you are going to be amazed and delighted”

    I watched, intrigued as Alec carefully removed, with Wil’s aid, the bandaging.   He undid a small portion at the end nearest to my stump and I saw the tube was actually coming out of there, he undid a small seal and  a lump of wrapping fell off, I screamed and nearly passed out, there, just past my knee stump was the biggest cut cock head I have ever seen, Alec carefully was pulling out the catheter tube, The piss hole was big enough to put my index finger in, the head itself must have been a good 2” across… it was stunning.

    “Take it easy Frank, we have given you an anti erection pill, but it might not work very well for you”

    By now Alec was unwrapping more bandage and I was aware of the fact I probably now had the biggest cock in history, he was now halfway up my thigh and undoing thicker wrapping, at this stage Alec was bending over me, I could see his cut cock clearly through his uniform pants and it was getting me rather uncomfortable I could feel my cock head getting hot and I could see it starting to shake a little,  Alec spotted it and laughed. Just then I felt a slight jolt from my crotch and watched as two of the biggest testicles I have seen,  dropped onto the bed. They were monsters, at least 2” across and laying on the bed, they were already shaking as they filled up with latent cum, Alec removed the last of the bandages and all was revealed. 

    “Frank” said Wil, “We needed some bone tissue, muscles, nerves and flesh to complete what we wanted to do, just wait for 20 minutes and we will show you the extent of your modifications carried out., if you look down you will see you have a thick steel cock ring around your cock and balls now can you control yourself a little more as you are starting to get a boner!!”

    I looked down my cock was throbbing and aching, pre cum blobs on the end, and starting to rise from the bed.    My balls were shaking and in seconds my cock was standing up in all its splendour, fucking hell, it must have been 18”long, the snaking veins throbbing with latent power, Suddenly Alec ripped his pants of and got on the bed, to my horror he started to lower himself down onto my cock. As he was facing away from my me, I watched as his butt hole opened up wider and wider to accept my monster, he slowly slid all the way down, and then started to ride me, he was born to this. It was only after about 5 minutes I shouted I have to cum now., and I watched amazed, as Alec slowly lifted off my cock in a wave of thick creamy cum….he rose about 12 inches and then stood up, cum was oozing from his hole, and my cock was shooting streams of cum out…. it slowed down and I had to say to them that I have never ever cum like that, Wil and Alec were smiling.

    Alec’s cock was showing again through his pants, and Wil, to my surprise removed his suit trousers revealing a red jock strap and removed that as well. Alec joined him and  his pants dropped to the floor.

    “Now Frank “ said Wil “In case you wonder how you will walk without your right leg, you were fitted for a socket and full prosthetic leg whilst still in your dream world and we managed to decrease your drugs to a point where while you where still basically unaware of what was going on your limbs functioned to the point we could train you to use your leg and you can walk with either a

    full prosthetic leg or, if you want to be really trendy, an aluminium peg leg, your choice, you will  of course be taking them home with you.”

    “Alec would you like to remove Frank’s cock ring please and show him what else we did with his leg bone, nerves, muscle and flesh tissue etc!!”

    Alec leaned over me, his 10” cut and pierced cock was touching my leg stump and, fuck me, it was turning me on and my cock started to get hard again. I watched ,stunned, as it slowly got hard again and as it did it did, it gently rose from the bed to a vertical position. I loved it, is was massive and was already throbbing in anticipation of being used again.

    Alec bent over me, I expected him to pull the ring off over my cock and balls but it was very tight, to my surprise he was holding an Alan key which inserted in the side of the ring, undid it, and in unhinged and fell off.    I got a hell of a shock as when it fell off my balls basically parted from each other and lay on the bed throbbing gently. Alec got up on the bed and lay with his head on my chest, he was nibbling on my nipples, by now my cock was bone hard, and nearly lying on my chest with drips of pre cum dropping on my throat. Suddenly I felt Alec’s massive cock pushing between my balls and thought, wow he is going to shoot his load all over them and my cock base. 

    Fuck me, he didn’t… Wil told me to brace myself for the ride of the century, he leaned over and gently pulled my boner over the side of my chest and started sucking and licking it, Alec was gently pushing his cock into my crotch and between each one of my balls, he said “Frank and Wil, I am going for an entry”

    I thought, what the fuck is he talking about and suddenly I felt his cock moving and actually going inside me, this cannot be happening.

    I felt it going further and further inside and up me, I felt his balls starting to bang against mine and also against my thighs. He suddenly bucked and I realised he was cumming, I felt as though I was being filled with fluid, he pulled back and was kneeling over me, cum streaming from his cock.

    “Frank” said Wil “Just put your hand between your parted balls and see what is there”

    I did so, and found a warm wet gash, sticky with cum, with two thick lips around the edge. I knew what it was,  A PUSSY.

    “Will what the hell did you do to me?” I shouted.

    “Frank, you said you wanted to have a cock and balls of the century and gave us Carte Blanche to ;provide you with it, even though it would cost us part of your right leg, Correct?”   I nodded..

    he carried on “So we amputated your right leg from just above the knee, we used most of the flesh and bone etc, to construct a fully operational and sensitive cock and balls, and then thought why not give him the world, separate his balls, connect them with a cock ring when required and when separated, give him a pussy between them for additional fun.”

    With that, Wil told me to sit up and extend my stump, which I did.  He pulled a silicone sleeve over it that sat neatly into my groin, then he picked up a rather neat prosthetic leg with a black socket whilst he held it upright, Alec told me to slid my stump inside it and push down, I did and heard a noise like a loud fart, “There” said Wil, “Your leg is now held on firmly, to remove it simply undo the small seal lower down, and that’s it, all your sockets work the same way on .ANY of the different legs you can wear.. Now hold me closely for another mind blowing experience”

    I wrapped my arms around him, He started to kiss and tongue me I returned with equal passion, I then realized  that Alec was hard against my back and licking my neck,  Alec shouted “Right together Wil” and simultaneously I felt Wil’s huge hard cock entering my hot pussy and Alec’s massive cock up inside my butt hole…  Shit, I was being double fucked from both sides CAN LIFE GET ANY BETTER?????

    They both pulled out, cum was everywhere, I was shooting long strings from my monster, but it was slowing down.  We all went into the shower, after I had removed my leg and they showered me clean..

    When we got out Wil said “Frank, just one thing you need to know, your pussy is man made and as such cum will continually drip from it, SO PLEASE REMEMBER SHOVE  A TAMPON UP INSIDE AND THEN RELACE THE RING, that will prevent you staining your trousers, jeans whatever you are wearing.  OK????..      remember also to wear one of these XXL extra strong condoms on your cock to prevent  pre cum dripping down your leg as well.   We have made special silicone bands to hold it against your leg and you need to take a special erection preventive tablet to ensure you DO NOT GET A BONER WHEN OUT IN PUBLIC, otherwise you could be in a relly embarrassing situation.

    Wil and Alec said they would both be honoured if I stayed fuck friends with them, of course I said “YES”

    “Right “ said Wil “When you get dressed Boxers on first decided what leg you want to wear, and drop it  inside one leg of your trousers jeans etc, then put your good leg down inside, put your leg on properly, ensure vacuum is created, pull up trouser etc, and your off.”

    See you soon….

    END OF PART ONE……..

    CHAPERT TWO……

    My new life as an Leg amputee with monster cock and balls has just started. I was driving home, I had medical documents to attest to the fact that due to a thrombosis during a minor operation, my right leg had been amputated immediately above the knee. I had all the necessary paperwork to allow me to access medical payments and also the cost of supply legs and any necessary medical goods for the rest of my life.

    As I work for myself no problems with work loads etc.

    As I was driving home I could feel  something wet in my crotch, I looked down and there was a large black patch in the fork of my cream trousers, fucking hell, I had forgotten to put a tampon inside my new pussy, and now had proof it actually did drip with seminal fluids, ah well too late now will wait until  I am home.  I arrived at my old home in the next 10 minutes and left the car outside and held my case over my crotch.

    I went upstairs and stripped off, l undid the strapping on my cock holding it to my left leg and hopped into the shower, awkward  showering on one leg, with two VERY large balls slapping around and an 18” cock swinging around me, but I managed, got back in the bedroom just as my doorbell rang, I answered it from my mobile, “Charlie here” a cheerful voice stated.

    Was one of my best gay pals, so I told I would open the door, and for him to go straight into the sitting room I managed to get my jogging bottoms on and a t shirt am crutched into the lounge, Tom looked at me and said “Hi Frank, Sorry to hear about the leg, I though it was taken off higher than you are showing in your jogging bottoms?”

    I sat down a little heavy alongside him,  “Well” I answered, “It was actually amped just above my knee, I think I have some explaining to do, I volunteered for a cock and ball enhancement, and ended up getting my leg removed to make a large cock and balls our of the lower half of my leg”

    With that I lifted up my jogging bottom right leg  up to where my knee should have been, Tom’s face was a picture, when he saw hanging, about 4 inches below the leg stump, a massive mushroom red head cock, with blobs of pre cum already on the end of it.

    He looked at my stump and said “I love amputee men and your stump is so smooth and hairy I would love to play with it”    I laughed and answered “Later Tiger, get a load of this first”

    I stayed sitting down, and opened my robe and removed it, he then saw the glory of my now getting hard 18” cock…. already t was starting to lift away from my leg, he was still looking at my massive balls and said “I love your cock ring do you leave it on all the time??”

    “No” I replied “Only to stop this happening” and I undid the Allan screw and it fell off, with that my balls simply separated and fell apart exposing my pussy.  Tom’s face went white then red and before I could say “Suck my cock” he had pushed his fingers inside and up my pussy. I was getting so turned on, and to my embarrassment hot thick cum started to drip out, Tom said “Can you stand up ok on one leg?”   “Yeh” I replied “No problems, why?”

    He helped me over to the wall, agave me my crutches to hold on to, ad then lifted my now nearly bonered cock between us, and started to kiss me, he then pulled my monster cock up my chest and it actually reach both our mouths so we both started to lick and suck it, the pre cum tasted divine, I felt a sharp pain on my crotch and realized that Tom was pushing his cock inside my pussy, and was still licking my cock head with him, and then I yelled “Tom I am going to cum!!”

    I placed my hand over my piss slit, but still cum  stream through my fingers, on his and my face, over our chests, we were covered, Tom was still fucking me and then shot his load too…… We slowed down and pulled away from each other to find cum was all over the settee, all over us, on the wall, in our hair… what a glorious mess.

    We showered together, came back into the bedroom and lay on the bed   “Frank” asked Tom, “Have you ever stump fucked anyone?”

    “No why” I asked “would you like to try me then??” said Tom.

    I asked Tom to lay on the bed, and I lubed my keg stump, well, and gently pushed at Toms hole, he never said he was big in that dept, and to my intense surprise said he let me try that stump, I told him lay with his back on the bed and simply I pushed my leg stump into his arse, I got about 9” in and was nearly up to my balls so  I stopped.

    Tmorrow  will put  my peg leg and fuck him woth that,   should be fun xxxxxx


    To get in touch with the author, send them an email.


  • Voyage Home

    Callum threw open the door of the tavern, walking out, going to his left out of the door, Dustin was right behind him. All of the patrons, the sailors, were left standing there in silence after Callum had walked through them, but now they turned as one and looked to the shrunken man with one eye that was on the floor against the far wall. Ebrow, as he was called, raised one arm to cover his face as all of those sailors advanced toward him now.

    Callum rounded the corner of the tavern with his brisk pace, Dustin struggling to keep up, double stepping to try and catch up. Callum went by a window that was closed but heard the scream, a scream of agony, coming from inside of the tavern. Dustin paused at that same window, as he too heard the scream and was horrified by it but Callum kept walking.

    “Should we,…?” Dustin started to ask. Callum stopped and slightly turned his head.

    “He gets what he deserves.” Callum said coldly, “I hope they take his other eye, if not his life.” Callum continued walking, reaching his horse, pulling the reins from the knot in them.

    “Quintan,…” Dustin said as he started to move, coming closer to Callum and his own horse, “no one deserves that.” Dustin said as he took his own reins, untying them. He looked up at Callum, still horrified as Callum sat fully on his saddle, reins in hand.

    “Say that again when you’re standing over Henry’s lifeless body.” Callum growled, his eyes cold and seemed almost menacing to Dustin, a look Dustin had seen before and it chilled him to his very core. Callum reined his horse, making the horse back up a few steps, then wheeled him and kicked him in the sides. The horse bolted, responding to the kick and Callum galloped off, going around the tavern and out of sight onto the King’s Road. Dustin shook his head a bit, then mounted. He whirled his own horse and set off after Callum.


    The ride north became like a race between them. The horses even knew it and were responding as best as they could, but they were growing weary and began to lather and snort heavily from their full gallop. Dustin could see it as well as feel it and would look over at Callum as he pushed his horse on and on. Dustin knew that they were near their end.

    “Quintan!” Dustin called out, “We must rest them for a bit, they’re exhausted!”

    “There is no time!” Callum said without looking at Dustin.

    “If you don’t stop, they’ll drop over dead!” Dustin yelled. Callum shook his head a bit.

    “The river is just up ahead! We will stop there for a bit!” Callum said loudly. They rode hard until they reached the river. Callum slowed his mount as did Dustin and they came off the road onto the grassy area.

    “This is where the Guardsmen were hiding that attacked us, wasn’t it?” Dustin asked as he swung out of the saddle and stepped down.

    “Yes.” Callum said as he looked around as if looking for those Guardsmen. He climbed down off his mount. Dustin led his horse over to Callum and took Callum’s reins from him.

    “Let me walk them a bit to cool them off.” Dustin said.

    “We should water them and be on our way.” Callum said.

    “If we were to do that, they would founder, and then we would be walking for certain.” Dustin said flatly with a tone and led the horses away. Callum raised an eyebrow.

    “You have obviously learned about horses.” Callum said.

    “Owen and Christian are both good teachers.” Dustin said over his shoulder. Callum watched as Dustin walked the horses about in a large circle for a bit and then let them stop and rest. Dustin undid the saddles of each and set them on the ground. He looked the horses over carefully seeing if the cinches were binding into their coats and skin, but they had not. Callum came over to Dustin and put a hand gently on his shoulder. Dustin straightened and looked at him.

    “I am sorry I was short with you at the tavern.” Callum said.

    “I understand why, Quintan. I am fearful myself, but Henry is in good hands, you know that. Darin and Owen are both very capable.” Dustin said.

    “Unless they are outnumbered, which is my greatest fear.” Callum said. He stared into Dustin’s soft brown eyes and then looked up the road, “We have to get there and soon.”

    “It will be dark by the time we reach the Cross.” Dustin said.

    “And they will have the cover of that darkness in which to act.” Callum said as he still looked up the road toward the north.

    “I know, but it can’t be helped.” Dustin said.

    “Cowards, the lot of them.” Callum whispered.

    “That may be, Quintan, but trust in Darin and Owen, at least for the moment.” Dustin said and Callum looked at him. He gave Dustin a half smile.

    “You always think the best and try to comfort me.” Callum said. Dustin smiled warmly at his love standing before him.

    “I do that because I love you.” Dustin said above a whisper.

    “Water the horses so we can continue on.” Callum said.

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Dustin said turning his smile to a smirk. Callum shook his head. Dustin led the horses over to the bank of the river. The horses slowly stepped forward into the water and lowered their heads, Dustin standing between them, holding their reins. Callum watched the love of his life with those beasts that Dustin cared for so much and it warmed Callum’s heart to see him with them this way.


    Callum stepped up in the stirrup, swinging himself over and settled upon the saddle once again. He looked over and watched Dustin do the same. Callum reined his horse, turning him and stepped forward to come close to Dustin and his mount.

    “Are you ready?” Callum asked.

    “I am.” Dustin said, “But, we should be easy with them for now, Quintan. Remember, they are not like Dover that can be driven in a hard wind or a heavy gale.”

    “I know.” Callum said, and sighed a bit, “You’re right. They are sweet beasts that deserve our respect.” Callum reached out and pat the neck of his mount, looking down at the back of his horse’s head, “I shall try to remember that they are not wood and canvas, but flesh and blood.” Callum said and lifted his eyes toward Dustin. The smile on Dustin’s face showed love, not only toward Callum but toward the horses that they were mounted upon. Callum half smiled in return.

    “I have no doubt that they understand the urgency that you feel, Quintan.” Dustin said.

    “No doubt.” Callum said. He gently kicked his horse and the gelding responded to it, stepping out high and strong, wanting to go. Dustin wheeled his own gelding, a Sorrel, stepping out onto the road, pointing toward the north.

    The pace was set by Dustin and his mount, a light gait and they all fell into it. Callum wanted his mount to run, to run his heart out but also knew it was wrong, completely wrong. He had remembered what Dustin had said and his words about the horses. It seemed like hours of riding since the river, but it had not been in reality. Callum kept looking toward the setting sun. He knew there was about three hours or so more of daylight left to them and another five hours of riding to reach the Cross itself. Callum was beginning to fear the worst once again. His chest was tightening and his palms were sweating as he held the reins. The feeling of helplessness was taking him and he was doing his best to try and fight it.

    Finally, Callum could see the small village of Worcester ahead in the distance, and now knew they were close, Birmingham, their home, was just beyond. The sun had set at the horizon, the sky was changing, going to a scarlet as clouds began to form and the wind picked up slightly.

    “We may be in for some rain, I think!” Dustin said loudly. Callum sniffed the air a few times and looked over at Dustin, giving him a nod.

    “Worcester just ahead.” Callum said and pointed.

    “We should rest them again at the brook.” Dustin said. Callum looked at him with a bit of anger in his eyes.

    “We have no time for that.” Callum said and almost spit it.

    “There is the final push to it, Quintan.” Dustin said with a bit of anger in his voice, “Trust in what I say.” The tone was flat and took Callum by surprise, his expression showed it, “Have you learned nothing?” Dustin asked and was firm in his tone. Callum eased a bit with it.

    “Alright, I will bow to your judgement on the matter.” Callum said and eased in the saddle a bit.

    The brook that gave Worcester their water was coming into view. The brush was a bit dense at its banks but there was a small clearing in one part. Dustin eased his mount toward the left of the road, Callum followed with his into the clearing. They slowed their light cantor and they both swung off their saddles and eased to the edge of the water. The horses snorted and rubbed themselves against Dustin with their noses as he took both sets of reins in his hands. The understanding between man and beast was clear now to Callum and in that clarity to Callum came the understanding that they fully respected Dustin, as their master and caretaker. The love and respect were given back to each of the geldings as Dustin paid attention to each of them, speaking to them softly, touching them in gentle ways that Callum did not fully understand. It was almost mesmerizing to Callum to watch what was happening as the darkness approached. The horses eased slowly to the brook with Dustin, stepping into the cool water, dipping their heads. Dustin held them by the reins, giving them room with slack in the reins so they could drink freely.

    A few more minutes and the horses were ready, eyes wide as the darkness enveloped them all. Callum could almost see a change in the beasts and wondered to himself if Dustin was somehow able to communicate to them the urgency to press onward. He was handed his set of reins of his mount. Callum took them from Dustin’s gentle hand, fingers lingering for just a long moment, touching those that were so giving to Callum.

    “Shall we go?” Dustin asked softly.

    “Yes.” Callum said, thinking to himself that he now had a deeper understanding of the love of his life, “But only if they are ready.”

    “I believe they are.” Dustin said softly. The nose of his mount was on his shoulder. Dustin reached up a hand and rubbed it with a tender touch as he stared at Callum in the deepening darkness.

    “You truly are a wonder to me, my love.” Callum said and smiled.

    “I understand them, and they me.” Dustin said.

    “Clearly.” Callum said. They smiled at one another. Callum went to turn to mount but Dustin touched him on the shoulder, making him pause, “What?” Callum asked.

    “They will do the best they can to get us there.” Dustin said.

    “I know.” Callum said softly then smiled briefly. He mounted his gelding and sat as Dustin did the same. Callum watched Dustin for a moment and Dustin gave him a nod. They set out on the road. The pace was a light cantor yet once again.


    Owen looked over at Henry as he was still working very hard with the straw in the newly completed barn. Owen smiled a bit at the small boy, his thoughts filling his mind. Owen had come to appreciate Henry, to love him as he might a nephew or even a son of his own. This boy worked very hard every day, doing what was asked of him, what was expected of him, and never raised complaint or strayed from those tasks. It gave a sense of pride to Owen, but also for his friend, Quintan, this small boy’s father.

    “I think we’re about done for the night.” Owen said as he leaned his wooden pitchfork against a stall wall. Henry stopped with his own and looked up. Owen smiled as the pitchfork Henry held was much longer as he was tall. Owen stepped close to Henry and gently took the pitchfork from the small hands, turning and placing it next to his own, “You worked very hard today, Henry.” Owen said and looked over at the boy.

    “I am kind of tired.” Henry said softly, making Owen smile even wider.

    “I don’t doubt it.” Owen said and went over to the lamp that lit the area. The horses were in their stalls and made their sounds of soft snorts and chortles. Some of them moved and their hooves knocked into the wood of those stalls as the horses searched for grain that might be left over in the feeders.

    Owen turned the lamp down and then lifted the glass, blowing out the low flame. He lowered the glass and went toward the large doors of the barn at the middle of the structures length, putting a hand on Henry’s shoulder, guiding him out gently. They walked out of the barn together, Owen closing the half doors behind him. Henry waited for Owen but was looking skyward. Owen turned and looked up for himself.

    “Clouds are moving in. I think we might have rain.” Owen said softly.

    “There is no moon.” Henry said. There were some stars that could be seen in the sky, but not many through the clouds as they began to thicken.

    “It is there, but only covered with the clouds.” Owen said, putting a hand on Henry’s shoulder, guiding him as they walked through the tall grass, “Let us go up to the house to wash and then I will walk you over to the Cross.”

    “I can go by myself.” Henry said as he stepped along with Owen.

    “I know you can, my lad, but if you go into your house smelling like horse, I will never hear the end of it from Martha, and you know that.” Owen said and pat Henry’s shoulder with only his fingers.

    “Yeah.” Henry said but his voice sounded very tired.

    “You work as hard as any man I know, Henry, for one being so young.” Owen said and Henry smiled hearing him but was watching where he was walking. Owen turned as he walked and picked up the young one, putting him up on his hip. Henry did not resist but settled against Owen’s muscled shoulder with his head, draping a tired little arm around it, “You will sleep good tonight, little man.” Owen said patting Henry’s back gently as he walked through the tall grass of the pasture.

    ————————————————————————————————–

    “Not far now!” Callum said loudly.

    “They can give us the last push, Quintan.” Dustin said as he looked further up the road.

    “Very well then.” Callum said and snapped his reins. The gelding knew and lowered his head a bit, ears going back and he responded by bolting forward, Callum leaning forward a bit in the saddle. Dustin and his Sorrel following suit.


    Owen carried Henry through the man gate of the fence at Harbroughs on the Road, as the property was known. Owen closed the small gate and turned. He carried the tired little one onto the gravel that surrounded the house that made up the drive, heading toward the rear of the house but stopped for a moment as he noticed something. There was soft light glowing out the rear kitchen window bathing the gravel beyond in a warm light at the rear of the house.

    “Did we leave a lamp burning this morning, Henry?” Owen asked, “I don’t recall.”

    “I don’t think so.” Henry said softly, lifting his little head from the muscled shoulder and looking in that same direction as Owen.

    “Well, we must have.” Owen said as he continued his walk. Henry lay his head back against Owen, closing his eyes a moment, “I will more than likely have to refill it with oil if it has been burning all day.”

    They reached the corner of the house, going around it. The soft glow of the lamp coming through the window making the area glow in a soft yellow. Owen looked in as he walked by the window but did not see anything. He thought it odd as the lamp usually sat on the large window sill that was above the sink but it was not there and he did not remember moving it. He set Henry down on the gravel at the back door and put a hand on the boy’s head, giving him a smile.

    “Ready to wash up and then have your supper?” Owen asked.

    “I am hungry.” Henry said with a nod as he looked up at Owen with tired eyes.

    “I am too.” Owen said as they went toward the back door, “I wonder what Martha has made for supper for us.” Owen said as he put his hand on the knob and opened it. He guided Henry along, letting him go in first, “I’ll pump some water in the sink and we can wash.” Owen said as he stepped in, starting to close the door behind him. Henry just stood there, his back to Owen, “What is it?”

    “What is that smell? I know that smell.” Henry asked. Owen sniffed the air and then saw them coming out of the shadows of the kitchen and hall. Owen went wide eyed. The first three leered as they slowly drew heavy cutlasses from their broad belts.

    “What do you want?” Owen asked the men as he pulled Henry back to him, making him go behind him.

    “Kill the boy.” A voice said that was icy in its tone. Owen flashed his eyes in the direction of it. He saw a tall man, shabbily dressed, coming into the kitchen from the hall. His beard had several braids in it and as the upper lip curled, Owen could see in the low light, teeth that were gnarled, some missing.

    The first three moved, coming around the large island and cooking spit in the center of the kitchen. Owen balled up his fists and raised them. The heavy cutlasses were lifted as they surged forward toward him.


    Callum looked ahead knowing exactly where they were, even in the darkness that was upon them now, the fences that surrounded his property, Harbroughs on the Road, the lead edge from the south of that property could be seen. He looked ahead and could see that the house was dark, and looked beyond it as well toward the Cross, his home. He could see the light coming from the windows of his home up on the knoll.

    “I can see it!” Dustin called out.

    “I can as well!” Callum said loudly as they continued to gallop. It was as if the horses had a second wind now, as they knew that they were home. They reached the gates to the drive of Harbroughs, the right gate of the drive was open a bit and not latched. Callum reined his horse back as did Dustin, Callum’s horse spinning and then rearing up, Callum hanging onto his reins, “Continue on to the Cross, I will check here first. If there is nothing, I will join you.” Callum said as the horse came down on all hooves. Dustin nodded and then snapped his reins, his Sorrel continuing on up the road. Callum wheeled his mount and came through the gate, galloping up the graveled drive to the front of the house. He reined his mount to a halt and swung off the saddle, the horse stepping away from him as Callum went to the front door. He opened it and then heard the crash of pots and pans and a few grunts. He drew his pistol from his belt with his left hand and then his sword with his right.

    “Henry, run.” The strained voice said as there was another crash that Callum could hear. He charged forward through the house. He heard a scream, a little scream and knew it was Henry making it. Callum became enraged.

    “Kill him you dogs!” Another voice yelled and then grunted as Callum hit him across the back of his head with the pistol barrel, making the man drop to the floor. Callum saw the may-lay before him in the kitchen, the struggle of all that were involved. Owen was doing his best to block the open back door of the house as there were five on him, all gripping him and trying to swing their heavy cutlasses to stop Owen in his struggle against them. Callum leaped forward, stabbing one in the back that was closest to him, making the man scream, throwing his head back with that scream. Callum pulled his sword out of him and began knocking the others about using his pistol and belled sword pommel. Owen continued with his struggle but saw Callum as well in the lamplight.

    One of the attackers turned and swung at Callum with a heavy cutlass, Callum ducked forward. He threw his body into the attacker knocking him back. Another that had been knocked to the floor grabbed Callum around the leg and held on, clawing and trying to get a better grip on Callum’s waist. Callum smashed his left elbow into the face below him once, but the attacker kept his grip. The first attacker raised his cutlass, Callum saw it, raising his own sword in time and the clang of steel sounded throughout the large kitchen. There was a crash and grunts behind Callum now.

    Owen had gripped his one attacker now by the wrists and had pushed into him, knocking him into the island. The pots and pans that hung above on the rack from the ceiling had been hit by the raised cutlass, the attacker grunting as he hit the solid island. Owen let him go and pounded the dirty face over and over with his fists, making the man slump a bit. Owen followed him down as the cutlass dropped with a clang to the wooden floor, still pounding the face over and over. The man was done. Owen spun on another that was stunned but trying to get up, leaping on him, pounding him over and over with fists, taking the attacker fully to the floor.

    The struggle with the two others continued with Callum in the middle of them, being held by the one still. Callum bent his left arm and thumped the face of the man below with the pistol barrel and the grip eased on Callum. He used the belled pommel of his sword and drove it upward into the chin of the attacker before him, knocking him back further toward the far wall, Callum stayed with him as best he could but was still being held and was dragging the dead weight of the man below along. Callum thumped him in the face once more and he was let go finally. The first before him raised the cutlass again, but Callum had room and was faster, plunging his sword deep into the belly of the man. The look of surprise was all over the attacker’s face and the mouth dropped open. Callum growled and pushed his blade in even further. The attacker exhaled several short times and dropped his blade to the floor. Callum pulled his sword from him, looking him in the eye, watching them glaze over and the life in them slipped away, the attacker collapsed in a heap at Callum’s feet. Callum spun, kicking the man that had held him once and then looked at his friend, Owen.

    “You alright?” Callum asked and Owen nodded a few times. He was bloodied, his lower lip was split wide open and his left eye was swelling shut quickly.

    “Thank God you came when you did.” Owen said. He was more than slightly out of breath. He put his hands on the island top and leaned forward a bit to steady himself. Callum looked about quickly.

    “Where is Henry?” Callum asked.

    “He ran out the back door.” Owen said, getting his breath back now nodding in that direction. Callum kept looking about and realized quickly that the first attacker he had hit coming into the kitchen was now also gone. Callum’s chest tightened and he bolted for the door, leaving Owen.

    The rain had now come and was falling hard. Callum stood out on the gravel looking about in the darkness. He was beginning to get soaked from the heavy rain and lowered his pistol to try and keep the powder dry. His sword was up and he moved toward the corner of the house.

    “Henry!” Callum screamed, his throat was getting tight as fear was taking him, fear of the worst.

    “Papa!” The little voice called back but sounded far away. Callum charged around the corner of the house and headed toward the half open man gate to the pasture. He ran as fast as he could and reached it, going through, but bumped into it, making him stagger and lose his balance. He righted himself in the tall wet grass and kept running.

    “Stop yer runnin’ boy!” The voice said in the darkness ahead. Callum heard it and ran faster toward it.

    “Henry!” Callum yelled as he ran.

    “Papa!” Henry called back.

    “Gotcha.” The voice said and Callum saw the outlines in the dark as he ran up. The man spun and Callum slid to a stop in the tall grass, “Stop where ye are.” The man said and Callum raised his sword up.

    “Let him go, now.” Callum said, his voice of full authority, his chest heaving.

    “Papa.” Henry said as the man held him around his middle up to him with one arm, the other holding a cutlass that was raised. The rain was falling heavy and Callum stepped forward one step.

    “Stop where ye are I say.” The man said, pulling Henry to him tighter, making Henry grunt. Callum could see that Henry was struggling against him.

    “Put him down.” Callum said, sword rolling and pointing out toward the man’s bearded face.

    “I’ll kill ‘em.” The man growled.

    “Isn’t that what you were going to do anyway?” Callum asked, taking another step forward.

    “I’ll cleave his skull if’n ye come closer.” The man said raising his cutlass a bit more.

    “Put him down and we can settle this like men.” Callum said, his arm firming even more.

    “Ye be Callum.” The man said.

    “I am.”

    “Ye are supposed to be in London.” The man said.

    “Things change.” Callum said with a growl, “Put my son down and you may live to walk away.”

    “I be dead either way. If’n I don’t kill this boy, he be killin’ me.” The man said and Callum narrowed his eyes as the rain ran over his face.

    “If you are speaking of Upton, he cannot hurt you any longer.” Callum said, his voice firm. The man shook his head.

    “It not be Upton doin’ the killin’.” The man said and Callum cocked his head slightly, “It be Ramirez.”

    “Ramirez?” Callum asked under his breath, “Put him down and we will talk.”

    “Quintan?!” Dustin called out from the darkness. The man tensed further with Henry.

    “Stand fast!” Callum called back. The man moved as he held Henry tighter to him, Callum stayed with him, taking a few steps to his right. The man stopped, “You have nowhere to go. As you can hear, I have others with me and you are now alone in this. Put my son down and we will talk.”

    “Yer word as a gentleman?” The man asked. Callum just glared at his outline in the dark.

    “I am no gentleman.” Callum said flatly. Callum could hear footsteps coming quickly in the dark through the tall grass, “Stand fast, Dustin.” Callum said.

    “Quintan,…” Dustin said in the darkness and Callum saw the man’s head turn slightly toward Dustin’s direction. Callum had to end this here and now. Callum bolted forward, swinging his sword to his left, clanging against the heavy blade of the cutlass, knocking it back as Callum threw himself against Henry and the man that held him. A deep grunt came as they crashed together, the man knocked off balance and fell backward into the tall grass. Callum dropped his pistol and sword, struggling to get a grip on Henry as they fell together in a heap. The man bent his arm and the cutlass grip hit Callum in the side of his head hard. He was stunned only a moment and spread out his body over the two under him. He grabbed the wrist that held the cutlass and Callum rolled with it, twisting it with such force that the man cried out. Henry was able to slip out from between the two men but slipped in the wet grass. He went to get away but was grabbed from behind and pulled up.

    “It’s alright, I’ve got you.” Dustin said in Henry’s ear as he pulled him to him. Dustin swung away with Henry as Callum was struggling with the man in the wet grass.

    “Don’t move a muscle.” Another voice in the dark said clearly and Callum looked up as the pistol was cocked. Darin Talon was knelt on one knee in the grass next to the head of the man, the pistol barrel pointed against the dirty forehead, “If he doesn’t kill you, I surely will.” Darin said and was firm in his voice. Callum got to his feet, picking up his own pistol.

    “Timing is everything they say.” Callum said as he looked at his young officer and friend. He looked back down at the man in the grass, reaching down a hand, grabbing up the shirt, pulling him up, “On your feet you son-of-a-bitch.” Callum growled. The man was pulled up and Callum let him go, staying right in front of him, “You said Ramirez sent you, why?” Callum asked, the man said nothing, Callum leaned back a bit and swung his left hand up, backhanding the man, “Answer me.” The head of the man had been turned from the blow but came back to glare at Callum as they went eye to eye, the man’s braided beard was dripping from the rain, “Who are you?” Callum asked.

    “Me name not be important.” The man said.

    “What does Ramirez want with my son?” Callum asked.

    “It not be the boy he really wants.” The man said, the voice graveled a bit. Callum narrowed his eyes.

    “Me? He wants me then. Why?” Callum asked, “I have never laid eyes on him. What does he want with me?” Callum asked with a growl in his throat. The man just glared back. Callum cocked his pistol and shoved it up under the wet chin of the man, “Answer me or so help me God, I’ll blow your head off.”

    “I would listen to him if I were you.” Darin Talon said, stepping closer to the man.

    “Ye won’t do it.” The man said.

    “I will count to three.” Callum said, still growling. His eyes never flinched as he stared at the scruffy man.

    “You had better tell him what he wants to know.” Talon said.

    “One.” Callum said, he paused a moment, “Two.”

    “Your last chance.” Talon said quickly, thinking to himself that Callum was only bluffing.

    “Three.” Callum said in a cold tone.

    “Quintan!” Dustin said loudly as Callum pulled the trigger. The hammer fell and only clicked. Dustin gasped and then eased a bit, still holding Henry.

    “Yer powder be wet.” The man said almost with a smirk.

    “I think your right.” Callum said with a raised brow. He lowered the pistol from the wet chin, looking at it once then tucked it into his belt. He bent low and picked up his sword from the tall grass, rising to face the man again, raising his sword. Eyes shifted from the man seeing the three-sided blade near his face, “However, my sword is still very sharp.” Callum said and the eyes shifted back to stare at Callum’s wet face. The man swallowed hard.

    “He be wantin ye to come.” The man said.

    “Again, why?” Callum asked.

    “It be said that ye are dangerous to what Ramirez be doin.”

    “Besides pirating, what else is he doing?” Callum asked.

    “Ye will find out when ye go after ‘im.” The man said. Callum cocked his head slightly.

    “What makes him think I’m going after him?” Callum asked.

    “If’n ye don’t, ‘e’ll keep sending others for the boy til ye do.” The man said and those words cut through Callum like a knife. He was becoming more than angry.

    “You didn’t answer my question.” Callum growled, “Why does he think I’m going after him?”

    “Because ye will.” The man said and leered, “They be orders.” Again, the words cut into Callum and realization set into him, realization that everything was and had been done up to this point for a reason. Callum was now enraged, enraged over the fact that he had been led about like some kind of dog by all about him, those of power and authority. Upton had been right all along and Callum now knew it. He backed up a step from the man. The rain was easing up and was becoming more of a sprinkling. Callum growled in his throat. Dustin knew what it meant and became wide-eyed.

    “If Ramirez sent you and others will be coming, you have a ship. Where is it? Portsmouth? Bristol?” Callum asked and raised his sword, lifting and turning his arm, the tip point at the base of the man’s throat, “Tell me or I will gut you right here.”

    “I be dead either way.” The man said firmly. Callum growled and shoved the blade in as hard as he could. The man’s eyes went wide and the gurgle was stopped by the blade blocking air. Callum pushed and the man fell backward like a tree to the tall grass, Callum following the fall with his arm and the blade stepping over the body once.

    “I thought you might say that.” Callum said a growl and pulled his blade out of the throat.

    “Quintan.” Dustin said above a whisper. He had not been fast enough to turn away with Henry, to spare Henry from seeing this act of murder. Callum looked over as the clouds began to part and the sky brightened from the few stars that now illuminated the area. Callum looked over and saw the look not only on Dustin’s face, but on Henry’s. The look of shock and horror at what had just happened.

    “Sir.” Darin Talon said softly as he stepped close to his Captain. Callum turned his head slightly, diverting his gaze of Dustin and Henry.

    “Darin, go into the village, summon the Magistrate, bring him here.” Callum said and turned away from them all. He started walking back toward Harbroughs.

    “Where are you going?” Dustin asked. Callum looked over his shoulder slightly as he kept walking.

    “To help Owen. There are others alive left under his watch.” Callum said, “Take Henry home.” Dustin looked at Darin as he stepped closer to he and Henry.

    “May God have mercy on them for he won’t.” Darin said softly as he went by Dustin heading toward the Cross. Dustin turned Henry around in his arms and pulled him closer to him, hugging him tight.


    Callum walked in the back door of the house known as Harbroughs on the Road. He saw Owen standing there, holding a cutlass in one hand, the body of the dead man that Callum had stabbed in the back was on the floor near the island. Callum stepped over him, Owen catching his eye for only a moment. Callum saw the three survivors sitting on the floor, against the far wall, next to the body of the man Callum had run through in the belly.

    “Is Henry alright?” Owen asked, not lowering the cutlass he held. Callum did not answer him as he came closer, sword in hand, fingers flexing on the pommel. Owen looked at Callum directly now seeing the look on his face and thought the worst, “Oh my God, not Henry. Quintan, I am…” Owen said but his voice dropped off. He watched as Callum came before the three scruffy men.

    “I am only going to ask this once. If you do not answer me, you will share the same fate as your dead friends here.” Callum said, his eyes burning as he raised his sword tip, “You have a ship somewhere, where is it anchored?” The men were all silent as Callum moved his sword tip back and forth slowly in front of their faces, “I’m waiting.” Callum said coldly. He watched the eyes of each of the men, and there was one, one that showed fear that sat to Callum’s far left, “Very well.” Callum said. He stabbed one of the men deeply in the chest, twisting the blade once. The man screamed and started to slump, Callum pulled his blade, “Who’s next?” Callum asked with a deep growl. The other two looked at him with terror in their eyes. Callum pulled his arm back, ready to strike.

    “He’ll kill us.” The one man cried out.

    “You don’t seem to understand, I’m going to kill you right now and save him the trouble.” Callum growled. He could hear the heavy breathing from them both, the breathing from fear. Owen was horrified by what he had seen his friend just do but understood it fully. Callum went to thrust into the one man.

    “Bristol.” The one man that Callum had noticed first with fearful eyes to his left said.

    “Say nothing else.” The other man said. Callum stabbed that man in the upper arm making him cry out. He fell back against the wall.

    “I will hack you both into pieces if you don’t tell me.” Callum said, his voice of full authority.

    “I’ll tell you.” The one man said. The other gripped his wounded arm, putting a hand over the hole in it, blood leaking through his fingers.

    “Say nothing, you dog.” The man groaned with the pain. The other looked over at him and then back up at Callum.

    “If’n I tell you everything, will you let me go?” The man asked.

    “I might think about it.” Callum said, his arm going back once again. The fear was there in the man’s eyes, “Start talking.”

    “I’ll kill you myself if you…” The man said but was stopped as Callum plunged his sword into him. The eyes closed and the last breath could be heard as he slid sideways to the wooden floor. Callum pulled his sword out of the body and glared at the last man.

    “You were saying?” Callum asked with a raised brow.


    Callum walked in the back door of his home, Callum’s Cross, closing it behind him as he now stood in the kitchen. He saw his aunt, Martha Bonnington, lifting a corner of her apron to cover her mouth, her eyes wet and red from crying. Callum looked at the small table before him. Dustin sat there on the small bench. Dustin slowly rose from the bench as Martha came toward Callum, reaching out a hand. Callum came to her, wrapping his arms about her shoulders. He hugged her to him.

    “Quintan.” She sobbed into his chest as he pat her back gently with one hand.

    “It’s alright, my dear. The worst is over for now.” Callum said and then kissed the top of her head. He looked at Dustin as Dustin stepped around the table. Callum could see there was something that Dustin wanted to say, but he didn’t want to hear it, not right now. The feelings that were going through Callum at this moment were bittersweet, this homecoming of sorts, “Where is Henry?” Callum asked.

    “In the parlor.” Dustin said, “I have him lying down. He is terrified, Quintan.”

    “As am I.” Callum said, letting Martha go. She looked up at Callum.

    “You said the worst was over.” She said, daubing her eyes with her apron. Callum looked down at her.

    “I said for now. There will be more of them coming, that much is certain.” Callum said. His voice had a chilling tone to it.

    “Why? What do they want?” Martha asked, “He’s only a boy.”

    “Yes, he is, but he is also a means to an end.” Callum said.

    “And you are that end, aren’t you?” Dustin asked, knowing full well what it all meant. Callum looked at him, “What are you going to do?”

    “I will take the morning coach back to London. I will go to the Admiralty and meet with Lord Hood, then I will take Dover and sail to Bristol and blow those bastards out of the water.” Callum said, Dustin narrowed his eyes.

    “What will that solve?” Dustin asked, “They are not the one that needs to be stopped.”

    “You’re saying that I should go after Ramirez instead?” Callum asked, “There is an entire ships company that will be coming to finish what was started here tonight. Those men are the immediate threat, not Ramirez. He is half a world away.”

    “He is the one behind all of this and you know that.” Dustin said.

    “It will take a minimum three weeks sailing to reach the Caribbean, longer to even find Ramirez. I will not take that chance with Henry’s life.” Callum said.

    “Send him away then, to keep him safe, as you did with Hans with Carson.” Dustin said. Callum shook his head, stepping away from Martha, stopping in front of Dustin.

    “This is his home, our home. I will not give into living in fear, looking over my shoulder, and neither should he.” Callum said and crossed his arms over his chest, “I will go to Bristol and remove the immediate threat before anything else can happen.”

    “Don’t you see, they have you chasing your tail.” Dustin said.

    “I will not go after Ramirez without removing the threat here first.” Callum said, his tone was firm. Dustin knew Callum’s mind was made up and there was no changing it or further pressing the argument with him. Callum could see the look on Dustin’s face, one of frustration, “You think me wrong, don’t you? I know these men, what they are planning.”

    “How could you know that?” Dustin asked.

    “Because I forced it out of them.” Callum said flatly. Dustin went a bit wide eyed.

    “You murdered another?” Dustin asked with a raised brow.

    “The only way to make them talk and now I know.” Callum said. Martha had gasped from behind him. Callum turned and looked at her, “I’m sorry, my dear.”

    “I do not agree with what you have done, Quintan, was it necessary?” She asked as the back door closed softly. Callum shifted his eyes and saw his friend, Owen, standing there.

    “I would say it was.” Owen said. Martha turned and looked at the battered handsome face, her jaw went slack as she looked at him.

    “Dear lord, what happened?” She asked.

    “They did that to him.” Callum said, “Are you alright?” Callum asked and Owen nodded.

    “Sit down. Let me get some water to clean those cuts.” She said. She went to the dry sink, pouring some water into a bowl and took a cloth. Owen sat at the table as Martha came back across the kitchen to the table edge, setting the bowl down, dipping the cloth in the water.

    “Good to see you at home, Dustin.” Owen said and gave a brief smile, making his lip start to bleed again. His left eye was swollen almost completely shut.

    “You did quite well over there, my friend, for being so outnumbered.” Callum said.

    “How is Henry?” Owen asked.

    “He is sleeping.” Dustin said, looking into the parlor over his shoulder and then back at Owen, “How many were there?”

    “Six in all.” Owen said as Martha started to gently wipe the blood from his face. She stopped and looked at Callum for a moment and then back at Owen. She put a hand on Owen’s muscled shoulder and looked back at Callum.

    “And you say that there will be more of them coming?” She asked. Callum nodded.

    “A great many more of them.” Callum said. She started cleaning Owen’s battered face again.

    “We are simple folk here, Quintan, you know that, not soldiers.” She said and stopped her cleaning. She turned her head and looked squarely at him, “You must stop this from going any further, stop it right now.”

    “That is what I intend to do, my dear.” Callum said. She looked back at Owen and shook her head a few times.

    “What were you thinking, Owen Muir, you could have gotten yourself killed.” She said going after the split lip again. Owen winced once.

    “The Magistrate was at Harbroughs, Quintan, as I was coming here.” Owen said.

    “Hold still. This will require knitting you know.” Martha said.

    “Did you speak with him?” Callum asked. Owen shook his head as Martha wiped his lips.

    “I’m sure he will come here though.” Owen said.

    “Be still. I will fetch my sewing basket.” Martha said. She set the cloth down and walked out of the kitchen with a huff.

    “I will go and talk with him.” Callum said and started to move.

    “I will go with you.” Dustin said. Callum looked at him.

    “Stay here. Arm yourself and keep watch over them, just in case.” Callum said. Dustin stopped and saw Callum was raising an eyebrow. Dustin knew the look, had seen it too many times in the recent past. He eased himself and nodded, “Henry will need you if he wakes.”

    “He will need his father more than me.” Dustin said and gave Callum a glare.

    “That may be, but you are far more comforting to him, at least right now.” Callum said. He turned and went to the back door, putting a hand on the knob. He stopped and put the other hand on Owen’s muscled shoulder from behind, “I cannot thank you enough, my friend, you saved Henry’s life.”

    “He’s worth it, Quintan.” Owen said with a slight turn of his head.

    “Yes, he is.” Callum said and went out the door, leaving Owen and Dustin as they stared at one another.

    ————————————————————————————————–

    Callum walked in the back door of the house known as Harbroughs. He saw the older man, the Magistrate, standing over one of the bodies on the floor. Darin Talon saw his Captain and moved to him, standing beside him as the Magistrate turned his attention toward Callum, shaking his head.

    “It seems that every time I am summoned to one of your properties, it is a result of your handiwork, Captain.”

    “Admiral, actually, Your Honor.” Talon said raising a finger. Callum looked at his young officer with a side glance, “Dustin told me, sir. Congratulations by the way.” Talon said and Callum feigned a brief smile. He turned his attention back toward the older man.

    “Is His Majesty’s Navy giving out promotions for the number of men killed ashore, I wonder?” The older man asked and had irritation in his voice.

    “No, Your Honor.” Callum said and firmed his stance, “They promote from deeds rendered within the service to His Majesty and to our Nation.” Callum said in a snide tone.

    “Do not be clever with me, young man.” The older man said and stepped toward Callum, “I know murder when I see it. I should have you clapped in irons for this.”

    “I assure you, Your Honor, it could not be helped. And if you were to have me jailed, you would doom this community of ours along with my son.”

    “What’s that? What is actually going on here, Callum? And do not try and tell me that this has to do with the security of our Nation.” The Magistrate said. There were two men from the village behind the older man just staring at the bodies. They looked up and looked toward Callum.

    “It does not, Your Honor, but it does have to do with the security of my family and our community as I said. These men were sent here to murder my son in an attempt to lure me out and follow a preconceived plan by another, a pirate by the name of Ramirez.” Callum said. The Magistrate went a bit wide eyed.

    “Hector Ramirez?” The Magistrate asked.

    “The very same.” Callum said, “You know of him?” Callum asked. The Magistrate nodded and looked about at the bodies on the floor. He looked back at Callum.

    “And these are some of his men?” The Magistrate asked, Callum nodded his reply, “And somehow they are tied together with those other men that you killed here as well, you and your crew, Guardsmen, weren’t they?”

    “Precisely, Your Honor.” Callum said. They locked eyes on one another.

    “Then you are a marked man, my boy. May God have mercy on you.” The Magistrate said.

    “What can you tell me of Ramirez, Your Honor?” Callum asked. The Magistrate’s face changed, almost going to a blank look, the color draining out of it a bit. He straightened and cleared his throat.

    “He is truly evil, they say. He cares for nothing or for no one. It is said that he murdered his own mother simply for the sport of it. If you are indeed in his sights, you are more than dead. I am truly sorry to say that, my boy.” The Magistrate said softly. He looked about at the bodies again, “He will send more and more of them until you are put to an end, you and your son, as you are now both marked.”

    “Not unless I get to him first.” Callum said coldly. The Magistrate shook his head.

    “That will not be possible. He is too heavily guarded and protected. Many have tried, never to return, that much I know for certain.” The Magistrate said.

    “You have obviously dealt with him before, Your Honor.” Callum said. The Magistrate nodded and locked his eyes on Callum’s again.

    “Once, when he commanded the Gold Fleet for the Spanish Navy, almost twenty years ago now. It was more than terrible to witness. We watched helplessly as he murdered half our crew that was captured, including the Captain. He slit their throats one by one and made sure we saw it all as they bled to death over the railings of his ship. He is more than a monster, Callum, he is the Devil himself, a man of pure evil.” The Magistrate said, “And now you have brought that devil into our community it seems.”

    “It was not my choice, Your Honor, believe me. But I am going to stop him.” Callum said firmly.

    “Then we will dig more graves and have them at the ready.” The Magistrate said, “I shall also write a letter and ask for Regulars to be sent here to help keep watch.”

    “I will speak to The Duke when I return to London in the morning about that as well.” Callum said. The Magistrate narrowed his eyes a bit.

    “I have heard that he is a friend to you.” The Magistrate said.

    “Indeed, a true friend.” Callum said. The Magistrate looked over his shoulder.

    “Take these men out and place them in the cart. We shall take them back into the village and have them buried.” The Magistrate said. He turned and looked back at Callum, “What of your son?”

    “He is,…unsettled, Your Honor, but safe and under close watch and protection.” Callum said.

    “Did he witness this?”

    “No, Your Honor, he did not. He did witness something else however, and I have the feeling that it will be with him for a long time to come.” Callum said softly, his head down slightly. The Magistrate stepped forward and placed a hand on Callum’s shoulder making him look up.

    “Call upon me if you need assistance with anything.” The older man said.

    “Thank you, Your Honor, most kind.” Callum said and gave a brief smile toward the older man. They exchanged nods to one another.


    Callum sat on the edge of the settee in the parlor of Callum’s Cross. He stared down at the sleeping form of his son, Henry. He was so peaceful in his sleep Callum thought, but he also wondered what Henry might be dreaming of at this moment. Callum could see the little eyelids moving about as if Henry was seeing something as he slept, following movements with his eyes of something. Callum slowly and gently put a flattened hand on the small chest that was rising and falling from the gentle breathing of the small boy. Henry made no movement under Callum’s gentle touch and it saddened Callum as he thought back to the events earlier out in the pasture, Henry being pursued by that man, the struggle between them all, and then Henry being pulled away by Dustin, pulled to relative safety. Callum felt something else now, his thoughts of reliving everything being broken. He looked to his right and saw the hand on his own shoulder and looked up. Dustin stood there beside him, looking down at the sleeping Henry.

    “What have I done, Dustin?” Callum asked above a whisper. Dustin shifted his eyes and looked at him.

    “What you thought you had to do. What you always do, act as you feel what is necessary to protect us all.” Dustin said above a whisper as well. Callum turned his head and looked down at the little one below him.

    “He is too young to understand, too young to know what it is really all about, isn’t he?” Callum asked. Dustin nodded but Callum did not see it.

    “He is. But one day, he will understand, Quintan. You will tell him, explain it to him. He deserves that at least. He has been through so much in his young life already, far more than most see in an entire lifetime, yet he endures. He is something to be proud of, that much is certain.” Dustin said in his same tone.

    “I agree and am very proud of him. He is a good lad.” Callum said, moving his fingers a bit over the soft cloth of the shirt under them.

    “You know, I have always thought that commanding a ship and crew is like having a group of children all at once. They perform and want your acceptance, your pride in them, as well as your love. That’s all that Henry wants as well, Quintan, your acceptance of him and your love as well. You should tell him that, show him.” Dustin said and squeezed his fingers on Callum’s shoulder, “Now, I’m going to take him off to bed. He can sleep up in our room, in our bed, with us. If he wakes during the night, he might need us there to comfort him.”

    “That is a good idea.” Callum said and rose up off the settee. He stepped out of the way and let Dustin move in, bend down, and scooped up the small boy in his arms. Henry did not stir at all. Dustin turned with him in his arms. Callum reached out a hand and put it into the hair of the small boy, touching and feeling its softness of the curls in it. Callum lifted his eyes and met Dustin’s, “He looks so like you, especially when he sleeps.” Callum whispered, Dustin smiled and walked toward the stairs, Callum stepping out of the way for him. Callum watched as Dustin climbed the stairs and then was out of sight from the wall.

    “Do you want anything, Quintan?” Martha asked from the kitchen doorway. Callum looked at her and smiled warmly in her direction.

    “Perhaps some coffee, my dear, if it is not too much trouble. I have a feeling it will be a very long night.” Callum said. Martha just stood there a moment, wringing her hands together. She only pursed her lips, trying to hold back tears that wanted to flow from her eyes. She knew he was leaving again, possibly to never return this time. She turned and went back into the kitchen. Callum heard the bedroom door close at the top of the stairs and then the coffee grinder being turned again and again in the kitchen. Callum came into the kitchen from the parlor and saw Darin coming in through the back door. He closed it gently behind him and tipped his hand toward his Captain.

    “Everything is taken care of, sir. The Magistrate has left with his men and,…the others.” Darin said being careful with what he was saying, shifting his eyes toward Martha at the dry sink and then back to Callum, “I took the horses and placed them in the barn. I gave them grain and hay and made sure they also had water, sir. Owen has secured the house and is settled in for the night. I gave him a pistol with dry powder and extra shot just to be sure.”

    “Thank you, Darin.” Callum said as he came to the edge of the table. Talon came close to his Captain and stopped. Callum looked at this young man that he cared for so much, “I also thank you for everything that you have done for my family, I know you have sacrificed your time at home on my account. I cannot repay you for that, I’m afraid.” Callum said, his voice wavered a bit.

    “You don’t have to, sir. It was my pleasure, I assure you.” Darin said. Callum lowered his head slightly, “If I may say, sir, it is an honor to know that you trust in me to take care of your family.” Darin reached out a hand and placed it on Callum’s closest arm, lightly touching him. Callum lifted his head and looked him in the eye. He smiled at his young officer and leaned forward, bringing up one arm and putting it around Darin’s shoulders pulling him to him in a tight hug.

    “Thank you.” Callum whispered near Darin’s ear.

    ————————————————————————————————-

    Callum sat on the settee, one socked foot up on it, his arm draped over his bent knee, the empty coffee cup was hanging off his fingers. He was lost in his thoughts of the previous evening, the events, what had been said between he and those men from Ramirez. Had he missed something in what they had said? He kept going over and over it in his mind, it playing again and again. All of it. It almost sickened him that he had killed those men, murdered them all, one by one. But, he also thought of Henry, and what those men were possibly going to do to him had he not been there to stop them.

    “Quintan. Have you been up all night?” Martha asked. His thoughts were broken as he turned his head at hearing her voice. It had given him a bit of a shock for a moment. He pulled together and looked at her in the predawn light of the parlor.

    “I have, my dear. You’re up early.” Callum said.

    “My usual as you well know.” She said and gently took the coffee cup from his fingers, “Shall I make more coffee for you?” She asked and he smiled warmly at her silhouette.

    “If it is not too much trouble.” Callum said, “I should have done it myself though.”

    “You crashing about in my kitchen? I will never stand for that, and you know that as well.” Martha said. Callum watched her silhouette turn and head for the doorway. He grinned openly. She made this place home for him and he loved her for it, the mother that he should have had he thought, as the memory of his own mother was now faded. He dropped his long leg off the settee and rose up off it. He stretched a bit, raising his arms above his head, turning side to side for a moment and then followed her into the kitchen. She was stoking the stove, putting a few sticks in the wood box over the remaining embers. She closed the door of the wood box and poured more water into the empty pot. She added the coffee that was left in the grinder, knowing it was enough and set it on the stove. She looked at him once and then came over to him at the table as he settled on the end bench. She put her soft hand on his shoulder. He looked up at her as she bent and kissed his forehead.

    “Must you be off again?” She asked.

    “You know the answer to that. It has to be done, for Henry’s sake.” Callum said.

    “Of course, you’re right. I was just thinking though that perhaps you could send a letter instead of going yourself.” Martha said, “You have just returned home and he really hasn’t seen you yet.”

    “I think he has seen enough of me last evening, enough for a lifetime.” Callum said softly.

    “Somehow I don’t think so.” She said and he watched her eyes as she spoke, “You are all he talked about while you have been gone to London. Every day, every moment, you were all he thought of. You can ask Darin and Owen yourself, if you wish. That boy adores you, plain and simple.”

    “I have done nothing to earn that from him, nothing at all. We have hardly spent any time together since I have brought him here. What with everything that has happened over all this time, he should be looking at others to adore, like you for instance, my dear.” Callum said. She scowled at him and put a hand on her hip. She raised a hand and shook a finger at him.

    “There you are feeling sorry for yourself once again.” She said and shook her head, “When are you going to realize that it is you and only you that that boy loves.” She said and lowered her finger, “Oh yes, he loves Dustin as well, but not like he loves you, Quintan. You’re his father as far as he is concerned, and nothing is going to change that, not in heaven nor earth.” She diverted her eyes from Callum and looked over at the doorway to the parlor, “I said once before that when he hears your voice, he always comes.” She said and nodded toward the doorway. Callum turned on the bench and looked toward the doorway himself. Henry was leaning against it, bleary eyed, raising a small hand up and rubbing his eye once. Callum looked at her and then back at him. He reached out his hands and Henry stepped forward. Callum picked him up and set him in his lap, wrapping his arms around the small boy. Callum kissed the top of his head on his brown curls.

    “Why are you up?” Callum asked, resting his cheek against Henry’s head. Henry only shrugged once. He settled against his father’s chest and closed his eyes.

    “You see what I mean?” Martha asked softly, “He hears your voice and he comes.” She put a hand on the little curls of the brown hair, “I remember the day you brought him here not so long ago. He was such a sight, all dirty and smelled of the street. But he had a glow about him though, and he still does. That glow comes from you, Quintan, and only you.” She said and smiled. She leaned down and kissed the top of the small brown head and then smiled at Callum. A tear dropped from Callum’s eye. She leaned forward, kissing Callum’s cheek, “Cherish these moments, Quintan, they are few.”


    Callum was finishing his dressing in their bedroom upstairs. He tucked the billowed sleeved shirt into his long pants and picked up the vest off the bureau, putting his arms through it and pulling it on. He looked down and started buttoning up from the bottom button. Dustin and Henry sat on the edge of the bed side by side and watched Callum closely. The vest was buttoned and Callum reached for his wide belt, taking it along with the sword in its scabbard and putting the belt around his waist. He buckled it and turned to face the pair on the bed. He gave them both a half smile and a nod.

    “The coach should be here in a bit, I think.” Callum said. He looked at the sad faces of the pair. He did not want to dwell on it any longer. He reached for the door.

    “Do you have to go?” Henry asked, stopping Callum. Callum looked over at him, letting go of the knob. Dustin looked over and down at Henry beside him.

    “I do.” Callum said.

    “Why? You just came home.” Henry said, “Did I do something wrong?” The question broke Callum’s heart. He fought back tears and came over to the bed, kneeling down before Henry, putting his arms over the little legs.

    “What makes you think you did something wrong?” Callum asked. Henry just shrugged and a tear ran from his eye down his little soft cheek, “You have done nothing wrong, Henry, nothing at all.” Callum said, “I want to stay, I really do, but I can’t.”

    “Why?” Henry asked. Dustin put an arm around Henry’s little back.

    “Do you remember those men that came last night, the men we fought?” Callum asked, Henry nodded, “They came to hurt you, to take you away from us. I can’t let that happen, Henry. I have to go and stop them from trying to do that again to you.”

    “How long will you be gone?” Henry asked.

    “I’m not certain.” Callum said, “But Dustin will stay with you, so will Owen.”

    “What about Darin?” Henry asked.

    “He is going to our ship to get it ready so we can go stop those men.” Callum said, “You like Darin, don’t you?” Henry nodded his reply, “I know he likes you as well. You’ve been very good all this time, Aunt Martha told me, and I’m very proud of you. I need you to be good for a bit longer for Dustin, alright?”

    “He will be.” Dustin said as he looked down at Henry, “Won’t you?” Dustin asked and Henry looked up at him and nodded, “That’s my boy.”

    “I’m very proud of you, Henry.” Callum said. Henry looked at him again, “And I love you very much, you know that, don’t you?” Callum asked. Henry nodded and dropped more tears. He sobbed.

    “Don’t go, Papa, please?” Henry asked.

    “It has to be done, Henry, I’m sorry.” Callum said. He reached up a hand and used the back of it to gently wipe away the tears off the soft cheeks, “I’ll be back as soon as I can.”

    “Promise?”

    “I can’t promise you, Henry. I wish I could.” Callum said softly, “But when I do come home, we will go and visit the candy store in Dudley, alright?” Callum asked and gave Henry a smile. Henry nodded and dropped another tear. Callum dropped his smile and leaned forward, wrapping his arms around his son, hugging him tight, “I love you.” Callum whispered.

    “Sir, the coach is coming!” Darin called up from the base of the stairs.

    “I have to go.” Callum said and let go of Henry. He stood and Dustin did as well. They looked at one another, Dustin’s eyes were deep brown pools of softness, “Look after him and yourself. Keep a weather eye open.”

    “I will.” Dustin said. He sniffled once. Callum threw his arms around Dustin’s shoulders and hugged him tight, “Be careful.” Dustin whispered.

    “I will, and I will return.” Callum whispered in Dustin’s ear. Callum let him go, turning and went to the door. He threw it open and came down the stairs to Darin and Martha. He leaned to her, hugging her tight and kissing her forehead once. He let her go and looked at Darin, giving him a nod. Darin nodded in reply. He reached out a hand and took Martha’s, bowing and kissing the back of it, then looked up at her from his bow, seeing her eyes were wet, putting her other hand to her mouth, Darin stood and she reached out for him, Callum standing aside. Martha leaned against Darin’s chest, sobbing once. Darin put an arm about her shoulders and pat her back very gently.

    “I will not forget you, dear lady, or your kindness to me.” Darin said softly. Martha lifted her head from his chest.

    “You had best not forget your way back here, young sir.” Martha said. He smiled warmly at her as she lifted her apron to wipe away the tears, “You need to keep an eye on this one as well.” She nodded once in Callum’s direction.

    “Yes, ma’am.” Darin said. He let her hand go, turning and went to the door. He picked up a satchel, slinging it over his shoulder, opening the door, going out, turning back, “Sir, the coach is here and waiting.”

    “I will be there directly. Tell the driver to wait a minute.” Callum said over his shoulder. He looked back to Martha as he stood in front of her again, “Listen carefully, my dear, Dustin is in charge of yours and Henry’s safety. If something happens, listen to him carefully and he will see you through.”

    “I will.” She said. Her eyes were still dropping tears as she held a corner of her apron.

    “If something befalls me and I do not return…”

    “Do not say such things, Quintan, it is bad luck.” Martha said slightly aghast. Callum lifted his head a bit to ease her.

    “If something keeps me from returning home, Dustin knows what is to be done.” Callum said firmly. She paused a moment and then nodded her head a few times. Callum could hear the footsteps on the stairs coming down slowly, knowing it was Dustin and Henry. He leaned forward and kissed her cheek, “You are always in my heart, remember that.” Callum whispered to her ear. She sobbed openly as he turned and went quickly to the door, opening it further, going out, leaving it open behind him. He went down the path to the gate quickly as Darin was climbing into the coach. Callum made eye contact with the driver. He went through the gate, closing it behind him. He went to the front of the carriage and looked up at the driver.

    “Your destination, sir.” The driver said without question to it, sitting on the bench, long coat and tall hat, whip in one hand, reins in the other.

    “Do you meet the other coach that goes on to Portsmouth?” Callum asked.

    “At Oxford, sir.” The driver said.

    “Excellent. My companion will be getting off there, I am going on to London.” Callum said.

    “Three shillings, sir, for the both of you.” The driver said. Callum plunged a hand into his pants pocket, pulling out some coins and handed them up.

    “There is an extra five there if you get us there quickly, my good man. The matter is rather urgent.” Callum said. The driver took the coins, looking at them briefly then giving Callum a nod.

    “We will be there on time, sir, mark my words.” The driver said. Callum went to the coach door that was still open. He looked toward the house, it felt to him that he was looking at it for the last time for some reason. Dustin, Henry, and Martha were standing just outside the door looking toward him. Callum waved once and climbed into the coach. Henry was waving his reply but only after Callum had climbed in, closing the door, the wave not to be seen by Callum.

    “Don’t go, Papa.” Henry said quietly with his soft little voice. Dustin put a hand on the little shoulder as the whip snapped in the air, the horses set off and the coach rocked back and forth as it was set into motion.

    ————————————————————————————————–

    “Good day to you, sir.” The older man that was sitting on the rear bench said as Callum settled next to Darin across from the older man. Callum looked at him and then the two ladies that sat on either side of him. Callum shifted his eyes back to the man.

    “Good day.” Callum said and went to turn his attention toward Darin but was stopped by the voice of the man. Callum narrowed his eyes a bit toward the older man.

    “Where are you bound for?” The older man asked with a half-smile. Clearly, he wanted conversation which Callum did not want, not with him at the moment.

    “London.” Callum said flatly. He thought that would be enough for the older man and turned his attention toward Darin again, but was once again interrupted.

    “We are going to London as well. Interesting.” The older man said and Callum was becoming irritated by the voice of the man itself, “You have business in London, my good man?”

    “Indeed.” Callum said, “Excuse me.” Turning and looking at Darin again.

    “I see that you are armed, sir. Are you always in the habit of traveling in such a way?” The older man asked. Callum was now beyond irritation. He looked at the man with a burning of his eyes and leaned forward slightly.

    “Yes, my good man, especially when there may possibly be danger on the road traveled.” Callum said. His tone had clear irritation in it. The older man ignored it, tightening his grip on the handle of the walking stick he held, one hand over the other, he thumped the end of it on the coach floor.

    “What danger could there conceivably be, sir? This is England, there are laws in place to protect us.” The older man said. Callum raised an eyebrow. He noticed the two ladies to either side of the older man and their looks of concern.

    “Have you not heard of highwaymen, sir?” Callum asked, “With the war on, there are those that would prey upon others and lighten their purses for their own gain.”

    “Preposterous, sir.” The older man said, thumping his cane tip once again, “I beg you to be careful as there are ladies present, sir.”

    “You wanted the truth, I have given it to you, my good man.” Callum said and the older man narrowed his gaze upon Callum.

    “I think you are spinning yarns, young sir, possibly seeking adventure as young men often do.” The older man said, his voice raising a bit. Callum had reached his point and beyond. He glared at the older man and leaned forward even more toward him, putting a forearm on one thigh.

    “For your information, sir, it was less than a fortnight ago that my companions and I were accosted by certain men that could be considered highwaymen. The end result was not very pretty.” Callum said with a slight growl in his voice. The older man went wide eyed hearing Callum’s words. He sat back in the seat a bit.

    “I think that you might be overexaggerating a bit, sir.” The older man said. Callum smirked.

    “Think again, my good man. I counted those that were fallen by my own hand, let alone those by my companions.” Callum said. The older man seemed a bit shocked and the two ladies were clearly upset by all of this talk.

    “Who are you, sir?” The older man asked.

    “He is Admiral Quintan Callum, of His Majesty’s Royal Navy, sir.” Darin said and sounded very proud with his tone. The older man shifted his eyes back and forth between them and then settled upon Callum.

    “Therefore, sir, I speak the truth on the matter. Rest assured that those men were dealt with swiftly and justice was exacted.” Callum said in his voice of authority. The older man was silent and sat back fully. Callum looked back and forth between the two ladies, “I apologize if I have caused either of you ladies’ distress with my talk.” Callum said. The two ladies eased a bit but still looked nervous, “I can also assure you, ladies, that there is no cause for concern. Those men I spoke of have been dealt with and there will be no others to cause us any delay.” Callum gave them a slight nod. They returned the nod with gentle looks and brief part smiles.

    “I say, you seem a trifle young to be an Admiral, sir, as well as out of uniform.” The older man said and seemed to be pushing with his tone, snorting a bit through his nose.

    “Regardless of what you might think, sir, I assure you, I do carry the rank, and though I may be out of uniform, it is through deed, sir, that I carry out my duty fully.” Callum said, his tone was firm and the older man shrank back again but raised an eyebrow.

    “What were you trying to say to me, sir?” Darin Talon asked, looking at Callum fully. Callum looked at his young officer next to him on the bench seat.

    “When we reach Oxford, there is a transfer to another coach. It will carry you on to Portsmouth, a short journey. I think you will find Mr. Sommers in charge of the deck aboard Dover. Relay to him this, prepare the ship for full sail and recall all hands as swiftly as possible. We will sail with the dawn tide.” Callum said.

    “Aye, sir.” Talon said, “And we are bound for?”

    “Bristol, Darin. We will sail around the tip of The Channel. The ship we are in search for is lying just outside the Bristol Harbor. We shall take her without notice nor warning and sink her where she is tied. Have Cary make everything ready to give us full sail upon my arrival from the Admiralty.” Callum said.

    “I beg your pardon, Admiral, but you mean to sink a ship within British waters, sir?” The older man asked. Callum had had more than enough of this man by now and turned, glaring at him, his eyes beyond burning.

    “It is my intention, sir, to sink a ship that is in harbor and is no friend or ally to this Nation. This ship is under pirate control and is therefore an enemy to us, all of us, do I make myself clear?” Callum asked, his throat growling and more than showing his irritation toward this man. The older man was finally understanding the tone Callum was speaking in, “Have you anything to say about naval regulation, my good man?”

    “Well,…now that you have raised the point, I suppose that I have.” The older man said. Callum gave him a questioning look, “There are regulations regarding firing upon a ship within our own waters, sir, as I am sure that you are aware of, enemy or not.” The words by the older man struck a chord within Callum, as he knew deep down it was true.

    “And just who are you, sir?” Callum asked.

    “I, sir, am Durlam Foley, Under Secretary of His Majesty’s Navy.” The older man said, tightening his grip once again on the walking stick head, “You were speaking of pirates, were you not, Admiral?”

    “Indeed I was, Mr. Foley.” Callum said, “Have you ever heard of Hector Ramirez?”

    “I have indeed.” The older man said with a raised eyebrow and a nod.

    “He has sent a ship into our waters to have his crew commit an act of murder.” Callum said and sat back seeing this man in a new light, “And there is more to it as well.”

    “Enlighten me, Admiral.” The older man said with almost a smirk.

    “Forgive me, sir, but never having laid eyes upon you, let alone having ever heard of you, I am afraid that I am not at liberty to openly discuss the details of the business of the Admiralty.” Callum said. The older man smirked a bit and flashed his eyes toward Callum.

    “I have no doubt that you are going to London to seek a meeting with Lord Hood, and then afterward proceed on to your ship. You did mention Dover. I take it you mean HMS Dover, which is docked in Portsmouth at this very moment.” The older man said, his tone a bit more serious which made Callum narrow his eyes toward him, “I was under the impression that you no longer commanded HMS Dover. You are the Quintan Callum, are you not? HMS Dover is currently under the command of a Lt. Thomas Tomlinson if I am not mistaken.”

    “Tomlin.” Callum said. The older man nodded.

    “I stand corrected. Tomlin.” He said and his tone was flat.

    “You seem to have me at a disadvantage, sir.” Callum said, “What brings you so far north?”

    “Official business for the Admiralty.” Foley said and leaned forward, “You were about to tell more of Ramirez, Admiral. What do you know of him?”

    “I know that he sent men to murder my son, in an attempt to lure me toward a confrontation with him.” Callum said. Darin Talon was looking back and forth between Callum and Foley as each of them spoke in turn.

    “You know this to be true?” Foley asked.

    “Indeed I do, Mr. Foley. Their attempt failed miserably.” Callum said, crossing his arms over his chest, settling back against the bench, staring at the older man, “But I get the feeling that you already knew that.”

    “Why would you say that, Admiral?”

    “Why else would you be on this coach, I wonder? Either you have the most remarkable sense of timing, or it was already set into motion to have you here at the right time. You knew, or those that had you placed here knew.” Callum said as the older man smirked a bit.

    “It is said that you are very clever, Admiral, and you have just proved what they say about you is true. They also say that you are a man that is full of surprises and not to be underestimated.” Foley said, “So, I will ask again, what else do you know about Ramirez?”

    “Sir?” Darin asked out of the corner of his mouth, not taking his eyes off the older man.

    “It’s alright, Darin. I think we have possibly been given a new ally in all of this.” Callum said, not moving at all.

    “Indeed you have, Admiral, and I thank you for your realization of that fact.” Foley said.

    “I am confused.” Darin said.

    “It’s really rather simple, Darin.” Callum said, keeping his gaze focused on the older man across from him, “Mr. Foley has been watching all of this play out from a distance, he and his companions, those that give the orders. You know of the ship that Ramirez has sent. You know what he is going to do and why. You also know what I know about him already so there really is no real point in my explaining anything else to you about him.” Callum said and watched the older man carefully, his reactions to what Callum was saying, “So, I think it is time for you to tell me what it is that really want of me, Mr. Foley.” The older man smiled and nodded yet once again.

    “Very astute of you, Admiral, and nicely done.” Foley said, “They told me to be careful of you as well. They also are of the opinion that you might have had your sword pointed at my throat by now with everything said so far.” The older man said and Callum now smirked.

    “We are just underway, it is still rather early in the trip.” Callum said, the two ladies on either side of the older man seemed terrified. Callum dropped his smirk and looked very serious now seeing Foley’s eyes widen slightly, “I take it that you are going to accompany me to the Admiralty to see Lord Hood?”

    “On the contrary, Admiral. I have an appointment at Parliament to address the House of Lords as soon as we reach London. Your meeting with Lord Hood will more than likely be very brief and if I were there, it would only complicate matters for you.” Foley said.

    “How so?” Callum asked. Foley parted a slight smile.

    “You are only meeting with Lord Hood to inform him that you are going after the ship that Ramirez has anchored in Bristol, informing him that you are taking HMS Dover, rather than just stealing it as it were. You do not wish to follow what Commodore Phelps has already done with his squadron, sailing without orders. If I were there with you, Lord Hood, who knows me very well and the office that I represent, would only have more questions and it would delay you further from obtaining your goal.” Foley said.

    “You want me to go after that ship. Why?” Callum asked, and again there was a slight smile from the older man.

    “You should have taken that offer with the Diplomatic Service, Admiral. You would have done very well with it.”

    “I think not.” Callum said with disgust, “There is far too much deception that is going on for my taste. I am more of a,…direct sort.” He paused for a moment, shifting his eyes toward the two ladies and then back toward Foley, “Why not tell me what this is really all about, Mr. Foley?”

    “I think, Admiral, that you have already guessed what this all about.”

    “What is it all about, sir?” Darin asked. Callum narrowed his eyes once again.

    “Money.” Callum said.

    “Money?” Darin asked.

    “Correct, Lt. Talon.” Foley said flashing his eyes in Darin’s direction. Darin realized that this man knew who he was even though they had not been formally introduced.

    “All of this, everything that we have been through, all those men that have died up to now was all for money, money and the power that comes with it.” Callum said.

    “There is a war on, Admiral, as you well know.” Foley said, “A very costly war, one that we must win. Napoleon must be stopped.”

    “I do not disagree with you on that point, Mr. Foley.” Callum said, “But I am concerned with how all of you are going about this.”

    “Do not think of just yourself, Admiral, there is a greater good that must be served.” Foley said and Callum cocked his head a bit.

    “You speak like someone else I could name in this.” Callum said.

    “Lord Upton perhaps?” Foley asked, and there was that smile yet once again with a nod, “He was attempting to obtain complete control of all of Europe for his own personal gain and his supposed birthright. We are simply trying to save our Nation. There is a difference.”

    “I don’t see it, Mr. Foley.” Callum said.

    “Do you have any idea how vast the fortune is that Ramirez has amassed?” Foley asked.

    “I have been told that it is considerable.” Callum said.

    “That is an understatement, Admiral. Not only has he taken what was in the Spanish Gold Fleet, which was as you put it, considerable, but he has control of the gold fields themselves, plus everything obtained from his raiding in the Caribbean. Not to mention his, and please do forgive me ladies,” Foley said, looking back and forth between the two women to each side of him, “what he makes from his slave trade. Lord Upton was attempting to relieve him of most of it by brokering a deal with Ramirez, tricking him as it were, until you came along and put a stop to that, but you have not stopped Upton’s enforcer yet.”

    “Phelps.” Callum said and Foley nodded.

    “Such as he is.” Foley said.

    “I take it that your opinion of the Commodore is not very high.” Callum said.

    “I have found him to be,…lacking, shall we say?” Foley asked. Callum pursed his lips a moment and then gave the older man a smirk.

    “I would agree with that. It is my opinion as well.” Callum said, “Perhaps you can clarify a few other points for me, sir?”

    “And what is it that you need clarifying, Admiral?” Foley asked.

    “For starters, what is it that he wants with me?” Callum asked.

    “Revenge, Admiral, plain and simple.” Foley said flatly.

    “Revenge is something that comes from someone that cares of or for something, Mr. Foley. I have been told more than once that this man cares for nothing or no one. What revenge is he seeking against me? I have never even met him.” Callum asked.

    “You destroyed a Spanish Man-of-War at La Rochelle, did you not?” Foley asked.

    “Yes, a mercenary ship that was attacking our squadron there along with the French fleet.”

    “It has been said, Admiral, that how you did it was quite remarkable, and that is a matter of record.” Foley said, “That ship was one of Ramirez’s fleet, and aboard that ship, which was commanded by someone that Ramirez trusted completely, was lost by your hand. He seeks revenge for its loss as well as for the loss of his trusted lieutenant, a brother.”

    “That does not sound quite right to me, Mr. Foley, and I do apologize. I have also been told that he had a certain family member put to death by his own hand for the sport of it.” Callum said speaking carefully as the two ladies seemed on the verge of fainting.

    “That is not quite correct, Admiral. The family member in question that you speak of and what actually happened to her has been greatly exaggerated, I am afraid. That exaggeration has only helped to further his reputation.” Foley said.

    “Then he is not quite the monster that I have been told that he is.” Callum said.

    “Oh, he is that, Admiral, to say the least for certain. But he does care about certain persons that are or have been close to him. His brother for instance. Ramirez sees you as a threat and will do whatever it takes to bring you out and to put an end to you.” Foley said raising a bushy eyebrow slightly.

    “Can you men speak of nothing else?” The lady asked that was sitting across from Darin next to Foley.

    “Forgive me, Madam.” Callum said and bowed his head slightly, “I did not wish to distress you ladies.”

    “I think you are a bit late for that, sir.” She said and there was more than a tone to her voice, “I would think, sir, that an officer in the service of His Majesty would have better manners than you have shown.”

    “I do apologize.” Callum said, “To you both.”

    “I apologize as well.” Foley said. The lady fell silent and turned her gaze out of the window of the door watching the countryside drift by as the coach moved along swiftly down the road. Callum turned his attention away from her, looking at the older man sitting across from him, and received a part smile for his look. Callum narrowed his eyes a bit.

    “Perhaps you should get some rest, sir.” Talon said, “I was told that you were up all night and have not slept.” Callum looked at his young officer and gave him a soft smile and a slight nod.

    “That is very true.” Callum said softly. He settled back against the firm seat and relaxed a bit. The coach rocked back and forth as it rolled down the road and slowly the motion began to rock Callum to sleep. His eyes became heavy after a few minutes and his mind was clearing of all the events up to now. He shifted a bit against the firm seat and then drifted off.

    ————————————————————————————————-

    “Sir?” The voice was calling to him and there was a gentle shaking of his arm. Callum opened his eyes and blinked a few times. The coach was slowing and came to a stop. Darin Talon was looking out the window of the door and then turned back to look at Callum, “We have reached Oxford, sir.”

    “Already?” Callum asked and took in a deep breath through his nose, “I must have drifted off.”

    “Indeed you did, sir.” Talon said. The driver opened the door of the coach. Callum turned his attention toward him.

    “The coach to Portsmouth is not quite here yet.” The driver said.

    “We made good time then.” Callum said and the driver nodded once toward him.

    “Excuse me.” The lady closest to the door said. The driver looked at her, “Is there another coach to London?” She asked.

    “Yes, ma’am.” The driver said, “It will pass through here in another two hours.”

    “Can you get my bags down for me, please?” She asked as she started to move off the seat. Callum narrowed his eyes catching a side glance from her, “I think I will take that coach.”

    “Something wrong, ma’am?” The driver asked as she stepped out, he took her hand to help her. She looked back into the coach and there was a glare from her.

    “I wish to take the other coach is all.” She said flatly.

    “As you wish, ma’am.” The driver said and climbed up on the top of the coach and untied her bags, setting them out so he could pull them down with ease. The other lady in the coach was a bit nervous looking. Callum looked over at her and raised an eyebrow. Foley was silent through all of this, not looking about but only looked down at the floor of the coach. The other lady moved as well and got up from her seat.

    “I wish to take the other coach as well, driver.” She said. It was the first time that Callum had heard her voice. She climbed down as the driver was setting the bags on the cobbled street. He straightened and looked a bit concerned.

    “Are you certain, ma’am?” The driver asked.

    “Yes, quite.” She said and did not look back into the coach. Callum looked at Foley once and their eyes met for a long moment.

    “Not to worry, sir, I’ll make certain Mr. Sommers has everything ready for your arrival, sir.” Darin said and Callum looked at him. Darin slid off the seat and moved to the door.

    “I will see you either tonight or very early in the morning.” Callum said.

    “Yes, sir. I hope all goes well at the Admiralty, sir.”

    “It will, Lt. Talon.” Foley said interrupting, “A pleasure to make your acquaintance, young sir.”

    “Thank you, sir.” Darin said to the older man and then looked at Callum, “Sir.” Darin said and tipped his hand.

    “Thank you, Darin.” Callum said. The driver moved to the door as soon as Darin was out of the way.

    “We will have a change of horses and be ready in twenty minutes or so, gentlemen.” The driver said.

    “Fine.” Callum said, “Is there a place to get a cup of coffee that is close?” Callum asked the driver.

    “This inn that is behind me, sir.” The driver said pointing back over his shoulder.

    “Excellent.” Callum said and rose up from his bench seat.

    “Might I join you, Admiral?” Foley asked stopping Callum. Callum nodded once in the older man’s direction and then continued moving toward the door of the coach. He climbed out and stood on the cobblestone of the street. The driver had moved away going toward the front of the carriage to work on changing the horses. Foley stepped out of the carriage and went toward the inn. Callum frowned slightly and followed the older man.

    The inn’s interior was darkly paneled from floor to ceiling. Lamps were about the walls but not lit. The windows that were scattered about had curtains surrounding them, letting the light in from the mid-day sun. Callum noticed they were shear and had some type of floral pattern. A woman’s touch he thought to himself.

    Foley sat at one of the tables and raised his walking stick to signal the man behind the long counter, who came around the end after catching the older man’s eye and headed toward that table. Callum came to the edge himself.

    “Please, Admiral, do join me.” The older man said and then looked to the innkeeper.

    “What will it be, gentlemen?”

    “My good man here will have some of your coffee, if you please. I would prefer a brandy myself.” Foley said.

    “Of course.” The innkeeper said with a slight smile. He turned away and headed back the way he had come. Callum drew a chair back and slowly sat down at the table.

    “Is there something wrong, Admiral?” Foley asked.

    “No.” Callum said as he looked about slowly and then brought his gaze back to the older man seated with him, “I was just having a look about that’s all.”

    “Do you see anything of interest?” Foley asked.

    “The only things I see are patrons that seem to be locals by the looks of them. The inn seems to be owned by a husband and wife. I see a woman’s influence here.” Callum said.

    “What else do you notice?” Foley asked in a low voice.

    “From the time of day that it is and with several tables empty, either the fare here is not that good or they do not offer much at all.” Callum said. The innkeeper came to the edge of the table.

    “Will you gentlemen be wanting to take luncheon?” The innkeeper asked.

    “No, my good man, I am afraid that there isn’t time for that. We must board the coach to London very soon.” Foley said.

    “Very well.” The innkeeper said.

    “My traveling companion has noticed that your house is not very full.” Foley said.

    “Indeed, sir. My wife has taken ill and is bedridden for the time being. We are not offering much as I am alone and do not cook very well.” The innkeeper said. Foley flashed his eyes toward Callum for a moment and then back up to the tall man before him.

    “I am very sorry to hear that about your wife. Will she be alright?” Foley asked with genuine concern. Callum sipped from his coffee cup as Foley exchanged words with the man.

    “The doctor said that she would be, but it will take some time for her to recover. The consumption, you know.” The innkeeper said in a low voice.

    “Ahh, I see.” Foley said and looked at Callum once again and then back to the tall man, “Our best to her, my good man.”

    “I be thanking you, sir.” The tall man nodded and turned away.

    “How did you know?” Foley asked Callum.

    “I observe what is about me and deduce, Mr. Foley. Is has served me well in the past and has saved my life many times over.” Callum said putting his empty coffee cup down on the table.

    “You were spot on about it. It is rather amazing, Admiral.”

    “It is nothing really, Mr. Foley. When one is at sea and about to engage an enemy ship twice your size, you learn to notice things very quickly.” Callum said, “Excuse me a minute if you will.” Callum said and got up from the table, going along the long counter, rounding the corner heading toward the back of the inn. Foley sipped his brandy, finally finishing it. Callum returned and stopped at the counter, pulling a leather purse from his inside vest pocket. He pulled out a couple of notes and placed them on the counter. He said something to the innkeeper and they nodded toward one another. Callum turned and came to the table once again, “Shall we go?” Callum asked the older man, “I believe the driver should be about ready.” Callum left the table edge and went to the door, opening it and going out. Foley got up and followed him.

    “Team is ready to go, gentlemen.” The driver said. Callum stood at the door and looked toward the front of the carriage. He saw the lady that had been upset in the coach standing there near the corner on the walk, her bags at her feet. The other lady stood close near her.

    “Driver, give me just another moment.” Callum said. The driver nodded and held the door for Foley to climb up and into the coach. Callum walked toward the two ladies and stopped short of them. He bowed almost formally to them and then straightened, “I could not leave without offering my deepest apologies for upsetting you ladies. I truly am sorry for what was said in the coach.” Callum said. The first lady, who was younger turned toward him, flashing her eyes in anger at him.

    “If you would simply take your leave of us, sir, it would be much appreciated.” She said and almost spat it with disgust.

    “I can see that you are still quite upset, Madam.” Callum said and bowed his head slightly, “Once again, I do apologize most sincerely.”

    “And I do not accept your apology, sir. My husband would never in his life speak the way that you did in the presence of ladies.” She said and looked away.

    “I see.” Callum said, “Perhaps if your husband had experienced what I have, he might,…” Callum said as she turned toward him again.

    “I will have you know, sir, my husband serves as well and he, a gentleman, would never speak as you did.” She said.

    “He serves in His Majesty’s Navy?” Callum asked.

    “He, sir, is a Captain of the Royal Marines.” She said.

    “Interesting. Might I inquire who he is?” Callum asked.

    “Captain Charles Emery, sir.” She said with more than a hint of pride. Callum raised an eyebrow toward her.

    “Son to General Emery.” Callum said, “I know your husband, Madam. A fine man and officer.”

    “I am on my way to meet him actually.” She said. Callum narrowed his eyes a bit.

    “Has he returned?”

    “Whatever do you mean?” She asked.

    “I hate to be the one to tell you, Mrs. Emery, but he sailed with Commodore Phelps aboard the Fleming for the Caribbean.” Callum said, “The Commodore that Mr. Foley and I were speaking of earlier in the coach.” His voice and words were like a ton of brick to her. She tried very hard not to show it but was failing.

    “That’s not possible. I received a letter from him only a fortnight ago.” Mrs. Emery said, her voice faltering. Callum stepped a step closer to her.

    “It is true I am afraid.” Callum said softly.

    “What…what will I do?” She asked, tears welling in her eyes.

    “He did not say anything in his letter?” Callum asked. She opened her small handbag that hung from her wrist and pulled out an envelope, handing it over very slowly to him. Callum looked down at it and took it from her hand. He opened it and pulled the letter.

    “My dearest Edith, I hope this finds you well. I wanted to send to you an invitation to join me here in London.” Callum read aloud, “I have arranged leave from the garrison for almost a week and have also arranged for lodgings for the both of us. I miss you dearly and hope you will join me soon. My leave may commence with your arrival. Please let me know as soon as you possibly can.” Callum folded the letter and put it back in the envelope handing it back to her. She took it from his fingers as she looked in his concerned eyes, “Did you send a reply?” She nodded slowly, “He must have received it then, if there was time.” Callum thought a moment. Callum took her hand in his gently, “Mrs. Emery, I do apologize and you must believe me with what I say.” Callum said and she nodded again, “Your husband is on a mission for the Admiralty and for the Diplomatic Service. I am certain that if he could have sent you word, he would have. There is an inn near the Admiralty on the next street over, the Boar’s Head. Meet me there this evening and I hopefully will have news of your husband.” Callum said. She just stood there. Callum turned and headed quickly back to the coach, taking the door from the driver, and started to climb in, “All possible speed, driver.” Callum said flatly.

    “Of course, sir.” The driver said, heading toward the front of the coach, climbing up, taking the snap whip in his hand. He gathered the reins and snapped the whip, the coach lurching forward on the cobblestone. Callum sat across from Foley and almost sneered at the older man.

    “Something wrong, Admiral?” Foley asked as he gripped the top of his walking stick, rocking with the coach.

    “Do you know who that lady is?” Callum asked.

    “We never exchanged formal introductions I’m afraid.” Foley said.

    “She is Mrs. Charles Emery.” Callum said, “the wife of Captain Charles Emery.” Foley was a bit wide eyed, “I know the good Captain, we were at La Rochelle together.”

    “Oh, dear God.” Foley said and hung his head a bit.

    “Now, Mr. Foley,” Callum said and sat forward a bit on his bench, “I think it is time that you told me everything that you know, and I do mean everything before we reach London.” Callum said as the older man lifted his eyes. He could see the anger growing in Callum’s steel blue eyes quite clearly.


    The coach pulled to a halt at the depot stop in London. The driver had made very good time, true to his word. Foley had talked to Callum almost the entire trip from Oxford to London. Callum felt that he knew everything that there was to know about this entire affair, Upton, Ramirez, Phelps, and as well as Rofton, what each had meant to the other in all of their plans, this tangled web that Callum was in the middle of, and then there was Henry and his safety, which was paramount to Callum, his real reason for coming here to London. He had to get to the Admiralty.

    “Driver, I need a carriage.” Callum said as he stepped down from the coach. The driver stood up on the railboard of the seat above the coach, giving him an excellent view of the street in all directions. The driver stuck fingers in his mouth and let out a shrill whistle, catching the attention of someone up the street. The driver motioned with a raised arm. Callum looked back and forth between the driver and the new man turning an open carriage with a two-horse team to come in Callum’s direction. Callum nodded his thanks to the driver. Foley stepped out of the coach next to Callum.

    “Admiral,” Foley said quietly to Callum’s ear, making Callum turn to face him, “I want to say once again to you, what I have told you is to stay within the strictest of confidence between us. No one else can know of what I have said to you.”

    “I do fully understand, Mr. Foley, and I gave you my word on my silence. I do intend to keep it, I assure you.” Callum said as the open carriage drew near to them.

    “Lord Hood will not understand it completely I’m afraid.”

    “Truth be told, I do not fully understand it myself. However, I will honor what I have said to you. I also wish to thank you for what you have said to me about all of this.” Callum said and Foley’s face changed a bit to one of compassion. He hung his head slightly as Callum reached out his own hand toward him.

    “I feel that you, sir, have been through enough with all of this already. There is no need to keep anything further from you.” Foley said as he took Callum’s hand in his own, their eyes met as Foley lifted his head.

    “I will be forever grateful, Mr. Foley.”

    “Just promise me one thing, Admiral.” Foley said as Callum cocked his head slightly. The open carriage drew up in front of them, the driver waiting silently, “End him. Do whatever you must to end him.”

    “Of that you can be sure of, Mr. Foley.” Callum said and took his hand back from the older man. He turned and looked toward the driver of the open carriage, “Do you know the Admiralty?” Callum asked, the driver nodded, “We must reach it with all speed.” Callum said as he opened the carriage door, climbing in and sat down, pulling the half door closed. The driver snapped his whip in the air as well as the reins and the horses set off, throwing Callum back slightly against the back of the seat.


    The driver swung the carriage around the corner at almost full speed of the horses, the wheels sliding a bit, making Callum slide on the seat himself. He placed his hands on the wall of the carriage to steady himself and he smiled openly as the driver had raced through the streets of London to get him here quickly. The reins were pulled up and the carriage came to a halt before the grand building that housed the Admiralty. Callum rose out of his seat in the back and shoved his hand into his pocket pulling out some coin. He handed them to the driver over the driver’s shoulder and used his other to pat the man’s back.

    “Nicely done.” Callum said softly to the driver’s ear, “If I need your services again, I know of whom to summon now.”

    “At your service, sir, anytime.” The driver said with a tip of his hand with the coins in it. Callum climbed out of the carriage and started across the broad stone steps going toward the Marine Sentries. They looked toward him and one recognized him and opened a door for him. Callum nodded and went through the door, going toward the foyer. The Registrar looked up and was a bit wide eyed.

    “Admiral Callum.” He said and bowed his head slightly.

    “I need to see Lord Hood.” Callum said.

    “I am afraid His Lordship is not here, sir. He is with His Grace at Buckingham, sir.” The Registrar said. Callum became angered, not with the man before him, but with himself, “Lord Fitzwarren is in his chambers however.”

    “His Lordship will do then.”

    “Of course, sir.” The Registrar said, turning and picked up a quill, dipping it in the inkwell. He signed the book on the table in front of him, placing the quill back in the holder, turning and signaled a young officer, a Paige. The young officer came over, tipping his hand to Callum, recognizing him immediately, “Take Admiral Callum to Lord Fitzwarren.”

    “Yes, sir.” The young officer said, holding out a hand to indicate the way, Callum followed as the young man started to ascend the stairs. They were about half way up them, Callum saw his old friend at the upper landing, Captain William Arvin.

    “Admiral Callum.” Arvin said with a nod and a smile.

    “William, it is good to see you.” Callum said, going around the young officer who had stopped a moment.

    “Likewise, Admiral.” Arvin said, he turned his attention to the young officer, “I will take him the rest of the way. See to your other duties.” Arvin said in his tone of authority.

    “Very good, sir.” The young officer said, tipping his hand toward Arvin. The young officer looked at Callum, tipping his hand toward him as well, “Admiral.” Callum nodded in the boy’s direction.

    “Thank you.” Callum said softly to him and went up the stairs to join Arvin. He came up next to his old friend.

    “What have you done now, Quintan?” Arvin asked softly as they locked eyes on one another.

    “What do you mean?” Callum asked.

    “I mean that Lord Hood went off to meet with The King with Wellesley this morning. He was barking orders about before he left.” Arvin said.

    “What orders?” Callum asked without moving.

    “Hood has ordered all crews and officers are to report to their ships that are docked not only here in London, but as well as Southport and Portsmouth. With you here, I can only assume that it has something to do with you.” Arvin said.

    “You know me too well, William.”

    “What is going on?” Arvin asked.

    “There was an attempt on my son’s life at my home. I was able to arrive just in time to stop it, but there are more of them here, right now in Bristol.” Callum said.

    “Who?” Arvin asked. Callum narrowed his eyes a bit.

    “I take it that you have no idea at all of what is really going on, do you?” Callum asked. Arvin shook his head slightly, “I wish I had the time to explain everything to you fully, but I must be on my way.”

    “What do you need Lord Hood for?” Arvin asked.

    “I am taking Dover and am going after those that are responsible. They are docked in Bristol right now as I said.” Callum said. Arvin narrowed his eyes a bit.

    “You intend on destroying them, don’t you?” Arvin asked.

    “Would you not do the same if it was your family in jeopardy?” Callum asked.

    “I suppose I would.” Arvin said, “But there are regulations against firing on a ship within our own waters, especially if they are at anchor and have no warning.”

    “Don’t quote rules to me, William.” Callum said, looking at his old friend, eyes filling with anger, “These bastards are cutthroats, pirates.”

    “You’re certain?” Arvin asked and with seeing the look on Callum’s face, realized it was a silly question, “Of course you are. Why did I even ask?” Arvin said and put a hand on Callum’s shoulder before him, “Just be careful, Quintan. You must word it carefully to Fitzwarren or he will have you clapped in irons for certain, if not to just calm you.”

    “I don’t want to be calm, William, I want them dead, all of them.”

    “Quintan, please, calm yourself before you see him.” Arvin said and squeezed his fingers a bit more on the shoulder before him, “It’s for your own sake, as well as your son’s.” Callum listened to him and took a deep breath, letting it out slowly through his nose. He nodded a bit.

    “I hear you, my friend, and I also thank you for what you are trying to do.” Callum said. Arvin gave him a slight smirk in reply.

    “I owe you this much at least.” Arvin said. Callum eased a bit and smiled at his old friend.

    “If you think you do, my friend.” Callum said softly, “However, I do not, and remember that.”

    “Let me take you to His Lordship.” Arvin said, turning on his wooden leg, hobbling toward the chamber doors and the waiting Barrington. The older man was formally dressed. He bowed his head slightly as the pair approached, “Admiral Callum to see His Lordship, Barrington.”

    “Of course, sir.” The older man said in his rich voice, “Admiral.”

    “Barrington, good to see you.” Callum said with a slight smile.

    “And you, sir.” Barrington said. He turned and knocked once. He opened the door and stepped in, “Admiral Callum to see you, My Lord.” Barrington was bowing his head slightly, his hand on the knob of the door.

    “Callum? Send him in.” Fitzwarren’s booming voice could be heard. Arvin and Callum gave each other side glances at hearing him.

    “Remember what I said.” Arvin whispered. Callum nodded and then stepped forward, Barrington stepping out of the way for him. Callum halted himself inside the great room. He saw the older man sitting at the end of the large table, rising up. Barrington stepped out and closed the door leaving the two of them alone.

    “Callum, you look well.” Fitzwarren said as he came round the end of the table, stopping and put a hand on his hip.

    “Thank you, My Lord.” Callum said, bowing his head slightly.

    “You seem to have disappeared after our last meeting with your promotion. Where the devil have you been?” Fitzwarren asked.

    “Occupied, My Lord.” Callum said.

    “Do not be flippant with me, sir. I have neither the time nor the temperament.” Fitzwarren said with a stern tone, “We have needed you here.”

    “I can understand that, My Lord, but I have been pulled in other directions. I would have thought Lord Hood would have explained the circumstances to you.” Callum said, remembering Arvin’s words and easing himself a bit. Fitzwarren dropped his hand from his hip, turning away from Callum. He walked toward the far end of the table where he had been.

    “I am afraid that His Lordship has been rather quiet regarding you, Callum.” Fitzwarren said as he went beyond the table to the large sideboard against the wall. He reached out for a decanter, unstopping it and lifted it. He poured into two glasses, he set the decanter down and replaced the stopper. He lifted the two glasses and turned. He came toward Callum and handed one glass toward him, “But from what I hear, you have caused quite a stir recently.”

    “Thank you, My Lord.” Callum said as he took the glass from the older hand.

    “I also hear that you have had some trouble at home. Is everything alright there?” Fitzwarren asked.

    “For the moment, My Lord.” Callum said and felt that he needed to be guarded all of a sudden. He thought to himself as Fitzwarren moved to an overstuffed arm chair and sat down, the events that happened at Harbroughs had only happened last evening. How could he know of it so quickly? Fitzwarren indicated with a hand to have Callum sit down in another chair close to him. Callum moved and sat down.

    “I am glad that everything is alright. Why don’t we speak of what it is that has brought you here?” Fitzwarren asked.

    “As you wish, My Lord.” Callum said as Fitzwarren sipped his brandy, “I had come here to inform Lord Hood that I am taking Dover.”

    “Take her where?” Fitzwarren asked.

    “Bristol, My Lord.” Callum said.

    “And what is in Bristol that requires you to take a ship of the line?”

    “I will not bandy words with you, My Lord. We both know what is there.” Callum said, his irritation growing. Fitzwarren set his glass down and looked directly at Callum.

    “I am afraid that I don’t know what it is that you mean.” Fitzwarren said, “You will have to explain it to me. I am trying to work with you, Callum, not against you.”

    “Very well, My Lord, I apologize. But first, may I ask you a question?”

    “Certainly.” Fitzwarren said.

    “What trouble is it that you think that I had at home?” Callum asked.

    “It was relayed to me that it had something to do with your son, a matter of life and death as it were.”

    “And who relayed that to you?” Callum asked as there was knock on the door of the chamber.

    “Come in.” Fitzwarren boomed, “What is it Barrington?”

    “Your afternoon appointment is here, My Lord.” Barrington’s rich voice said as he bowed his head.

    “Show him in.” Fitzwarren said as he rose out of his chair, Callum stood as well, “I think you may have the answer to your question, Callum.” Fitzwarren said quietly as Callum turned and saw who came in through the door, limping slightly and using a cane to help him.

    “Paupling.” Callum said under his breath.

    “My Lord.” The tall thin man said bowing his head slightly, “Admiral Callum, I was not aware that you were here, sir. A pleasure to see you again.”

    “You two know each other I take it.” Fitzwarren said.

    “Indeed we do, My Lord.” Callum said as he narrowed his eyes a bit toward the tall man that came across the chamber toward them. Fitzwarren gave Callum a look with a raised eyebrow and then looked back toward the tall thin man.

    “Judging by your reaction, I take it that you do not care for my guest very much, Callum?”

    “To put it mildly, My Lord.” Callum said, “Your ‘guest’ has been at the core of most of what I have been put through, My Lord.”

    “That is very true I am sad to say.” Paupling said as he came close to Callum and Fitzwarren, stopping and putting his weight on the cane he held, “However, you have done quite admirably with it I must say. Congratulations upon your promotion as well.” Paupling stretched out his hand. Callum looked at it but did not take it. Paupling looked down and then withdrew it, “I can think of no one that is more deserving of it.”

    “What you think is not important to me, Paupling.” Callum said flatly, “Now it all makes sense, My Lord, and you are correct that it does answer my question as to how you knew about what was going on at my home. But that does not answer the real question, does it?” Callum asked and stepped in front of Paupling, “Why did you let this happen?”

    “Let what happen?” Fitzwarren asked and there was a slight smirk on Paupling’s face. Callum balled up a fist and moved so fast, pounding Paupling once in the jaw, knocking the man back and to the floor, “Callum!” Fitzwarren yelled as Callum stood over the man on the floor, balling up the collar of Paupling’s jacket and pulling him up a little, Callum balled up his fist to strike again.

    “My son? You black hearted son-of-a-bitch, they almost killed him.” Callum growled.

    “Callum!” Fitzwarren said as he grabbed Callum by the pulled back arm.

    “But they didn’t kill him, did they, Admiral? You were in time to stop them, weren’t you?” Paupling asked.

    “Who are you talking about?” Fitzwarren asked, “Who did you stop, Callum?”

    “I should kill you right now, Paupling.” Callum said and let go of the collar with a push, thrusting Paupling back to the floor. Fitzwarren pulled Callum back toward him.

    “Someone had better explain this to me.” Fitzwarren said, “Who did you stop, Callum?”

    “Pirates, My Lord, some of Ramirez’s men that were sent to murder my son.” Callum said, his eyes never leaving Paupling.

    “What?” Fitzwarren asked. He let go of Callum and stepped next to him looking down at Paupling, “Is this true?”

    “I’m afraid it is.” Paupling said.

    “Are you out of your mind?” Fitzwarren asked Paupling, “There was nothing said about this at all. You would have been a party to murdering an innocent boy? Perhaps I should not stand in the way of him killing you.”

    “It will not solve the situation if he does, My Lord, and you know that.” Paupling said to Fitzwarren as Callum went to move to come around Fitzwarren.

    “You knew nothing of my son in this, My Lord?” Callum asked.

    “I swear to you, no.” Fitzwarren said with a side glance toward Callum.

    “What situation do you speak of, Paupling?” Callum asked.

    “Ask that of His Lordship.” Paupling said. Callum reached down with both hands and grabbed him.

    “I am asking you.” Callum growled as he drew Paupling up off the floor a bit, “I am tired of all of this deceit. Tell me or by God I will draw my sword and gut you right here on this floor.”

    “Tell him, Paupling, tell him now.” Fitzwarren said.

    “You know I cannot do that, My Lord.” Paupling said. Callum shoved him back to the floor and stood over him. He put his hand on his sword, there was fear in Paupling’s eyes. Fitzwarren turned and put his hand on Callum’s to stop him.

    “Do not.” Fitzwarren said. His voice was calm as he and Callum looked at one another, “I will tell you what I know of this. Do not kill him here.”

    “Tell me, My Lord, where shall I kill him?” Callum asked and Fitzwarren gave him a half smile, almost a smirk.

    “We can decide that later.” Fitzwarren said. His expression changed as he looked back down at Paupling, “Get up off the floor, man, you are a pathetic sight lying there as you are.” Fitzwarren looked back at Callum, “Perhaps you should sit down for this.”

    “Perhaps I should empty your decanter of brandy first, for I think I already know what you are going to tell me, My Lord.” Callum said slightly cocking his head.

    “Do not become a drunkard on me, Callum, as Renner became.” Fitzwarren said.

    “Another fact that you kept from me, My Lord.” Callum said.

    “An omission, a necessary one as well.” Fitzwarren said.

    “That omission cost lives, My Lord.” Callum said, his voice was cold.

    “I know.” Fitzwarren said softly. He looked down at Paupling as he struggled to get up off the floor. Callum turned away, reaching for his glass, picking it up, and turned back to look at Fitzwarren. Callum put the glass to his lips, tilting it and drained it. He took the glass and set it down on the small table.

    “Now, if I may, My Lord, I will be taking my leave of you. I have a ship to catch.” Callum said.

    “Just a moment, Callum, we are not done as of yet.” Fitzwarren said as Paupling steadied himself on his good foot and the cane.

    “I came here merely as a courtesy, My Lord, only to inform The Admiralty that I was taking Dover. As far as anything else, I already know where the Admiralty stands in all of this. Once I have done what I need to do, I will return Dover to Portsmouth and will be returning to my home once and for all.” Callum said.

    “But what of Ramirez and Phelps? You have been tasked to,…” Fitzwarren said but Callum cut him off.

    “They are not my problem, My Lord. All of you have created this ‘situation’ yourselves, this little group of yours. You will need to solve your problems without me I’m afraid.” Callum said.

    “You must not go without promising me first that you will return here.” Fitzwarren said. Callum looked at him squarely and narrowed his eyes.

    “I am done with all of this, My Lord.”

    “No, you are not.” Fitzwarren said. He placed his hand on Callum’s arm, “We need you.” Fitzwarren said with a pleading look, “I need you.” He said softly. Callum paused a long moment. He had never heard Fitzwarren speak like this. Callum nodded once, “Take your ship and do what you have to do, but return here afterward.” Fitzwarren said softly.

    “As you say, My Lord.” Callum said just as softly. Fitzwarren took his hand back from Callum’s arm. Callum moved, going around Fitzwarren. Paupling was in the way, another slight smirk on his face. Callum pushed him hard, knocking him back as he went by. Paupling staggered on his good foot and cane.

    “Was that really necessary, Admiral?” Paupling asked. Callum stopped, turned and glared at him.

    “If I ever see you again, Paupling, there will be nothing or no one to stop me from killing you.” Callum growled. The words hung in the air for a moment, Callum turned and strode to the door, opening it and went out. Fitzwarren was just looking at the tall man standing there but said nothing.

    ————————————————————————————————–

    Callum opened the door of the inn, The Boar’s Head. He stepped into the large foyer, closing the door behind him. He could hear the sounds of conversation and laughter in the tavern portion and they were most welcoming to him. It was almost like coming home. He looked in, seeing the innkeeper behind the long counter, serving tankards to a couple of men there. Callum nodded at him as their eyes met. The innkeeper smiled briefly. Callum went to go to the stairs, but was stopped by the girl, the innkeeper’s daughter. She curtsied to him and he smiled.

    “Welcome back, sir.” She said in her soft voice, “Is Mr. Perkins with you?”

    “I’m afraid he is not, my miss. He is at home.” Callum said.

    “I see.” She said and gave him a sad look for a moment. Callum knew how she felt about Dustin, her deep feelings of admiration toward him as he more than felt them himself.

    “Perhaps you will see him again soon.” Callum said to try and make her feel better, “Are my friends upstairs?”

    “They are, sir. The doctor is also here tending to Captain Holt.” She said, “I have also freshened your room as well, sir.”

    “Thank you.” Callum said and gave her a soft smile. She curtsied again and he went up the stairs. Callum rounded the railing and went to the far door, seeing it was ajar. He knocked once and opened it slowly. Callum stepped in, “Am I interrupting?” Callum asked. Thomas turned and looked at him, his eyes wide, filled with worry. Christian was sitting on the edge of the bed on the far side, Dr. Arthur Crawford was looking at the wound, checking the stitches that had been put there in Christian’s chest and side.

    “Quintan, thank God.” Thomas said as he came toward him, his arm still in a sling, “We have been worried sick. Is everything alright?”

    “For the moment.” Callum said. Christian was looking over his shoulder toward Callum, “You are looking much better, Christian.”

    “He is at that, I must say.” Crawford said as he straightened, looking toward Callum.

    “I feel much better as well.” Christian said.

    “Tell us. What happened at home?” Thomas asked as he came close to Callum.

    “It is a rather sorted tale to be sure.” Callum said as he looked at his friend.

    “I have received a summons to return to Dover, Quintan, what is going on?” Crawford asked. Callum looked at him.

    “Apparently all crews and ships are to be readied to sail, Lord Hood’s orders.” Callum said.

    “Are we mounting an offensive?” Crawford asked.

    “Where is Dustin?” Thomas asked.

    “I had him stay at home to watch over Henry.” Callum said to Thomas then looked at Crawford, “To answer your question, Arthur, I am.”

    “What do you mean?” Thomas asked.

    “I am taking Dover and going to Bristol.” Callum said.

    “For what?” Thomas asked.

    “This will take some time to catch you up.” Callum said. Callum put a hand on Thomas’ good arm and pat it gently as he went around him, Thomas turning to watch him as Callum went around the bed. All eyes were on him as Callum went to the window, he sat on the window seat, adjusting his sword to let it lay straight along his left leg. Callum folded his arms over his chest.

    “Why are you taking Dover?” Thomas asked as he sat on the corner of the bed near Christian.

    “There is a pirate that has sent a ship to Bristol.” Callum began, “Those men were sent to murder Henry, to lure me out. This pirate, Ramirez, is part of all of this that we have been through with Upton.”

    “I don’t understand.” Thomas said.

    “Ramirez commanded the Spanish Gold Fleet once before he turned to piracy. Do you remember the Spanish Man-of-War at La Rochelle?” Callum asked. Thomas nodded his reply, “Apparently that was one of his ships, part of his fleet. His brother was in command of it and was killed during our attack on it. This Ramirez wants revenge for his brother.”

    “What does this have to do with Upton?” Thomas asked.

    “Upton was brokering different deals to assure that his plans were carried out. Ramirez is one part of it. This Rofton was another.” Callum said.

    “The one that was trying to kill Hans.” Thomas said, “The uncle.”

    “Yes.” Callum said with a nod, “And there is more to it. Phelps and his father were also involved, providing shipping to carry troops and supplies to mount an invasion of England.”

    “The uniforms.” Thomas said, Callum nodded again, “The warehouse on the docks.”

    “Exactly.” Callum said, “But Phelps has a different mission now. He does not know that Upton has been stopped and is imprisoned.”

    “What is his mission?” Thomas asked.

    “To take control of Ramirez’s fortune, and everything that he controls, the gold fields in South America.” Callum said, “I was ordered by Lord Hood to pursue Phelps with our squadron and to stop him but was not told all of it.”

    “What else is there?” Thomas asked.

    “I have learned that what they really want is the gold.” Callum said.

    “Who wants it?”

    “The Diplomatic Service and the Admiralty.” Callum said.

    “Are you serious?” Crawford asked, “Are we that petty and greedy?”

    “Apparently.” Callum said.

    “All of this, everything that we have been through so far, for what, a couple of tons of gold?” Thomas asked.

    “No.” Callum said, “It is far more than that.” He looked at all of them, his friends, “I have it on good authority that it is worth several hundreds of millions actually.”

    “What authority? Hopefully it is not that Paupling fellow, Quintan. You know you cannot believe a word that comes out of his mouth.” Thomas said.

    “No,” Callum said and sighed, “it was not Paupling. It was someone else with a higher authority.” Callum looked at all of them again, “You must understand that what I have said must not be repeated outside of this room. I gave my word that I would not say anything to anyone, but I know that I can trust each of you completely. There are also other things about this that I am not at liberty to discuss.”

    “Of course.” Thomas said. Christian nodded as well.

    “Arthur?” Callum asked.

    “Of course, Quintan.” Crawford said and Callum could tell that he was thinking, “Why the recall of all the ships and crews then?”

    “The various squadrons will be given orders to sail to capture all of the merchant ships that are involved in this and return them here to England wherever they might be.” Callum said.

    “Why are you going to Bristol?” Thomas asked.

    “To sink that pirate ship that is there, to stop that crew. They will continue to send more of them after Henry.” Callum said. Thomas and Christian were wide eyed, “I am going to end this, this threat to him.” His tone had anger to it.

    “They tried, didn’t they?” Thomas asked. Callum nodded.

    “They were unsuccessful. I learned from them where their ship is anchored and that they would keep trying.”

    “I will come with you.” Thomas said and stood.

    “Your arm is not mended yet.” Callum said.

    “It is well enough for me to stand and to sail my ship.” Thomas said.

    “I will do this, Thomas.” Callum said.

    “I was granted command of Dover, Quintan. I will sail her. You can take command of the action if you wish when we reach Bristol.” Thomas said.

    “I will come with you as well.” Christian said. Callum shifted his eyes at Christian, “You are not going to leave me here while you two go and do this.”

    “I don’t think you are well enough yet, Christian.” Callum said. Christian smiled.

    “He is well enough, I suppose.” Crawford said, “And I will be there as well since I am now recalled. Besides, he will not stay in bed as I have said repeatedly to him.”

    “Alright, only if you are sanctioning this, Arthur.” Callum said.

    “If I am there, I can keep an eye on the both of them.” Crawford said, “Besides, someone needs to keep an eye on you as well, Admiral.” Crawford smirked.

    “Ah, ulterior motives.” Callum raised an eyebrow at his old friend.

    “Oh, I don’t think so. What danger can a few pirates hold?” Crawford asked. Callum looked serious.

    “These men are desperate and will do whatever it takes to follow their commander’s orders, even to the death. I have seen it firsthand. Besides, she is a ninety-six gunner.” Callum said.

    “When do we sail?” Thomas asked as he narrowed his eyes.

    “With the dawn tide.” Callum said.

    “We have to pack.” Thomas said. He went to go start pulling things together to place in the trunk. There was a knock on the door, “What now?” Thomas asked and went to it. He opened it, “Quintan?” Thomas asked as he turned and looked back toward Callum. Callum looked in Thomas’ direction and saw her standing there.

    “What is it, Angelica?” Callum asked. The innkeeper’s daughter curtsied at the doorway.

    “Beg pardon, sir, but there is a lady downstairs asking to see you.” The girl said. Callum pursed his lips together and uncrossed his arms.

    “Tell her I will be down directly, will you?” Callum asked. The girl curtsied again, turning away from the door.

    “A lady?” Crawford asked as he looked at Callum.

    “I had almost forgotten.” Callum said and looked at Christian, “Are you well enough to get dressed? This might be of interest to you.”

    “To me?” Christian asked.

    “Yes.” Callum said and rose to his feet, “It just might. And then after, I need to pack as well. We can all leave tonight. I will arrange transportation for us.”

    “Who is downstairs?” Thomas asked.

    “Come and join us and find out.” Callum said, going around the end of the bed, “I need to get some better clothes on first though.”


    Callum came down the stairs. He had changed into his best tunic that Dustin had thoughtfully packed in the trunk for him when they first came to London, which seemed like ages ago. Callum came into the tavern portion and looked about and then to his right. In the corner there sat the lady that waited for him. He stepped close to the table and she lifted her eyes to see him there in full uniform. Callum bowed his head.

    “Mrs. Emery, good of you to come.” Callum said seeing her rise and nothing on the table at all for her, “May I get you something?”

    “I am not in the habit of partaking of taverns, sir.” She said softly, shifting her eyes about.

    “I assure you this is quite a respectable house, Mrs. Emery. Will you allow me?” Callum asked and before she could answer, Callum turned and looked toward the long counter, “Some of your excellent tea for the lady, if you please.” Callum said and the innkeeper smiled and nodded. He went quickly toward the kitchen, Callum turned back to her, “Please, make yourself comfortable.” Callum said holding out a hand.

    “You show quite a different manner, sir, then you did on the coach.” Mrs. Emery said, taking her chair once again.

    “As I said earlier to you, I apologize. It was most regrettable that I upset both of you ladies. I was caught up in the moment conversing with Mr. Foley.” Callum said sincerely with another bow of his head.

    “I will accept your apology, Admiral.” She said softly, putting her hands on her lap, looking down slightly, “I have found out that you were correct in what you told me about my husband.”

    “I am very sorry of that, Mrs. Emery, I did not have a chance to learn anything else when I was at the Admiralty.” Callum said.

    “I understand, Admiral.” She said as she lifted her eyes to look up at him still standing on the other side of the table, “I do not know what I am going to do now with him gone like this.” She was clearly upset about the situation and Callum felt for her.

    “Where did you travel from, Mrs. Emery?” Callum asked.

    “From my parent’s home in Blackpool. Do you know it?” Mrs. Emery asked.

    “Up on the north coast I believe. I have heard of it but have not ever been there.” Callum said.

    “It is a pretty place, actually, very peaceful, but there are strong winds constantly.” She said.

    “I am certain that there are.” Callum said. The innkeeper came with a tray and set the tea service down in the center of the table. Callum smiled softly as he noticed the tea was served in fine china that he had never seen before here. The innkeeper straightened and stood next to Callum.

    “Will there be anything else, sir?”

    “We might partake of supper in short time. I will let you know.” Callum said softly without looking at him fully.

    “Very good, sir.” The innkeeper said and left. Callum looked at her and she him.

    “Please, Admiral, won’t you sit down?” She asked.

    “Thank you, Mrs. Emery, I will.” Callum said. He felt awkward for a moment as she waited for him. He was not accustomed to dealing with pleasantries like this, especially with women, and had no experience in what he was supposed to do.

    “Mrs. Emery?” Christian asked as he came next to the table. She looked up and saw him, recognizing him right away and was relieved to see a familiar face.

    “Lieutenant Holt.” She said and put out her hand toward him, fingers outward, palm down. Christian immediately stepped in and took her hand, bowing formally, kissing the back of it lightly, as he snapped his heels together. Callum looked over and was more than relieved as Christian was very spot on with his timing. Callum rose out of his chair as he saw Christian was in uniform. Christian raised his head slightly, still balancing her hand in his.

    “It is wonderful to see you again, Mrs. Emery.” Christian said.

    “Admiral Callum, you did not tell me you were in good company.” She said softly with a slight smile, the first that Callum had seen from her.

    “Again, I apologize, Mrs. Emery, for my shortcomings.” Callum said and saw his other friends there behind Christian, “May I preset Captain Thomas Tomlin and Dr. Arthur Crawford.” Callum said and slightly waved a hand, “Gentlemen, may I introduce Mrs. Charles Emery, the wife of Captain Charles Emery of the Royal Marines.”

    “Mrs. Emery, an honor.” Crawford said as he and Thomas both gave formal bows to the lady at the table, “I seem to recall your husband I think.”

    “Yes, you should, Arthur.” Callum said, “He was the Marine Captain that was at La Rochelle. You tended to his wounds.”

    “Of course, he is one that you carried into the fortress, Quintan.” Crawford said. She looked up and was staring at Callum.

    “You were the ship’s Captain that my husband spoke of that saved his life.” She said. Callum waved a hand slightly.

    “I was only doing what he would have done himself had he been in my position.” Callum said.

    “Far more than, Quintan.” Thomas said and rolled his eyes a bit, “You certainly have the most unique talent for understatement.”

    “It was nothing, I assure you, Mrs. Emery.” Callum said.

    “May I pour your tea for you, my lady?” Christian asked and was in his element now, his growing up in all of this sort of thing, high teas, ladies, along with gentlemen, all in high society and exercising proper etiquette. Callum smiled out of the corner of his mouth as Christian set about it, pouring and serving her.

    “Thank you, Lt. Holt.” She said and seemed to be a little more relaxed now.

    “Actually, he has been promoted to Captain.” Thomas said. She smiled and looked at Christian as he moved back from the table a bit.

    “I had not heard.” She said with all politeness, “Congratulations to you.”

    “Thank you, Mrs. Emery.” Christian said with a bow of his head.

    “Gentlemen, please, I have forgotten my manners. Would you join me?” She asked. Callum pulled out his chair and slowly sat again, Christian slowly came down at Callum’s right, Thomas and Crawford came to Callum’s left, both taking chairs, Crawford next to the lady.

    “Mrs. Emery, may I ask where you found out the information about your husband?” Callum asked. She sipped her tea and smiled slightly at it, then set the cup down.

    “I went directly to the garrison here in London and spoke to the Adjunct Officer. He confirmed for me that my husband did sail with his troop, with Commodore Phelps and his squadron.” She said.

    “Yes, most regrettable.” Callum said.

    “But there was something else as well, Admiral.” She said and reached into her small handbag that was about her wrist. She pulled out another envelope and held it in her fingers. Callum could see it clearly and waited as she seemed to be guarding it for a long moment. She handed it out slowly. Callum leaned forward and took it from her, “It has something quite personal in it as well.”

    “I will be,…delicate.” Callum said. He opened the envelope and pulled the letter. He read it quickly and then lifted his eyes to meet hers. He folded the letter up and put it back in the envelope, “Was this sealed when it was given to you, Mrs. Emery?” Callum asked as he handed the letter back to her.

    “Why, yes it was. That’s an odd question to ask.” She said.

    “Something in the letter has bothered you, Quintan, what is it?” Thomas asked. Callum shook his head slightly.

    “Not here, there are too many ears about.” Callum said softly and then cleared his throat. He looked at the lady across the table from him, “I do not mean to pry, Mrs. Emery, or to be forward, but do you have lodgings?”

    “No, I do not, Admiral.” She hung her head slightly as if embarrassed about her situation, “With my husband being gone as such, he had said in his first letter that he had made arrangements but I do not know what they were.”

    “Yes, I recall.” Callum said, “Mrs. Emery, again, I do not mean to be forward, but we will be leaving for our ship later this evening after I arrange transportation for us. I wish to present to you the room that I had occupied here in this inn. It has been freshened and you are more than welcome to it until you decide what you would like to do. I assure you that it has been paid for fully and all I need do is to have my things removed from it.”

    “That is very generous of you, Admiral, but I,…”

    “I insist, especially after what you have been through today. It is the least that I can do, dear lady.” Callum said. He did not wait for her to argue against it and turned in his chair, signaling the innkeeper with a raised finger. The innkeeper smiled and came around the counter and toward the table.

    “Yes, sir?” The innkeeper asked as he came to Callum’s side.

    “Mr. Mills, this is Mrs. Charles Emery,” Callum said, holding out a hand to introduce her, the innkeeper nodded toward her, “she will be taking my room over as my companions and I are leaving to join our ship later this evening. I will be settling accounts with you shortly. Would you be so kind as to have Angelica take my things and pack them for me?”

    “Why, of course, sir.” Mills said, “You gentlemen are actually leaving us?”

    “Yes, I am sorry to say, my good man, we have all been recalled back to duty it seems.” Callum said.

    “As you wish, sir.”

    “I do believe that we will have our supper now as well, if you wouldn’t mind, and also a bottle of your best wine.” Callum said with a half-smile.

    “Of course, sir.” Mills said and turned away.

    “They serve a very fine supper here, Mrs. Emery.” Crawford said as he leaned closer to her.

    “Is that so, Doctor?”

    “Indeed, Madam. I have frequented this establishment for a good number of years. Mrs. Mills, the wife of the innkeeper, is a very fine cook.” Crawford said.

    “You can take that on good authority, Mrs. Emery, believe me, if anything, our good ship’s doctor knows a fine meal when it is to be had.” Callum said with a slight smile. Thomas and Christian both chuckled.

    “See here now, do not jest at my expense, Quintan.” Crawford said as he glared at Callum.

    “Perish the thought, old friend, I only speak the truth.” Callum said. Mrs. Emery was feeling a bit more comfortable with those about her. She lifted her tea cup and sipped the heavy tea, which had a wonderful aroma to it.

    “Well, I must say that I am most impressed with this tea they serve here. I have never had any better.” Mrs. Emery said, setting her cup down in its saucer.

    “Indeed.” Christian said as he leaned a bit closer to her, “I believe that it’s Indian, from the Orient. I have had it several times in the past few days and I believe that it has also helped my healing.”

    “Healing from what, Captain?” Mrs. Emery asked.

    “An injury that was suffered recently in an altercation, dear lady.” Christian said.

    “Oh? Was it serious?” She asked.

    “It is of little consequence actually, hardly worth mentioning.” Christian said.

    “Oh, for God’s sake, Christian, tell her the truth.” Thomas said. She looked back and forth between the two of them and Callum raised an eyebrow, “Truth be told, Mrs. Emery, our dear Captain faced a giant of a man recently and engaged him in combat. There were several others involved as well and our brave Captain of the Royal Marines suffered wounds from them that were very much life threatening. Had he not acted as he did, all of us might have been lost.”

    “Good heavens, I had no idea.” She said and lifted her cup again, shifting her eyes about as she took them all in.

    “He makes more of it than it really was, I assure you.” Christian said to her.

    “Hardly that, Christian, remember I was there.” Callum said as he leaned into the back of his chair, one hand on the table.

    “Yes, Quintan, but it was you that fell that giant of a man and took the other dozen odd or so on to cover our escape.” Christian said.

    “That may be, but, you were the one that showed the greater bravery and survived.” Callum said as Mills came back to the table with a large tray. He set it down and started to place plates, serving the lady at the table first, the others followed one by one. Callum removed his hand and sat forward a bit watching as the fare was set out in front of them all. He smiled slightly at it, “I just realized that I have not eaten since night before last before I set off for home.”

    “That was two nights ago then, Quintan.” Thomas said as he waited for everything to be set out and everyone served.

    “Hmmm, was it? I must have forgotten.” Callum said.

    “Along with other things.” Thomas said and drew a side glance from Callum.

    “It certainly smells heavenly, Mr. Mills.” Callum said, “Once again your lovely wife has outdone herself.”

    “Thank you, sir. I will be sure and tell her you said so, sir.” Mills said.

    “Do that, my good man. I have thought that I might steal her away from you and have her cook for us aboard ship.” Callum smiled.

    “I am afraid that I know how His Majesties Navy would feel about that, sir.” Mills said as Callum looked up at him with a smile.

    “I know you do, my good man, but she is worth all the high praises, believe me.” Callum said.

    “Thank you, sir. I would be lost without her as you know.” Mills said, he bowed slightly to the table, “I will just go and fetch your wine, sir.”

    “Thank you.” Callum said and turned back to all at the table. He smiled slightly at the lady across the table from him. She picked up her fork and slowly started into her supper.

    ————————————————————————————————

    “Your rooms will always be available for you and your gentlemen here, sir.” Mills said as Callum was with him at the long counter. Callum pulled out his leather purse from his inside vest pocket, opening it, and setting several notes on the counter.

    “I hope that this is enough to cover our stay along with all the extras, Mr. Mills.” Callum said.

    “More than enough, sir. You have been most generous to us, sir. We thank you very much.” Mills said.

    “It is I that thank you, Mr. Mills, and for putting up with my group and all the troubles that we have brought here to your house with us.” Callum said.

    “I have said before, sir, that it was no trouble. And may I also say that it has been more than an honor to have you stay here with us.” Mills said. His eyes were fighting back tears, “You have all come to mean so very much to us, a part of our family as it were.”

    “Very gracious of you to say, Mr. Mills, it means more to me than you know.” Callum said and put out his hand. The older man took it in both of his and clasped it tight. Callum smiled warmly at him and put his free hand to the older man’s shoulder, “My very best to your wife.”

    “Thank you, sir.” Mills said quietly as Callum took back his hand. Callum turned and went toward the door of the inn, stopping as Mrs. Emery was standing at the bottom of the stairs. Callum stopped in front of her and bowed his head slightly.

    “I know that you will be comfortable here, Mrs. Emery, and I know they will take the best care of you as well, you have nothing to fear here.” Callum said.

    “Thank you so very much, Admiral, for everything.”

    “My pleasure, Madam.” Callum said bowing his head slightly, “I hope to see you again when I return from our duties in Bristol.” Callum said.

    “I look forward to that.” She said.

    “If you need anything other than what they can do for you here, you can go over on the next block to the Admiralty, use my name, and whatever you need will be done, you have my word.” Callum said.

    “Most kind of you, Admiral.” She said and there was a tear in her eye at his words.

    “Goodbye, Mrs. Emery.” Callum said, taking her hand, bowing his head and kissing the back of it.

    “Goodbye.” She whispered as he turned and went toward the large door, opening it and going out, closing it behind him. Callum stepped out on the narrow walk and to the open carriage to where his companions waited for him. He climbed up and saw the driver from earlier in the day that had taken him to the Admiralty in such a great hurry. Callum nodded at him.

    “I hope I haven’t kept you waiting long.” Callum said to all of them.

    “It does seem as if it has been forever. Thankfully you’re here now.” Thomas said with a roll of his eyes. Callum ignored him and looked at the driver as he looked over his shoulder, seeing Callum in uniform and gave him a nod.

    “I am glad that we have retained your services, my good man.” Callum said, “Do you know the docks in Portsmouth?”

    “Indeed I do, sir.” The man said, “Hillary, sir, my name, Clive Hillary.”

    “Well, Mr. Hillary, shall we be off? We are in no great hurry, as long as we are there before the dawn tide.” Callum said as he settled next to Thomas in the back bench seat, Christian and Crawford were opposite them, their backs to the driver.

    “You will be, sir, that you will.” Hillary said. He turned back to look at the horses and snapped the whip in the air. The carriage set off.

    ————————————————————————————————–

    “So, what is your plan?” Thomas asked finally as the carriage rocked along the road. They were about halfway to Portsmouth. Callum looked over at his friend beside him, “I mean besides blowing this ship out of the water.”

    “I have been giving that some thought, and what concerns me the most is if some of them escape destruction.” Callum said.

    “I can handle that, Quintan.” Christian said as he leaned forward, putting one arm on his thigh. Callum looked at him, “There should be a full complement of Marines onboard Dover. I can land them with the boats if and when we determine that some are escaping. They should be easy enough to capture I would think.”

    “What makes you think so? They might blend in with the populace.” Crawford asked as he leaned forward to join the conversation as well. Christian turned and looked at him and smirked.

    “They would be soaking wet from swimming ashore, Doctor.” Christian said and Crawford rolled his eyes.

    “I suppose they would.” Crawford said.

    “Has all of this really been about money, Quintan?” Thomas asked. Callum looked at him and raised an eyebrow.

    “As we are underway, I suppose I can tell you.” Callum said and lowered his voice. He looked at each of them and they drew closer, “Money is part of it, yes, a large part. I said it was millions of pounds, but it is far more than that actually. I have it on very good authority that it is actually millions of tons. More gold than could be carried in fifty ships.” He looked at all of them and they all seemed to be surprised at what he said, “But there is more to it. You must all swear to me that it will never be repeated what I am about to reveal to you.”

    “I think you can trust us all, Quintan.” Thomas said softly. Callum pat his knee a couple of times.

    “I know that I can, Thomas. But, if the general public were ever to find out about this, it might be disastrous for England. I cannot stress this enough.” Callum said.

    “I think we understand the severity, Quintan.” Crawford said.

    “Very well.” Callum said and leaned forward a bit more, “We all know that Phelps sailed to the Caribbean with his squadron without orders from the Admiralty. His instructions came directly from Upton to go there and to meet with Ramirez. The reason is to seize the fortune from Ramirez, but also to take over the island of Haiti, one of Ramirez’s bases of operations as well as to seize the port of Cartagena in South America, the stronghold, and to set up military governments in both places. Phelps is under instruction from Upton to set himself up as governor of the military territory and to stop and control all shipping in and out of the Caribbean.”

    “With only five ships?” Thomas asked and Callum shook his head and then looked at him.

    “No. Ramirez has a fleet of fifteen or more ships, those being what is left of the Spanish Gold Fleet as well as others captured during raids. Phelps is to take them all under his control, divide up his crews that are sailing with him, to use his own officers as command officers and to set up his own fleet.” Callum said.

    “Under what flag?” Thomas asked.

    “Not England’s.” Callum said, “You will recall that in the warehouse, in the crates there were those uniforms?”

    “Yes, for the mercenary forces that were supposed to invade.” Thomas said.

    “Exactly, but, there were also banners in them as well. Banners and flags. They were of Upton’s design. He was going to unite all of it, the Caribbean as well as the Continent under one flag, his. Phelps does not know that Upton has been taken and is still under the impression that everything is still going to plan.” Callum said.

    “Well, this should be quite a shock to him then.” Thomas said.

    “I am a bit confused about this, Quintan.” Crawford said, “How can Phelps gain that much power over all of these pirate crews and carry out this plan?” Crawford asked and Callum nodded.

    “If he can get close enough to Ramirez, eliminate him, then he can offer a portion of the fortune that is stored to those men, all of them, and have plenty left over to possibly pay off even Napoleon to get him out of the way for Upton.” Callum said.

    “Isn’t Ramirez paying them off anyway? I mean, they are pirates, aren’t they?” Thomas asked.

    “Yes, they are, but Ramirez has a hold over them. What it is, I have no idea, nor does my source. I am certain that he pays them when they raid and plunder, but he has some other hold on them.” Callum said.

    “How do you know this?” Christian asked. Callum looked at him.

    “One of those that tried to murder Henry told me this before I snuffed him out. What he said was confirmed by someone else, someone that I met on the trip back to London, this source I spoke of.” Callum said.

    “Who?” Thomas asked.

    “His name is Durlam Foley.” Callum said.

    “The Undersecretary?” Crawford asked and Callum looked at him.

    “You know of him?” Callum asked.

    “I know him, Quintan, very well in fact, have for years.” Crawford said.

    “Can what he says be trusted?” Callum asked. Crawford nodded slowly.

    “You can take it as gospel, Quintan. If there is one man in the government that can be believed it is him.” Crawford said in a very serious tone.

    “I cannot imagine Phelps as a military governor.” Thomas said.

    “Neither can I, but he has to be stopped. I need to go after him.” Callum said.

    “You, why?” Thomas asked.

    “I wasn’t going to. I was going to return home for good after we go to Bristol, but it was what I read in the letter from Emery that has changed my mind.” Callum said.

    “What was in the letter?” Christian asked.

    “A passage in Latin, ‘cavendum iis qui in tenebris sunt omnia’, is what he wrote.” Callum said almost in a whisper. Thomas looked confused.

    “Beware those that come in the dark, for they take all.” Christian said. Callum met his eyes with his and nodded, “You know what he meant, don’t you?” Christian asked and Callum nodded again.

    “I saved him once, at La Rochelle, and I need to do it for him again.” Callum whispered.

    “Oh dear God.” Thomas said softly and closed his eyes, “This will be far worse than La Rochelle or going after the Avion, won’t it?”

    “I’m afraid it will.” Callum said as he kept Christian’s gaze, “He’s a brother in arms, Thomas, a friend, and there are more that are with him that will need help and rescuing as well.”

    “Count me in.” Christian said softly. Callum smiled briefly and nodded once.

    “We will be against thousands, you know that.” Thomas said.

    “I will not write Emery off.” Callum said.

    “In for a penny I suppose.” Thomas said, “If you’re going to go off and get yourself killed, I had better come as well. I would not want to just sit at home with Dustin and his waiting and fretting.”

    “I will take him along as well.” Callum said.

    “What about Henry?” Thomas asked. Callum hung his head a bit.

    “I don’t know.” Callum said.

    “You’re exhausted, Quintan.” Crawford said as he put his hand on his friend’s shoulder, “As your doctor, I prescribe a bit of sleep to clear your mind. Let us handle this action in Bristol first, then you can decide what you need to do.” Crawford said and Callum lifted his head. He nodded, “The weight of the world on your shoulders, I know. I can see it in your eyes. Rest yourself for a bit. The sea air will have you back to normal soon enough.”

    “You always know, don’t you, Arthur?” Callum asked with his tired eyes.

    “I have for years, Quintan.” Crawford smiled patting Callum’s knee. They all settled back into their seats. Callum closed his eyes and started to dream as sleep took him. It was peaceful, Henry running across the pasture, skipping and hopping as he went in the tall grass in the full sun. Callum smiled as he eased watching the boy romp and play with his dog.


    Callum woke as the carriage slowed at the end of the docks in Portsmouth. He rubbed his eyes and looked about in the darkness that surrounded them. The driver of the carriage tied the reins to the brake ring and climbed down. He opened the door on Callum’s side and nodded once to him, continuing to the back of the carriage to where the two trunks were tied down on the footboard to untie them and set them off.

    “I don’t see anyone about.” Crawford said as he stood, Christian stood as well but grunted slightly with his wound, Crawford looked at him once, “I think that we need to get you somewhere to have you lie down, Christian.”

    “It should pass, Doctor. It only aches from the drive.” Christian said as Thomas went out the other carriage door, stepping down on the sea side of the docks. He looked about and saw no one as well.

    “She must be out in the mouth of the harbor at anchor, Quintan.” Thomas said without looking back at him. Callum looked about as well and nodded.

    “Cary is probably checking her for leaks.” Callum said, “I had told Darin to make sure he had her ready for sailing.” Callum looked at Christian, seeing his face and his expression of pain, “Here, let me help you.”

    “It is not necessary, Quintan.” Christian huffed out as he held his side with one hand.

    “You can either argue with me or take your chances with Arthur.” Callum whispered to his ear, “You know what the outcome will be with him.”

    “Alright, give me a hand if you will.” Christian whispered and kissed Callum on the cheek, “Thank you.” It made Callum smile as he stepped out of the carriage and held out his hands to help support Christian down to the stone.

    “Don’t mention it.” Callum said in a hushed tone as Crawford stepped down next to Thomas on the other side.

    “I don’t even see a boat tied off here.” Thomas said as he looked down at the water in the darkness, “Of course I couldn’t even see my own hand in front of my face in this dark.”

    “Look, over there.” Christian said and looked down the way of the stone drive along the docks. All eyes turned and looked as they saw a lamp swinging out on the water. It was coming closer to them.

    “Ahoy on the docks! We are Dover!” The voice called out in the darkness.

    “Ahoy! Here we are! At the end of the docks!” Thomas called back, putting his good hand to his mouth to cup it.

    “Standby!” The voice called back. Thomas looked over at Callum and nodded.

    “I wonder who it is?” Thomas asked.

    “It sounded like Greene for a moment.” Callum said.

    “Yes, it did.” Thomas said and was excited in his tone. He stepped away from the carriage to the stone steps that led down to the water. He could see the longboat now, eight men at the oars, one at the tiller that was standing, all in their striped shirts and Keesan hats as they pulled through the water.

    “Ship oars!” The voice in the dark ordered. Oars were lifted and the longboat came gliding to the stone steps. One of the boatmen jumped out with a rope and landed on the bottom step, “Tie her off.” The voice said. He waited a moment and stepped out, going up the steps and saw the figure in the dark before him. He narrowed his eyes to see better, “Captain Tomlin, sir. We were expecting,…” Greene, the Boson said and tipped his hand toward Thomas.

    “I suppose I will have to do for the time being, Greene.” Thomas said. Crawford came up next to Thomas.

    “Dr. Crawford, sir.” Greene said and tipped his hand again.

    “Where is my ship, Greene?” Thomas asked.

    “At the mouth of the harbor, sir. Mr. Sommers ordered her to be taken out to check for leaks, sir. He was told that Captain Callum was coming, sir, to take command of her, sir.” Greene said.

    “I am sorry to disappoint you, Mr. Greene, but I am in command of Dover for the time being.” Thomas said.

    “Of course, sir. No disrespect intended, sir.” Greene said and tipped his hand. Thomas looked over his shoulder and grinned as Callum and Christian came up behind him. Callum stepped around Thomas and looked down at the older man.

    “If it would not be too much trouble, could you have some of your men take our trunks and load them into the longboat, Captain Tomlin?” Callum asked.

    “Of course, Admiral, right away.” Thomas said, and tipped his hand to Callum, looking back down at Greene, “Well? You heard the Admiral, Greene, have these trunks loaded.”

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Greene was grinning from ear to ear as he tipped his hand again seeing Callum, “Admiral Callum is it now?” Greene asked himself but aloud as he was pure excitement that was oozing from every pore.

    “Don’t lose yourself, Mr. Greene, carry out your orders if you please.” Thomas said.

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Greene said, turning on the step, “You men, look alive, you heard the Captain. Get these trunks loaded aboard the boat.”

    “You have quite an efficient crew, Captain Tomlin, my compliments.” Callum said as the men filed up past them on the steps, all of them smiling wide tipping their hands.

    “I thank you, Admiral Callum, I know how much you enjoy seeing the men do their work efficiently.” Thomas said with a smirk as they stood side by side with one another.

    “Indeed I do.” Callum said as he watched as the men filed back by them carrying the two trunks down the stone steps, “I will join you in a moment, Captain, I must see about our driver first.”

    “As you say, Admiral.” Thomas said and tipped his hand to the back of Callum. Callum walked over to the driver and pulled out his purse, opening it and giving him a few notes. The driver, Hillary, argued that it was too much. Callum put him at ease very quickly, shook his hand and rejoined his group at the top of the steps.

    “We are about ready to get underway, Admiral.” Thomas said.

    “Very good, Captain.”

    “Will you take the place of honor, Admiral, at the tiller?” Thomas asked as they came down the steps to the boat. Thomas stopped at the edge of the longboat and held out a hand to guide Callum. There was enough lamp light to have all see that were watching this cordial interaction between these two.

    “For God’s sake, Thomas, get into the damned boat, will you?” Callum asked with a roll of his eyes.

    “Why, yes of course, Admiral.” Thomas said and stepped over the gunwale into the boat. Callum watched as Thomas moved to the bow of the boat as Christian and Crawford stepped up next to Callum. Thomas was using his hand to steady himself on the men’s shoulders as he moved forward.

    “I know you wanted to toss his ass into the water.” Christian whispered at Callum’s ear.

    “I still might, the night is young.” Callum whispered back and Christian chuckled softly.

    “Just make certain that I am there to see it.” Christian whispered and stepped by Callum, getting into the boat. Crawford came up and did the same, going to the center and sat next to one of the boatmen.

    “Shall we be underway, Admiral?” Crawford asked.

    “Certainly, Doctor.” Callum said and stepped into the boat, “Mr. Greene, if you please.”
    “Aye, aye, sir.” Greene said and untied the rope from the ring of the step, stepping into the boat himself as he kicked off the stern from the step, “Oars, at the ready?” Greene called out. He looked in the limited light and saw the oars had all been lifted, “Set oars.” Greene said and the oars were dropped into the water and the boatmen began to pull with them. Greene set the tiller about and swung the longboat heading out into the harbor as Callum sat next to him. Greene leaned over to Callum, “It is so good to have you with us, sir.” Greene whispered. Callum leaned to him as well.

    “Thank you.” Callum said, “How is she?” Callum asked after a brief pause, dragging out the question.

    “She is as good as new, sir, truly a beauty to behold.” Greene whispered, “It is just a shame, sir, that you have arrived in the dark to not be able to see her fully. Her paint sets her off, sir, and her rails have all been polished and oiled. New lines have been run throughout her rigging, everything is new, sir.”

    “I have no doubt that she is quite the sight.” Callum whispered back at Greene.

    “The only thing that has not been replaced, sir, is her doubled canvas.” Greene said.

    “Makes her fly faster.” Callum whispered to himself mostly as he looked out into the darkness, folding his arms over his chest and crossing his long stretched out legs.

    “Indeed it does, sir.” Greene said and grinned wide, “Captain Powers was a very wise and sage sailor, sir, if I may be so bold. I remember when that canvas was first brought onboard, sir.”

    “As do I.” Callum whispered as the memory of it took hold, that day spent in dry dock after Cadiz and the mission there, “You’re right, Greene, he was a very sage sailor, wasn’t he?”

    “As sage as you are, sir.” Greene said with affection in his voice, “No one has been able to handle her like you do, sir, not even Captain Powers.”

    “The highest praise indeed, thank you, Greene.” Callum whispered, “But I think that Captain Tomlin has learned it as well.”

    “He could stand to learn a bit more, sir, beggin’ your pardon, sir.” Greene said and it brought a smile to Callum’s face.

    “Well, perhaps a good dunking might also be in line with that.” Callum chuckled softly and Greene snorted and looked down.

    “I’d give a sailings wages, sir, to see that.”

    “And you might before this night is through.” Callum whispered directly into Greene’s ear. Greene chuckled openly and then cleared his throat as his Captain at the bow turned his head and looked over his shoulder.

    “Something funny, Mr. Greene?” Thomas asked and the older man looked wide eyed at him.

    “I was just relating a jest to our Mr. Greene here, Captain.” Callum said and put an end to it.

    “I see. As you please, Admiral.”

    “Thank you, Captain.” Callum said raising an eyebrow clearly visible from the bow where Thomas was in the lamplight. Thomas turned back and looked ahead in the darkness.

    “Greene, two points to port.” Thomas called back to the stern, “I see Dover’s lights in the distance.”

    “Aye, aye, sir, two points.” Greene said and moved the tiller a bit, “Two points, sir.”

    “Very well.” Thomas said still watching ahead.

    “I, I mean we, sir, had no idea that you had been promoted, sir.” Greene whispered.

    “They say it will be announced in the Sunday Times this week. I put little stock in it as you know.” Callum whispered and seemed irritated.

    “Well, congratulations all the same, sir. There is no one more deserving of it, sir.” Greene said in a whisper.

    “Again, high praise, thank you, Greene.” Callum whispered and Greene nodded with a tip of his hand.

    “There she is.” Thomas said out loud and pointed. Callum raised up a bit and unfolded his arms, putting his hands on the bench. All he could see were a few points of light, obviously lanterns lit and strewn about her riggings. Callum’s heart beat a bit faster now as they drew closer. This ship, his ship, his true home, the one he had always known seemed to be calling out to him. He strained his eyes in the darkness to try and catch her lines. He looked up and there were a few clouds in the sky blocking the moon and some of the stars. The men, the boatmen, were pulling with their rhythm, deep stroking the water with the oars and the longboat glided along. They were some three hundred yards off her port bow now, Callum guessed, “Oh my,…have a look at that.” Thomas said.

    The clouds parted letting light in through them and shone down upon the beautiful lady that waited in the water for her men to return to her, to make her complete. Dover, in her full glory, shone like a jewel in that soft light, a true gem upon the sea. Callum caught sight of her and it took his breath. He saw Thomas look over his shoulder back at him, and then back to face forward as she grew ever closer and larger to them.

    She was like a lover that would embrace each and every one of them, or even more than that, a mother to them all, nurturing and caring for them, all of her sons that called Dover their home. The feeling of the sight of her overwhelmed Callum and his eyes misted as he saw her lines, her luff lines that he knew so well, all of her points, her strengths, as well as her weak spots. He loved them all equally, but mostly he loved her as a whole, the mother that carried him to distant shores and always returned him safe and sound back to port here in Portsmouth.

    Two hundred yards now as the men rowed the longboat and Callum’s heart swelled even more with seeing her in the limited light. He made out several of the men walking her deck along the railing. She rose and fell slightly in the swell that she was anchored in. The longboat was now rising and falling in the same swell as their approach closed the gap. Callum watched as she grew in size with each stroke of the oars, his heart nearing to bursting. He caught her smell in the wind, the smell of aged oak and canvas and it filled him, all of his senses as he closed his eyes. He took in another deep breath of her and let it out slowly. Less than one hundred fifty yards now to her.

    “Give them a hail, if you please, Mr. Greene.” Callum whispered. Green raised a hand to his mouth, cupping it.

    “Ahoy, Dover! Captain’s gig coming alongside!” Greene called out. Callum and Greene watched as men snapped about, setting lines at the ready to toss over the side to secure and receive the longboat.

    “Ahoy!” Someone from the deck called back, “Stand by to take our lines!”

    Callum heard the Boson’s pipe signaling and the ship’s bell ringing three times, in groups of threes. He knew that the side was now being manned by all hands that were on deck that were on duty along with the officer on watch.

    The men continued the rowing and the pace was slowed by the tide surging in from open water. It seemed to take forever to Callum but it was actually only a few short minutes. Dover and her port side loomed up as they came alongside her.

    “Ship oars!” Greene called out and the oars were lifted. Greene turned the tiller and the longboat came gliding in. Hands reached out and grasped to lines and wood to steady the longboat into position. Lines were tossed down from the deck above them and caught. They were secured both fore and aft on the boat. The men went up as was custom to join the ship’s company that stood at the side waiting, all at attention. Thomas went up as the Boson’s pipe piped out, ‘Captain coming aboard.’ Thomas stepped onto the deck of his ship and was received in the standard manner, all hands and the officer present tipping their hands to him. As was also custom, Thomas was to go directly below to the Great Cabin without saying a word. He could return to the deck if he chose or to summon to the Great Cabin, the officer of the watch. Thomas followed custom and slowly walked through the assemblage and went below.

    Crawford went up after Thomas and was greeted warmly by those on deck, none of them touching or taking hands, but all nodded and smiled at having him aboard. Christian followed Crawford and had a difficult time of it but made it up and through the gunwale. Crawford helped Christian and guided him below to have him rest a bit. Callum came up the side as he had done so many times over his years aboard her. He stepped up through the gunwale and all hands tipped their hands and held them at their foreheads to him. Callum nodded and smiled out of the corner of his mouth at them all as the men had formed two lines that led to amidships. Callum walked along, his hands behind his back as he went, looking at each and every one of them as he passed them. There were some smiles that were difficult to hide and Callum smirked slightly at them. Greene came up and through the gunwale, coming up behind Callum.

    “Beg pardon, Admiral.” Greene said loud and clear. Callum turned and looked at him, his hands still behind his back, clasped together, “Shall I have the boat raised, sir?”

    “Yes, and see to our trunks if you please, Mr. Greene.” Callum said. The men were wide eyed at hearing the title Admiral used. Callum shifted his eyes about as he looked at most of them. They all knew now. Greene tipped his hand and turned back toward the men.

    “Alright, you heard the Admiral, secure the boat and raise her!” Greene said loudly. All hands jumped to it quickly. The officer of the watch came over and tipped his hand to Callum. Callum looked at him and smiled.

    “Mr. Middleboro, I am very pleased to see you.” Callum said. The young man was more than thrilled to see Callum standing there before him.

    “Then it’s true, sir, you have been promoted.” Isaac Middleboro said, his young eyes were dancing in the lamplight as the lamps swung about with the swell from their hangings in the rigging.

    “Indeed.” Callum said.

    “A pleasure to have you onboard, sir.” Middleboro said and tipped his hand again.

    “Actually, the pleasure is all mine.” Callum said. He could hear the lines being pulled to raise the longboat, the block and tackle used were squeaking as the ropes traveled through them, “I will join your Captain in the Great Cabin. A pleasant evening to you, Mr. Middleboro.” Callum said.

    “As you wish, sir, and thank you, sir.” Middleboro said as he tipped his hand again as Callum turned away and went to the doors that led below, going past the galley, looking in and almost expecting to see Carson there, but he was not, only Shem, the dark steward to Thomas. Callum nodded to him as they met eyes. Callum proceeded on and came to the doors of the Great Cabin, which were open. Callum knocked on one and Thomas stepped into view. He rolled his eyes at Callum and threw up his hand. Callum stepped inside.

    “What has you troubled, Captain?” Callum asked softly.

    “How in the hell am I going to do this?” Thomas asked.

    “Do what?” Callum asked.

    “It is very difficult to be in command with you on board, you must know that.” Thomas said. Callum raised an eyebrow at him.

    “What do you mean?” Callum asked.

    “I mean, after everything, all that we have been through together, all of it, you are so much my friend rather than just a superior officer.” Thomas said with a bit of frustration in his voice.

    “I understand that, Thomas. What is really bothering you?” Callum asked as he folded his arms over his chest.

    “You are here, aboard her.” Thomas said and emphasized the last word.

    “She is your ship, Captain.” Callum said almost sternly.

    “No, she is not.” Thomas said and shook his head as he stepped forward toward Callum, “She is your ship, Quintan, and she always will be. Did you not see what happened when we approached her?”

    “I’m not sure what you mean.” Callum said as he narrowed his eyes.

    “The clouds, they parted for you so you could see her. Heaven itself knows that you belong to this ship as much as she knows that you belong to her.” Thomas said and he stepped in front of Callum. Still with narrowed eyes, Callum pursed his lips a bit, those words would now be burned into Callum’s memory for the rest of his life.

    “Are you trying to tell me that it was by divine intervention that the clouds parted? That God himself wants me aboard this ship?” Callum asked and Thomas gave him a puzzled look, “You think me a Jonah, don’t you?”

    “I would never think that, Quintan.” Thomas said and was almost aghast at what he said.

    “Then what do you think?” Callum asked.

    “There is a purpose here, something is happening right now and I for one do not understand it, not fully.” Thomas said, “You should command this mission to Bristol, Quintan.”

    “She is your ship, Thomas. I will not take command from you simply from having this rank. You said it yourself, I can take command of the action when we reach Bristol, and that will be good enough for me.” Callum said and eased back a bit, “Now, Captain, you should find out about the status of your ship and crew before the dawn tide.”

    “As you say, sir.” Thomas said softly.

    “And the next time you mention something like this to me, I will carry out my threat.” Callum said and Thomas raised an eyebrow.

    “And what threat is that?”

    “Something that I wanted to do on the dock, something that Christian also noticed and said.” Callum said and smirked, “Toss your ass into the water.” Thomas chuckled and shook his head as hung it a bit.

    “I guess I did play it up a bit much, didn’t I?” Thomas asked as he raised his eyes to meet Callum’s.

    “Enough to almost sicken me.” Callum smirked. He elbowed Thomas in the ribs a bit as he turned away.

    “How shall we do this?” Thomas asked. Callum turned back to look at him.

    “You are the Captain of this ship, Thomas. Your word is final in all things. Do not look to me to second guess or to change your orders at all. We are friends, good and close friends, nothing is going to change that at all either. Just get me to Bristol so I can destroy those bastards.”

    “As you wish, Admiral.” Thomas said with a raise of his eyebrows. Callum grabbed his good arm gently.

    “I mean what I say, Thomas. I will not have the men look to me after you have given an order to make certain it is correct. This is your ship. You know how to command it and them. Be the Captain that I know that you are, Thomas. Forget I am onboard.” Callum said.

    “Then I would suggest that you stay out of sight until we reach Bristol. You know how much they love you, Quintan, and far more than that, how much they respect you.” Thomas said, “You are larger than life to them. I could never be that.” His voice was soft and the words echoed in Callum’s ear. They were both in complete agreement of this.

    “I will stay below and out of sight. Just promise me that you will have some practice at the guns while on the way.” Callum said with a feigned smile.

    “Of course. I want to make sure that they remember what it is that you taught them. I will take no chances with being outgunned by your pirate ship, especially since she is a ninety-four.” Thomas said with a flash of his eyes. There was a knock at the open door. Thomas looked around Callum, “Yes?” Thomas asked.

    “Am I interrupting?” Crawford asked.

    “No, not at all.” Thomas said, looked away from both of them, turning to head to the stern windows.

    “I have Christian resting in the Ward Room. I don’t like his color.” Crawford said and Thomas turned back and looked at him with deep concern all over his face.

    “Will he be alright?” Thomas asked.

    “I may have been wrong to think he was well enough.” Crawford said, “There is no bleeding that I can see, but that does not tell me about what is going on in the inside.”

    “What do you want to do?” Thomas asked. Callum folded his arms over his chest and waited.

    “I wanted to inform you, Captain, of the situation. After he rests for a bit, there may be a change. I just don’t know at this time.” Crawford said.

    “Thank you, Doctor.” Thomas said, his own voice of authority, standing straight. He eased himself now that the formality of the report was over, “What do you really think?” Thomas asked and saw the look of worry on the older face, “Doctor?”

    “Perhaps we should have left him in London to rest another week or more.” Crawford said and it frightened Thomas with his words. Callum dropped his arms seeing his friend’s look on his face.

    “Just a moment, if I may, Captain.” Callum said softly holding up a hand. Thomas stopped his step toward Crawford. Callum lowered his hand and looked at his older friend, “If he were to stay where he is right now while we continue on, will he be alright, Arthur?” Callum asked.

    “He should be, if he stays off his feet as he is.” Crawford said. Callum nodded once and then lowered his head a bit.

    “Then I would suggest, Captain, that Captain Holt does not carry out his plan that was suggested on our way here. The Captain of the Marines aboard should be informed of what we are planning.” Callum said in a low voice.

    “You are quite right, Admiral, of course.” Thomas said after he paused a long moment, “Thank you, Doctor, for telling me.” Thomas said and Crawford bowed his head slightly. Thomas thought for a minute. Callum gave him side glances every now and then and waited himself. He wanted to make certain that Thomas was going to follow what they had both laid down minutes ago. Thomas stepped forward next to Crawford and stopped just inside the doorway of the Great Cabin, “Shem!” Thomas called out. He turned back and looked at Callum, who did not meet his gaze. The dark steward came to the door.

    “Sir?” Shem asked in his rich voice.

    “Pass the word for the officer of the watch, if you please.” Thomas said and Shem nodded and left. Thomas knew he had only a couple of minutes left to him before protocol continued and there was no turning back, “You still wish to sail on the dawn tide, Admiral?” Thomas asked and Callum looked at him and nodded his silent reply. There was a knock on the open door behind Thomas.

    “Sir?” Mr. Middleboro asked. Thomas knew the voice very well and didn’t have to turn around.

    “I will need ship’s status if you please, Mr. Middleboro.” Thomas said, his tone unmistakable, that of the ship’s Captain.

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Middleboro said and tipped his hand, “I’ll summon Mr. Sommers for you, sir.”

    “Thank you.” Thomas said. Middleboro left and headed down the companionway to Sommer’s tiny cabin. Callum looked at Thomas out of the corner of his eye as Shem came back to the door and waited, “May I get you something, Admiral?” Thomas asked.

    “I think it will be a rather long night, Captain, perhaps some coffee?” Callum asked. Thomas turned and looked at Shem.

    “Bring us the pot.” Thomas said and Shem nodded his reply, going out of sight. Thomas turned back toward Callum, holding out his good hand to have them join him at the long table in the middle of the room. Callum went to one side chair and pulled it back, Crawford came to the other side as Thomas pulled out the end chair, sitting down first, the others sat down after. Thomas was thinking as there was a knock on the open doorway. Thomas looked over, “Mr. Sommers, come in.”

    Cary Sommers had served aboard Dover as a 2nd Lieutenant as long as Thomas had served. They had been good friends for all that time, Sommers stepped in, his hat under his arm, his red hair long and tied back in a tail, his pale skin looked even more so as he saw Callum sitting on the other side of the table. He loved Callum, respected him deeply, but also feared him for what he was capable of. They had shared a few missions together and Sommers was always in awe of him and his abilities. Sommers came to the edge of the table and stood rigid.

    “I require ship’s status, Mr. Sommers.” Thomas said and looked up at him.

    “Sir, we have been provisioned for two months sailing after release from dry dock. All repairs have been made, lines have been replaced, and canvas has been rehung. We are currently fourteen hands shy of full ships complement, sir.” Sommers said as he looked straight ahead without flinching or diverting his eyes once.

    “Are any of those officers?” Thomas asked.

    “Yes, sir. Two of them are, sir.”

    “So, a dozen hands left and lost.” Thomas said.

    “Yes, sir.” Sommers said, “I put out to the mouth of the harbor after Lt. Talon came aboard, sir, to check for leaks. Mr. Camden reports that there is about 2 inches in the bilge, sir, and not gaining. We seem to be at the ready, sir, for sailing.”

    “I will be the judge of that.” Thomas said in a low voice and Sommers stiffened even more. Shem came in and set down a tray contain a pot and cups. He nodded and turned away.

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Sommers said blinking only once. Thomas stood up from his chair.

    “Tell me, Mr. Sommers, these two officers that we are missing, who are they?” Thomas asked.

    “Lt. Collingwood and Lt. Dorland, sir.” Sommers said.

    “I can understand about Lt. Collingwood, as he is dead, which you know, but where is Lt. Dorland? And why is he not aboard?” Thomas asked. Sommers was a bit wide eyed but tried to keep it under control.

    “I am sorry, sir, but I am not quite certain,…” Sommers stammered a bit.

    “You are or have been in temporary command, have you not?” Thomas asked.

    “Yes, sir.” Sommers asked.

    “Then as 1st Lieutenant of Dover, you should know where all of her officers are at all times, especially when recalled to service as we are now.” Thomas said. Sommers shifted his eyes about and side glanced Thomas just briefly.

    “1st Lieutenant, sir?” Sommers asked shyly. Thomas smiled and looked at Callum once and then back to the young man standing there.

    “Yes, 1st Lieutenant.” Thomas said and smiled. He reached out his left hand, his good hand, in Sommers direction, “I formally ask you, Cary, if you will assume the duties as my 1st.” Thomas asked and Sommers turned his head and looked at him, his mouth opening, “I can think of no one else that I would like to have at my side.” Thomas said and smiled slightly. Sommers took his hand in his.

    “Of course, sir, it would be my honor.” Sommers said.

    “The honor would be mine.” Thomas said as Sommers clasped his hand with the other.

    “I was afraid you wouldn’t ask, sir.” Sommers said as Callum and Crawford rose to their feet as well.

    “So, 1st Lieutenant, where is Mr. Dorland?” Thomas asked.

    “I honestly do not know, sir, I apologize. Shall I,…” Sommers asked but as Thomas took his hand back he raised it to stop him.

    “We will do without him.” Thomas said, “May I present Admiral Callum and Dr. Crawford, both of whom I believe you know.”

    “Yes, sir.” Sommers said and looked across the table at Callum, “Congratulations, sir.” Sommers said with a nod. Callum stretched out his hand.

    “None are needed, Mr. Sommers, on my account. However, may I offer my congratulations to you?” Callum asked as Sommers took the hand of the man that he respected so very much.

    “Thank you, sir.” Sommers said and Calum let go of the hand he held. Crawford took it now and pat the back of the young man.

    “Congratulations, Cary.” Crawford said.

    “Thank you, sir.” Sommers said to the older man.

    “I remember when I was made 1st Lieutenant by Captain Powers.” Callum said.

    “It was very somber as I recall.” Thomas said.

    “Yes, it was, wasn’t it?” Callum asked, “He had no choice after Farrow left.” Callum said softly.

    “There is always a choice.” Thomas said and then lifted his eyes to meet Callum’s, “Something you have always tried to tell me but I didn’t listen, until now.” Thomas said and looked at his young officer, “We will be sailing with the dawn tide, and once we clear the shoals and the Isle of Wight, we shall beat to quarters and have some practice with the guns.”

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Sommers said firmly with a smile, “Our course, sir?”

    “West.” Thomas said, “We are going to Bristol.”

    “Bristol, sir?” Sommers asked.

    “I will have the Admiral explain it in the morning. See to your duties.” Thomas said nodding toward Callum and then looked back at Sommers.

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Sommers said and tipped his hand. He turned and went out of the cabin. Callum sat back down in his chair at the table. He reached for a cup and the pot as well.

    “Nicely done, Thomas.” Callum said as he poured for himself. He set the pot down and settled back into the chair.

    “Thank you, Quintan.” Thomas said softly.

    “Well, I think I will check on our Captain of the Marines and then turn in for the night.” Crawford said, “Good night, gentlemen.”

    “Good night, Arthur.” Callum said as he lifted his cup.

    “Good night, Doctor.” Thomas said as Crawford walked out of the cabin. Thomas turned and looked at Callum.

    “You did say she was a ninety-six, didn’t you?” Thomas asked. Callum looked at him from over his cup.

    “I did.” Callum said.

    “Are you certain?” Thomas asked. Callum only nodded, “Well that changes things a bit.”

    “How so?” Callum asked and sipped more coffee.

    “She outguns us three to one, Quintan.” Thomas said. Callum set his cup down. He pursed his lips together a minute as he looked at his friend.

    “Do not let that stop us, Thomas. We have the element of surprise in this. They don’t know we are coming.”

    “We sail on the dawn tide, Quintan, that puts us there in the afternoon. They will see us coming from miles off.” Thomas said.

    “You are having second thoughts over this I can see.” Callum said, leaning forward a bit, one arm on the table, “Let me put you at ease, Captain.” Callum said, his voice was firm sounding and Thomas was a bit more on edge with hearing it, “That pirate has no idea that we are coming and will be unprepared for us. I would suggest that we sail into the harbor under no flag and then raise it when we strike. Keep your gunports closed until we are upon her and then we strike, going at her at the waterline. We can give her two full broadsides to her one, if she even gets a chance to reply. The crew already knows how to reload rapidly, but if we have a practice at it while underway, then we can make certain of their abilities. I would also have the buckets of coal oil at the ready to give them hellfire if necessary.”

    “You mean to utterly destroy them, don’t you?” Thomas asked and Callum just stared at him.

    “I will not have a single one of them left alive after this begins.”

    “You think they are that dangerous?” Thomas asked.

    “Let me put it to you this way, Thomas.” Callum said, his voice still had that tone, “If you were at Harbroughs, in your bed in the dead of night, and suddenly you awoke as there were a half dozen of them with heavy blades at your throat, would not be your first thought, for just a moment before they slit your throat have been, we should have ended them when we had the chance?”

    “I see what you mean.” Thomas said as he thought about it a moment, “You think the same for Henry, don’t you?”

    “Henry? Yes, I do.” Callum said, “But I also think of our dear Martha and what they would do to her if they caught her in her sleep. It chills me to the very bone. They would show no mercy at all even if she is a woman. They are cutthroats, murderers, and care not of who stands in their way. No, Thomas, I want this ended once and for all. You did not see our dear Owen and his struggle against the five of them as I arrived just in time. They left him beaten and bloodied.”

    “You did not say that before.” Thomas said.

    “I am now.” Callum said, he sat back and folded his arms over his chest, “Our community, our friends and family are all going to die for certain if we do not act to end this, Thomas.”

    “Then it will be done, Quintan.” Thomas said. His voice was deep and had anger in it thinking about those that he cared about and had come to love as if they were his family as well, as actually they were now, his and Christian’s.

    “Good.” Callum said flatly and stared at his friend.

    “I am a bit concerned however.” Thomas said and looked hesitant all of a sudden.

    “Speak what is on your mind, Thomas, there is little time to hold anything back now.”

    “We fire upon a ship within our own waters, anchored and unaware of our coming. How are we going,…?” Thomas asked.

    “I have full support from the Admiralty, Thomas, as well as from the office that oversees them and their actions. I assure you, there will be nothing said and if there is, it will not reflect upon you at all. I will take full responsibility for this action.” Callum said and Thomas went wide eyed over it.

    “Once again, they are using you, and you’re going to let them?” Thomas asked. Callum nodded.

    “I am.” He said flatly, “I have nothing to lose in this, Thomas, but everything to gain. The security of my son for one and also knowing that Ramirez has been dealt a blow, a blow that he may not recover from in losing yet another ship and its crew even if they are like sands on the beach and easily replaced.” Callum said and lowered his arms, he picked up the pot from the table and poured more coffee into his cup, “Once this deed is done, we will sail Dover back to Portsmouth, dock her, and I will report back to the Admiralty to give a full accounting of everything.”

    “Dear God.” Thomas whispered. Callum cocked his head slightly as he set the pot down.

    “I have not gone mad, Thomas. On the contrary, I am angered, and that anger is driving me.” Callum said and looked past Thomas toward the doors of the Great Cabin. Shem was there, holding canvas over one arm, a large bundle of it. Callum nodded in his direction and Thomas turned to see him as well.

    “What is it, Shem?” Thomas asked.

    “A haversack, sir, for either of ye to use for the night.” The dark man said as he came into the cabin.

    “Thoughtful,” Callum said with a smirk, “as the bunk is a bit small for the two of us.” Callum eyeballed Thomas for a moment and then back at Shem, “You can hang it if you will.” Callum said and did not move as Shem came around his Captain, Thomas Tomlin, and set about hanging the rings from hooks in the beams above their heads. Shem stretched it out a bit behind Callum, but there was a deep sway in it.

    “Will ye be needing a blanket or two, sir?” Shem asked.

    “It seems to be a pleasant evening and warm enough for now, Shem, I don’t think so.” Thomas said. The dark man nodded as he finished hanging the haversack. He stepped back around Thomas and went for the doors, “Thank you, Shem.”

    “Ye are welcome, sir.” Shem said, and as his usual, was not very talkative. He bowed his head slightly and left the cabin.

    “Perhaps you should turn in for the night, Thomas. The dawn will be upon us sooner than you think.” Callum said.

    “You’re right, of course.” Thomas said, “Will you be alright?”

    “Yes, I will be fine right here.” Callum said, “Do not worry. Sleep easy.”

    “You should sleep as well, Quintan.” Thomas said, “Perhaps you should take the bunk and I the haversack.”

    “No. You are the Captain of this ship, Thomas, and that bunk is yours. Go to bed,” Callum said and then smiled, “that’s an order.”

    “As you wish, Admiral.” Thomas said and then smirked a bit. He went into the small berth. Callum could see part of him undressing, but not all of him. He turned back to his coffee on the table before him.


    The lamplight in the Great Cabin had dimmed as the lamps were running out of oil in them. Callum still sat at the long table as the ships bell rang out three times, in groups of three and then rang four times with a pause between each bell. Callum now knew the time. It brought him out of his thoughts. He had been awake for a few hours now. The coffee pot was empty and he knew it but lifted it all the same and tried to pour into his cup. There were only drops and grounds. He set the pot down and sighed heavily as he sat back into his chair. There was a soft rap at the door.

    “Enter.” Callum said quietly. The door opened and there stood Darin Talon. He nodded toward Callum once and Callum smiled briefly at him and lifted his chin.

    “The dawn tide is starting to turn, sir.” Darin said softly not seeing Thomas about anywhere.

    “Perhaps you should tell Captain Tomlin that, Darin.” Callum said and pointed one finger toward the berth.

    “Shall I wake him, sir?” Darin asked softly.

    “Look to him to find your orders, Darin. He is the Captain of this ship, not me.” Callum said softly.

    “Of course, sir.” Darin said and gave a slight nod. He closed the door behind him and went to the door of the berth looking in. He stepped forward next to the bunk. Callum could hear every word that was spoken. Darin trying to wake Thomas gently, “Captain Tomlin, sir, Captain Tomlin?”

    “What is it?” Thomas asked with a croaked voice.

    “The dawn tide, sir, it is here.”

    “Already?” Thomas asked in his sleepy voice and gave a groan, “Very well, Darin, call the watch.” Thomas groaned again and sat up in the bunk, “I will be up presently.”

    “Very good, sir.” Darin said, tipping his hand in the darkened berth. He turned and came out and bowed his head slightly toward Callum at the table. Callum returned the nod and smiled softly at his young friend. Talon left the Great Cabin closing the door quietly. Callum shifted his eyes as he heard the thumping and banging about in the berth and chuckled slightly.

    “Need any help in there?” Callum asked.

    “You would be the last person I would ask.” Thomas said and groaned again as he rose to his feet, “My God, this is the most uncomfortable death trap I have ever slept in.” Thomas said as he came to doorway, “How on earth did you ever find it to be able to sleep in it?”

    “I had no trouble with it when I used it. However, as you will recall, I spent most of my time in there recuperating from my wounds.” Callum said as Thomas came to the table, dropping his boots to the floor.

    “Yes, I remember.” Thomas said as he pulled a chair out and dropped in it with a thud. A single blonde lock was hanging down in front of his eye.

    “How is your arm?” Callum asked. Thomas groaned again thinking about it.

    “Have you been up all night?” Thomas asked.

    “Most of it.” Callum said, “I apologize for not having any coffee to offer you.” Thomas looked at the pot and then scowled at Callum, who was smirking slightly.

    “I will see to it that you are resupplied, Admiral.” Thomas said and sat back in the chair, tilting his head, “Shem!” Thomas shouted and turned to focus on his boots, lifting one and putting it on with some difficulty.

    “You called, sir?” Shem asked as he opened the door.

    “The Admiral’s coffee is empty, Shem. See to it if you will.” Thomas said as he continued to struggle with his boot as he bent over. Callum raised his eyes a bit as Shem closed the door, Callum to see over the table at the struggle on the other side.

    “Might I be of assistance?” Callum asked. Thomas sat up with a reddened face. Callum chuckled and shook his head as he rose up from the table. He came around the table to his friend and knelt before him on one knee, taking the boot from Thomas’ good hand, “You are the most obstinate person I know, Thomas.” Callum helped guide Thomas’ foot into the tall boot.

    “If you think I’m bad, you should try Christian, he is far worse than I.”

    “I doubt that very seriously. I have spent too many years in your company, Thomas, and know you and all of your quirks.”

    “Yes, ha, ha.” Thomas said snidely as he pushed his foot into the boot as Callum picked up the other, “You should try this with one hand.”

    “I would think it would not matter if you had the use of both. You would struggle all the same.” Callum said as he rose to his feet.

    “You certainly are a whit this morning.” Thomas said as he looked up at Callum, “Perhaps I should have a word with Dustin when we return home. He may be able to curb your tongue.”

    Calum smiled down at his friend and put a hand on his shoulder, patting it gently, “You know how far that will go.”

    “Perhaps you’re right, what was I thinking?” Thomas asked as he flared his eyes and snorted slightly. He pushed back the lock of hair out of his eyes and stood as the door opened. Shem entered with another pot and set it on the table, giving Callum a nod and a brief glance. He produced another cup and set at the place Tomlin had risen from. Shem took the empty pot from the table.

    “Thank you, Shem.” Callum said, going around the table back to his original place.

    “Would ye be carin’ for breakfast?” Shem asked with his deep voice.

    “Not for me, thank you.” Callum said.

    “I will have it later after we are underway and the sun is up.” Thomas said. Shem nodded once and left the cabin. Callum was pouring coffee for himself and for Thomas.

    “Perhaps this brew will help you face the morning and give you a better mood.” Callum said as he set the pot down.

    “The only thing that will better my mood is to be returning from this in one piece.” Thomas said as he picked up his cup.

    “You have your doubts again.” Callum said as he took his cup and lifted it.

    “Let’s just say that I slept on it and my dreams were filled with every possible thing that could go wrong with this plan.” Thomas said as he looked at Callum, “Yes, I have a bad feeling about this.”

    “We should trust in our abilities, Thomas, and those of the crew.” Callum said and took a sip, “We will do well.”

    “Plus if we sink her, there is no prize.” Thomas said, “The crew will be a tad bit upset over that.”

    “She’s not a prize ship anyway. She is not an enemy vessel.” Callum said. Thomas set his cup down.

    “I beg to differ, she is an enemy vessel. Any pirate is, you know that.” Thomas said.

    “Alright, what would have me do?” Callum asked, “What are you thinking?”

    “How many ships might she have encountered between the Caribbean and here? How many might she have plundered along the way?”

    “What are you saying, you want to board her?” Callum asked as he set his cup down.

    “If there is something that is there and we can profit from it, why not?” Thomas asked.

    “Are you that greedy or are you just that insane?” Callum asked, “They are trained killers, Thomas, cutthroats, assassins. They would repel any boarding party that we could send. On top of that, there is no time to attempt that. We will get one, hopefully two broadsides into her before she can react. Timing is everything in this.”

    “What if she is fully laden, Quintan?” Thomas asked as he leaned on the table.

    “I doubt that Ramirez would have sent it then.” Callum said.

    “What if he didn’t know?” Thomas asked and had a strange look on his face as he raised an eyebrow. Callum narrowed his eyes and pursed his lips. He folded his arms over his chest and raised a hand to his chin, scratching it in thought, “I will leave you to ponder that for a while. I am due up on deck so I can get you to Bristol.” Thomas said. He went to the berth and took his tunic, putting it on slowly over his bad arm and gave a slight groan with it. He went to the cabin door and went out as Callum sat down lost in thought over what Thomas had said.


    Callum sat for a while with thoughts nagging at him. He could hear the strain of the anchor being hauled up as it echoed throughout Dover, the thick, heavy rope groaning and being rung out as it was drug over the worn wood of the cog of the Capstain. He could faintly hear the call of one of the young officers to ‘heave, heave’ and he could see it in his mind, the sway of the arm of that young officer’s tunic, spurring the men on as those men toiled in their walking around and around, pushing against the rods that had been put into place in the upper section. Callum had at this point about all that he could take of this just sitting. He rose up from the table, but he also knew that he needed to keep his word to Thomas about staying below decks and out of the sight of the men. Callum went to the door, opening it, turning and proceeded along the companionway and went to the Ward Room. He knocked and opened the door. He smiled at what he saw inside.

    “Up and about, I see.” Callum said to Christian.

    “I am, but am moving rather slowly it seems.” Christian said.

    “Up for some company?” Callum asked.

    “Of course, Quintan, come in, come in.” Christian said, sitting down on one of the benches at the long table, “You would be a welcome relief of my aches and pains.” Callum came over and sat near him, straddling the bench.

    “Has Arthur…” Callum started to ask, Christian rolled his eyes.

    “He has been here, poking and prodding at me already this morning. I think sometimes that man loves to do that as he knows it pains me so, and it always seems to me that he enjoys it a bit too much.” Christian said and Callum chuckled.

    “And here I thought that I was his personal favorite to torment. I am very glad to hear that I have someone to share that with, thank you, Christian.” Callum said.

    “Well, whatever I can do.” Christian said, “But please, I beg you, don’t make me laugh as that hurts the most.”

    “I will keep our talk as somber as I can then.” Callum said and smiled, “I was hoping that we could talk about what is to come.”

    “I was going to discuss with the Captain of the Marines that very thing actually.” Christian said.

    “Excellent, but I think we should refine this little plan a bit before you do that.” Callum said. Christian raised an eyebrow slightly on his handsome face, “You know that I have Thomas steering toward them when we reach the harbor, and I agree with what you said about launching the boats if they start going overboard, but I think it may be too confusing especially with the gun crews.”

    “You might be right about that. You have something else in mind obviously.” Christian said.

    “How would you feel about being towed in the longboats behind us. You could cast loose when we make our first turn to give them their first broadside. The momentum of being pulled alone will speed the longboats along for some distance, giving time to set oars and also for you to evaluate if indeed any of them jump ship.” Callum said.

    “Catch them as they hit the water so to speak.”

    “Exactly.” Callum said.

    “Do you want us to shoot them as they jump?” Christian asked with a smirk on his handsome face.

    “If you can pluck them while in the air, that would be fine with me, or you can simply shoot them in the water, I don’t care either way. I simply want them dead, each and every one of them.” Callum said and had a chill in his tone.

    “I was trying to make a jest, Quintan.” Christian said looking serious now.

    “I was deadly serious, Christian. I want them all dead, plain and simple. They will never be able to act against us or Henry if they are dead.”

    “I see your point.”

    “Set the Headsails!” The muffled voice above their heads called out.

    “It seems that we are getting underway.” Callum said. He looked over head and the lantern hanging from the beam seemed to lay just a bit more with its slight sway. Three points to starboard Callum thought. He smiled a bit as he knew what Thomas was doing, taking the full wind and to swing out of the mouth of the harbor and then adjust sail to sail into the wind.

    “Something nautical going on?” Christian asked.

    “And here I thought you were a sailor at heart, Christian.” Callum said lowering his eyes from the lantern to look at his friend.

    “Truth be known, I was so sick during my first ever sailing. I could barely walk for three days. And the mere smell of food sent me to the railings to heave my guts.” Christian said.

    “Hmmm, not for me. I clearly remember my first time at sea, it was glorious.” Callum said.

    “When was that?” Christian asked and Callum just looked at him, “Clearly we have several hours to spend with one another, unless you have something else better to do.”

    “No, spending quality time with you, my friend, is always a joy.” Callum smiled.

    “Thank you. I feel the same with you. I just regret that we haven’t had that much time alone as of yet. It always seems that either Thomas or Dustin or both are with us or nearby.”

    “Yes, it does always seem that way, doesn’t it?” Callum asked, “You wanted to know about my first sailing, hmmm, well let me see, I was a midshipman, about nine years old I think. I was given orders to report to the Dover. Captain Powers was to be my commander. He had quite a stern reputation, but I was excited about it. He also had a reputation for battle, a good one. He never faltered and always had the weathergauge. Anyway, I arrived in Portsmouth and I will tell you it was the foulest weather I had ever seen in my life at that point. The swells in the harbor alone came up and over the docks, washing almost everything away.

    “Dover was out in the harbor and we had to take a longboat to get to her. I had never rowed a boat before until then. I remember during that gale, it was the hardest thing I had ever done. We were almost swamped more than once by the time we got to the ship and we were all soaked to the skin. I came aboard and the deck was rocking violently. Men were grabbing anything they could just to support themselves to stay on their feet.

    “I came before the Captain and reported directly to him for coming onboard. I remember him looking down at me, this small boy, and as the ship rolled about around us, I remember him just standing there, not supported by anything at all. I spread my feet out a bit and did as he did and all he gave me was a nod. And in all of that, I never once felt sick, not once.”

    “He seems to have been very important to you.” Christian said.

    “Indeed he was, very important, the father I never had.” Callum said and folded his arms over his chest as he sat there, “The day he died, the day I took command of this ship, not only was it sad because of his loss, but in that fleeting moment when he died, I thought to myself, that if I could have given my life to save his, I would have without hesitation.”

    “But look at you now, an Admiral in His Majesty’s Navy, you have a son, and someone who loves you more than life itself.” Christian said.

    “Well, if you are speaking of Dustin, I think he would trade me off without a second thought sometimes.” Callum said, “Especially if that someone was as handsome and charismatic as you.”

    “Don’t make me laugh, Quintan, though I appreciate the compliment.” Christian said.

    “Don’t underestimate yourself, Christian, you have true beauty about you and I have seen how you two look at one another from time to time.” Callum said and Christian went wide eyed at him, “But I trust you both and I know that you would not and he certainly would not betray that trust.”

    “I will admit, he has tempted me more than once, Quintan, not by him doing it, but in my own mind. And you are right, I hold yours and mines friendship in the highest and would never betray that with a mere dalliance, even if might it be incredible.” Christian said and gave a smirk toward Callum. Callum laughed and put a hand to Christian’s knee, patting it.

    “You, my friend, are a scoundrel.” Callum said.

    “Why, thank you. And here I thought you thought me a true noble.”

    “You are, my friend, by birth as we both know, but it is by deed that I find your true value. I would rather have a scoundrel at my side than a nobleman any given day.” Callum said.

    “I am glad we are friends, Quintan, very glad.” Christian said. He put an arm out and they gave each other a good hug.

    “I am glad as well, Christian, truly glad.” Callum said to Christian’s ear and they pulled apart. There was a knock at the door, “Enter.” Callum said. The door opened and Shem was there.

    “Beggin’ your pardon, sir.” Shem said.

    “It’s alright, Shem. I was just checking up on the good Captain here.” Callum said.

    “Would either of ye be wantin’ breakfast, sir?” Shem asked in his deep voice. Callum looked at Christian and raised an eyebrow and then looked at Shem.

    “I believe we would, Shem, thank you.” Callum said. Shem tipped his hand and closed the door, “I hope his cooking is a better sight than Carson’s when he was my steward.”

    “Was he really that bad?” Christian asked.

    “Aboard this ship he was. But I think it was because he was a bit overwhelmed, cooking for the crew as well. When he was aboard the sloop when we were after the Avion, his cooking was excellent and actually rivaled Martha’s.” Callum said.

    “Are you serious?”

    “I am indeed.” Callum said. There was another knock on the door, “Enter.” Callum said, “Mr. Middleboro.” The young tipped his hand toward Callum.

    “The Captain’s compliments, sir, he asked if you could join him on deck, sir.” The young man said, trying not to smile as he looked at Callum.

    “Give the Captain my compliments. Tell him I would pleased to join him and I shall be up presently.” Callum said.

    “Very good, sir.” Middleboro said, tipping his hand, and closed the door.

    “I wonder what he’s up to.” Callum said.

    “Thomas? God only knows. There are times when I think he is actually trying to reinvent breathing.” Christian said and rolled his eyes. Callum laughed out loud. He put a hand gently on the shoulder of his friend as he rose up off the bench.

    “Well, if he gets carried away, I will strip him of command and have him keelhauled for you.” Callum said.

    “Call me first so I can watch.” Christian said as Callum went to the door. Callum chuckled.

    “I should be back shortly.” Callum said and left the Ward Room. He proceeded through the gangway, by the three small cabins that the junior officers shared and went out the port doorway onto the Main Deck of Dover. Callum took in the stiff wind, his tail blew about behind on, dancing on his shoulder a bit as he looked about. The hands all tipped their obedience to him and he nodded slightly then took the port stairs up to the Quarterdeck. All officers and hands there tipped their hands toward him, even Thomas.

    “Admiral Callum, thank you for joining me.”

    “My pleasure, Captain Tomlin.” Callum said and looked toward the west, he could see why Thomas summoned him now. Thick dark clouds were coming on the horizon, “I think we might be in for some weather when reach our destination.”

    “I think so as well.” Thomas said, “And the wind is coming up harder.”

    “Damn.” Callum said softly, “This cannot hinder us, Thomas.” Callum said above a whisper.

    “I think that storm may have other ideas about that, Quintan.” Thomas whispered.

    “What else can go wrong?” Callum asked.

    “Middleboro said he found you in the Ward Room.” Thomas said.

    “Yes, I was entertaining Christian.”

    “How is he?” Thomas asked quietly.

    “He is as well as can be expected I suppose. It looks to me that his color has improved.” Callum said.

    “Good, I was worried.” Thomas said.

    “He is tough and resilient, you know that.” Callum said.

    “Almost as tough as you are.” Thomas said, “I shall keep an eye on that storm. We are about to turn into the wind.”

    “I will let see to your duties and get out of your way.” Callum said quietly, he then changed to his voice of authority as he straightened, “Thank you, Captain Tomlin for bringing that to my attention.” Callum said and went toward the port stairs to go back below.

    “My pleasure, Admiral.” Thomas said and tipped his hand toward Callum, “Mr. Sommers.”

    “Sir.”

    “Standby to adjust sail. We are steering west.”

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Sommers said, putting a hand beside his mouth and looking upward, “Aloft there! Stand by to adjust your sail! All hands, man your lines!”

    Callum went below and went back to the Ward Room, meeting Shem as he reached the door. Callum half smiled and opened it for him as his hands were full with a tray. Shem gave him a side glance and went in after Callum extended a hand. Shem went to the table and set the tray down. He removed plates and set one before Christian and as Callum sat on the bench again, a plate was placed in front of him as well. Callum looked at it and then up at Shem.

    “I guess I should have laid money on that.” Callum said as Christian chuckled.

    “Beg pardon, sir?” Shem asked.

    “I was remarking to the Captain here earlier that I hoped that your cooking was better than Carson’s. It appears that you have beaten him in that. My compliments, Shem.” Callum said.

    “Thank you, sir.” Shem said and tipped his hand. There was no smile with this man at all. Callum had always known him to be quiet and reserved, and he was also a devil with a sword when it came to it. Shem left the Ward Room.

    “What did Thomas want?” Christian asked as he slowly ate his breakfast.

    “A storm is approaching from the west, a considerable one by the looks of it.” Callum said in a calm voice but Christian stopped eating and looked at him.

    “Will that alter the plan?” Christian asked. Callum swallowed what was in his mouth.

    “It could, yes.” Callum said still being very calm, “But I will not let it stop me.”

    “Of course.” Christian said quietly. He looked back at his plate.

    “You should finish your breakfast, Christian, it might be the last good meal we get for a time.” Callum said.

    “I suppose you’re right.” Christian said quietly. A knock came at the door, Christian looked up.

    “Enter.” Callum said as he set his fork down.

    “Begging your pardon, Admiral.” Darin Talon stood at the door.

    “That’s alright, Darin, come in.” Callum said, giving the young man a half smile. Darin nodded at Christian.

    “Captain Tomlin’s compliments, sir. He asks if you would join he and the officers in the Great Cabin, sir.”

    “My compliments to Captain Tomlin, Darin. Inform Thomas that I will join them in a couple of minutes.” Callum said.

    “Very good, sir.” Darin said, tipping his hand and closed the door.

    “What does he want now?” Christian asked.

    “He wants me to explain to the officers what we are doing, and why. It removes the burden of this from Thomas’ shoulders as it were.” Callum said, pushing his plate away. Christian looked at him.

    “But that puts everything on you, doesn’t it?”

    “It does, but I was already prepared for that.” Callum said and stood. He looked down at his worried friend and put a hand on his shoulder, “Everything will be alright. The officers will fall in line with all of it and follow their orders to the letter I have no doubt.” He took his hand from Christian’s shoulder and went to the door, “If this approaching storm looks to get worse, we will have to devise something else, for you and your Marines.”

    “Let me know.” Christian said. Callum nodded and opened the door. He went out onto the companionway and walked the few steps to the Great Cabin and gave a knock. He heard Thomas give entry and Callum opened the door. He stepped in and all the officers stiffened and tipped their hands to him. Callum shut the door and stepped forward.

    “Good morning, gentlemen.” Callum said. They all replied ‘good morning’ back to him all at once, “I take it that you wish for me to explain our mission, Captain Tomlin?” Callum asked.

    “If you please, Admiral.” Thomas said in the midst of his officers, “Gentlemen, why don’t you make yourselves comfortable, please.” Thomas said and had the officers sit about at the long table. Callum walked around and went to the stern windows of the cabin and looked out, clasping his hands behind his back. The assemblage waited and just watched him.

    “Let me begin by saying that it is a true privilege to be sailing aboard this vessel and an honor to be sailing with all of you gentlemen.” Callum said as he continued to look out the windows. Some of them said their thank you’s to him. He slowly turned and looked at this group of young men, all of them younger than he himself but not by much. He remembered when each and every one of them had come on board to join this family of Dover, he cleared his throat a bit, “I am certain by now all of you know that we are sailing to Bristol but you may not know why. I will explain it you fully.” Callum said and looked at them all carefully, slowly, knowing he had to word this right for them, “A ship has been sent there and is anchored, a pirate ship, and we have tasked to destroy that ship.”

    “Firing on a ship within our own waters, sir?” Cary Sommers asked.

    “That is correct, Mr. Sommers.” Callum said in an even voice, “That ship and its crew is part of a larger fleet sent from the Caribbean. They are a danger to all of us here in England. The Admiralty has learned of their presence, but only after they have been anchored in Bristol. Members of that crew have already come ashore once to commit an act of murder. They have been stopped and justice has been exacted upon them. However, there is still a danger from that ship and the remaining members of that crew and we have been given orders to stop them, whatever it takes.”

    “How large is this ship, sir?” Sommers asked.

    “She’s a ninety-six.” Callum said. All eyes of the officers went wide, “I know what you are all thinking at this moment, and I can certainly understand it, but there are certain things that are in our favor with this. One, we have, in my opinion, the finest crew in the fleet with us. Two, we have the element of surprise in this. Three, we have the capability with our experience to see them undone.”

    “She outguns us three to one, sir.” Sommers said.

    “I am certainly glad that you can count, Mr. Sommers,” Callum said dryly, “however, as I said we have the element of surprise in this. Those of you that were with me at La Rochelle will recall that we took on a Spanish Man-O-War nearly the same size and we bested them with little damage. We will do the same in Bristol against these bastards. We will sail into the harbor, come straight at them sailing under no flag, we will turn, give them a full broadside, reload rapidly as I taught most of you and the crew, fire into them again, make our turn, and do it all over once more.”

    “Forgive me, sir, but as you recall some of us were not with you at La Rochelle.” Sommers said.

    “I have asked Captain Tomlin to have a practice at the guns while we are underway, hopefully right after this meeting and will be shown how to reload faster than you have ever done before. With that being said, I know what each and every one of you are capable of. I have seen it time and time again. Follow your orders from your Captain, and we will be successful in this, I have no doubt.” Callum said. He looked at all of them, “Are there any questions?” Callum asked. Most of them looked unsure and a couple of them seemed frightened, “Speak up, gentlemen, this is an open forum for you, at least for the moment until your Captain says otherwise.”

    “Firing on a ship, sir, at anchor in our own waters. What about regulations?” Middleboro asked.

    “A fair question.” Callum said and stepped a bit closer, “The Admiralty has given their full support in this action. As I have said to Captain Tomlin already, if there is anything that is said after this action, it will be placed directly upon me, I will take the full responsibility for it, and it will not reflect upon an of you or your careers whatsoever as you are only following orders.”

    “Why destroy them, sir? Why not sail in and capture them with our squadron or another one?” Middleboro asked.

    “Another fair question.” Callum said and gave Isaac Middleboro a brief smile, “There are ‘political’ concerns that are about in all of this. I am not at liberty to discuss them you must understand. If any of these…men escape what we are about to do, they will be dealt with swiftly.”

    “Are you saying there is to be no quarter given, sir?” Sommers asked.

    “Precisely, Mr. Sommers, no quarter is to be given, they are to be utterly destroyed in this action.” Callum said and there was a slight growl in his voice, “Any other questions?” Callum asked. All of the officers fell silent, some shook their heads a bit, “Very well then.” Callum said and looked at Thomas, “Captain Tomlin?”

    “Thank you, Admiral. Mr. Sommers.” Thomas said.

    “Sir?”

    “Beat to Quarters.”

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Sommers said, tipping his hand to his Captain as Thomas stared at Callum, their eyes locked on one another. All of the officers filed out of the Great Cabin leaving them alone. Thomas stepped closer to Callum, never breaking his stare.

    “We’re not going to survive this.” Thomas said softly. Callum continued his stare at Thomas as the drum sounding the call could now be heard in the distance.


    “Starboard battery, stand by to fire!” Sommers called out as he looked about at all the men on the guns, he raised a hand, and dropped it, “FIRE!”

    Callum sat in the Great Cabin hearing the guns going off almost at once. He could almost count them in his mind as he listened. He waited a moment as he listened.

    “Reload!” Sommers called out. The order took too long from what Callum heard. He waited again, “Stand by to fire!” Callum counted as he waited, he waited more, “Roll out!” Callum shook his head as he kept counting, “Stand by!” Callum heard, “FIRE!” The thunderous roll of the cannons could be heard as well as felt. Callum knew they were on a down roll surge in the water. He shook his head again. Thomas may be right in this, we may not survive this, he thought to himself. Apparently Cary Sommers had an issue with timing, timing of the firing of a full broadside. Callum knew all too well that timing in firing was critical to success in a battle, especially against a larger vessel. Callum heard the knock.

    “Enter.” Callum said. The door opened and more shouts and orders could be heard.

    “Captain Tomlin’s compliments, sir.” The young midshipman said, tipping his hand.

    “What is it, Mr. Palmer?” Callum asked. He knew this young man, but not well. He was one of the replacement junior officers right after La Rochelle.

    “He asks that you join him up on deck, sir.” The boy said looking very nervous.

    “Everything alright, Mr. Palmer?” Callum asked as he rose to his feet.

    “Not entirely, sir.” The boy said as Callum came toward him.

    “What seems to be the trouble?” Callum asked.

    “Begging your pardon, sir. I overheard the Captain saying something about his displeasure, sir.” The boy stopped himself from saying anything further. He looked more than frightened at that moment. Callum smiled at him.

    “Perhaps in the future, Mr. Palmer, you should remind yourself not to say just anything in respects of your Captain.” Callum said softly, “As I know your Captain very well, he might take offense to it.”

    “Yes, sir.” The boy said and gulped. Callum put a hand on the young shoulder.

    “You lead the way and I will follow.” Callum said, guiding the boy out of the door, following behind him and closing the Great Cabin.

    “Aye, aye, sir.” The boy had said, and swallowing hard again. They passed through going by the galley, Callum looked as they proceeded but he didn’t see Shem. He thought it odd and the reached the starboard door under the Quarterdeck. Young Palmer opened the door and held it for Callum, letting him go first. He followed, closing the door behind him. Officers and hand were on the MainDeck and looked at Callum, tipping their hands to him as he came up the starboard stairs. Callum looked about and saw Thomas at the forerailing, looking at him, giving him a nod and then tipped his hand as well.

    “What can I do for you, Captain Tomlin?” Callum asked.

    “Thank you for joining me, Admiral. We were having some practice with the guns. I thought you might like to watch our progress.”

    “Most kind of you, Captain. Proceed if you will.” Callum said, turning and looking out over the MainDeck down at all assembled.

    “Mr. Sommers, if you please.” Thomas said with a nod.

    “Gun crews! Reload!” Sommers called out as he looked around on the deck. All hands jumped to reload the guns. The sounds and motions were a jumble to Callum. There was no organization to it. He could clearly see that the officers were not organized and therefore the crew did not respond as readily. Callum remained silent as the guns were finally loaded, “Run out!” Sommers called, “Stand by to fire!” Sommers called out and raised a hand, he dropped it, “FIRE!” The guns all went off, almost simultaneously. Callum waited and watched as the smoke cleared with the wind, washing toward he and Thomas on the Quarterdeck, rolling over them and the crew that was there with them. The smoke cleared as Callum put his hands on the forerailing. Thomas was looking at him out of the corner of his eye as he squinted from the smoke. Still there was nothing, no order. Callum wanted to explode inside. He merely shook his head a bit.

    “Tell what you’re thinking.” Thomas whispered to him.

    “That you were right earlier.” Callum said quietly and Thomas went wide eyed hearing it.

    “I’m almost afraid to ask what you want to do now.”

    “You should be afraid.”

    “What does that mean?” Thomas asked.

    “I can correct this situation, Thomas, but I gave you my word and I will not go back on it.”

    “I know you wouldn’t.” Thomas said above a whisper, “But you need to act, Quintan, act to save all of us or I will have to turn this ship around.” Callum gave him a side glance and growled softly in his throat.

    “Then you must act first.” Callum whispered.

    “Tell me, Admiral, what is your opinion of our gun crews?” Thomas asked loud enough for all to hear him.

    “It was somewhat impressive, Captain Tomlin, but unfortunately we are not shooting at a stationary building on a dock somewhere that cannot fight back.” Callum said. There was complete silence on the deck below, all eyes were wide and focused on the pair above them.

    “What would you suggest, Admiral?” Thomas asked.

    “Perhaps a bit of tutoring, if I may be so bold.” Callum said as he looked at his friend, his brother.

    “If you wish, Admiral, please, indulge yourself.” Thomas said and held out his good hand toward the deck.

    “Thank you, Captain.” Callum said turning and going to the starboard stairs going down. All eyes watched him and still there was definite silence among all assembled. He came through the officers and crew, all parted for him, tipping their hands as he passed them. He stopped and looked at the young midshipman, “Mr. Palmer.”

    “Sir.” The boy said and stiffened.

    “Once beat to quarters has been heard, where are you to go?” Callum asked.

    “Below, sir, on the Gun Deck. I take the midships section and lead the gun crews there.” The boy said very much afraid.

    “Very good, Mr. Palmer, I will require your assistance if you please.” Callum said.

    “Aye, aye, sir.” The boy said, swallowing hard, tipping his hand. Callum turned and continued until he reached Cary Sommers and stopped in front of him.

    “Mr. Sommers.”

    “Admiral.”

    “I mean no insult to you, sir, or to your gun crews, please understand.”

    “I understand fully, sir.” Sommers said and stiffened.

    “Your timing needs to improve, improve greatly. You are slow in reloading and take far too much time in giving orders. If you will accompany myself and Mr. Palmer, perhaps I can help in this.”

    “At your service, Admiral.” Sommers said and stiffened even more. Callum turned and went down the companionway ladder to the Gun Deck below, Sommers and Palmer followed him down. All hands there tipped their hands to Callum as he looked about. Callum looked up at those on the MainDeck had gathered at the large open hatchway. Callum saw the one he needed in this this, “Greene, assemble all hands to watch our practice.” Callum said.

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Greene said and looked about, “All hands, assemble here at the hatchway!”

    Callum looked about him on the deck gathered about. He knew them, the vast majority of them. He slipped off his tunic and handed it to a young man, a powder monkey, winking at him once. Callum untied his necktie and unspun it off his neck, handing it to the boy as well.

    “Now, all of you understand this, and understand this full well. We are going to take on a ship that is three times our size and strength.” Callum said clearly as he looked about, “We have been against larger odds before and have prevailed, we will do so again. I know what you are capable of. Follow the instructions of the officers and the day can be ours.”

    “Is it a French ship, sir? One of the crew asked. Callum looked about at all gathered around him.

    “It is not.” He said clearly, “It is a pirate vessel, a privateer, bent on murder. Our orders are to destroy it and that is exactly what we are going to do. Make no mistake in this, we can best her, if you follow the instruction.” Callum said and looked about again. He saw in those familiar faces some of those that were with him on the sloop, and those were also with him at La Rochelle, “Brewster, Hawkins, Rafkin, Jennings.” Callum said as he pointed at each of them, “You will join me with Mr. Palmer in manning this gun.”

    “Aye, aye, sir.” The men all said and stepped forward or through those of the crew that blocked their way, coming before Callum.

    “We will reload on the four count, run her out and fire smartly on the uproll, just as we did at La Rochelle. Are you with me?” Callum asked.

    “Aye, aye, sir.” They all answered tipping their hands quickly and grinning.

    “Mr. Palmer, you will touch her off when we run out, understood?”

    “Understood, sir.” The boy answered.

    “The rest of you stand clear. Mr. Sommers, you should time us, if you please.”

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Sommers said. He looked up at the open hatch. He saw his Captain there now looking down with a raised eyebrow, “Hour glass!” Sommers called out. One of the hands held out a small one and passed it down. Sommers took it and was ready to flip it to start the timing.

    “We will start time on the pull back of the gun. I will call it out for each step. Understood?” Callum asked each of his men. Callum took a rope in his hands that worked one of the blocks to pull the gun back. He was joined by Jennings on the rope, “Rafkin, you will load and ram.”

    “Aye, aye, sir.” He said with a nod.

    “Alright, standby.” Callum said. Hawkins and Brewer readied themselves on the opposite side of the gun, ropes in hand, “Start the time. Pull her back! One, two, three, four!” Callum growled as he and the men pulled, “Load!” He called out, “One, two, three, four.” He called out as Rafkin had ran down a powder bag, some wadding, the ball, and grabbed the ram rod, “Faster now! Faster!” Callum out as Rafkin rammed the rod and pulled it back, “Run her out!” Callum called as they had switched to another rope on opposite blocks to pull the gun forward, “One, two, three, four!” Callum called as they pulled the heavy gun, getting its muzzle out of the open gun port, “Fire!” He called and Palmer pulled the cord on the trigger. The gun roared and slid back about halfway on its rollers, “Pull her back!” Callum called and they found the other rope and pulled even in the heavy smoke about them, “One, two, three, four! Load!” Callum called. It was difficult to see in the smoke but it was clearing about them all on the deck, “One, two, three, four!” Callum called as Rafkin was about there with his ramming, “Run her out!” Thjs time, they had already moved to the other rope and as Rafkin barely cleared the muzzle, the gun was on the forward move to the gun port and run out fully, “Fire!” Callum called and the gun went off again. More smoke enveloped them all. There were a few that coughed, but all paid close attention to what was happening. The gun had rolled back with the recoil of the muzzle blast, and again, hands had changed ropes, “Pull her back, Three, four!” Callum called as the recoil had brought the gun almost fully back and gained them a bit in effort of the pull, “Load!” Callum called and switched ropes along with Jennings, “One, two, three, four! Fire!” Callum said as they released the ropes. The gun thundered once again and rolled back on its own. Smoke surrounded them fully, “Time!” Callum called.

    Cary Sommers looked at the small hour glass and couldn’t believe it. He looked at Callum as he emerged out of the smoke, standing there on the deck, his gun crew beside and behind him, waiting as they looked at the officer.

    “Four minutes, thirty, sir.” Sommers said as he stared at Callum in disbelief. Cheers went up throughout the entire ship. Callum looked up at the open hatchway and raised an eyebrow to Thomas. Thomas smiled briefly and nodded in Callum’s direction. Callum waited for the excitement and cheers to die down a bit. He turned and looked at all assembled about him.

    “There is work to be done! All hands, man your guns! We will practice until we are proficient, gentlemen. Stand by!” Callum called out and all hands jumped to their guns on both decks, all officers lined out with those in their charge as well, “Gun crew officers, on the four count like I showed you!” Callum called out, “Mr. Sommers, take charge.”

    “Aye, aye, sir! You heard the order!” Sommers called out as he looked about him, “Pull them back! One, two, three, four!” Sommers called out as Callum went up the ladder to the MainDeck. Thomas came to him and joined him as the officers were all in unison finally. The crew had their direction at last and were working as hard as they could to make everything run smoothly. The guns thundered as one now as Callum and Thomas went up the starboard stairs to the Quarterdeck, looking out through the smoke as it wafted over them obscuring their vision. But from the calls of the officers, the sounds of rollers from the guns, they both knew it was happening. Another shout with counting and then the order to fire. The guns went off simultaneously again and Callum smiled out of the corner of his mouth.

    “You may have just saved us all.” Thomas whispered in the smoke.

    “Possibly.” Callum whispered back. Thomas coughed slightly a couple of times, “Smoke bothering you, Thomas?” Callum asked and chuckled softly.

    “You’re made of it. It has never bothered you, has it?” Thomas asked. Callum only shook his head, Thomas didn’t see it for the smoke about them, “You were made for battle, Quintan, plain and clear.”

    “There are times that I love it so, I will not deny that.” Callum said softly as the guns went off in unison again. More smoke filled the air.

    “I think they may have it now.” Thomas said.

    “Give them a few more rounds before you stop them, Thomas, just to be sure of it.”

    “As you wish, Admiral.” Thomas said. Callum could hear his tone and smirked at it.

    “Deck there!” Came the voice from above them. Callum and Thomas instinctively looked up.

    “Cease fire!” Thomas called out loudly, “Aloft!”

    “Sail astern, sir!” The voice called down. Thomas and Callum turned and looked toward the rear of Dover but couldn’t see anything for the smoke about them.

    “What do you think?” Thomas asked.

    “I don’t know. It may be a merchant or simply one of ours coming back from a patrol.” Callum said.

    “Glass!” Thomas called out and held out his good hand as they went to the aft railing. One of the crew handed Thomas a glass. He tried to extend it with his one hand and struggled. Callum frowned and took it from him, extending it for him. He went to hand it back to Thomas, who returned the frown, “You’d better do it, I won’t be able to hold it with one hand.” Callum lifted the glass with both hands and put it to his eye. As the smoke cleared, he could see the ship in the distance.

    “I can’t make her out yet. I can’t see a flag. She’s flying a pennant, two colored orange over black. She’s English built for certain, but that means nothing.” Callum said and lowered the glass.

    “A single pennant. How far off do you think she is?” Thomas asked.

    “Ten miles or a bit more. With this headwind, we should be able to stay ahead of her.” Callum said.

    “What if it’s another pirate joining the first?” Thomas asked and Callum looked at him.

    “The Caribbean is in the opposite direction, Thomas.” Callum pursed his lips and scowled at his friend.

    “Of course you’re right.” Thomas said and rolled his eyes a bit.

    “What is it, sir?” Sommers asked as he came up behind them.

    “Another ship, Mr. Sommers.” Thomas said as he looked at him. Callum turned and looked at him as well as Sommers stared off at the other ship.

    “What was your time, Mr. Sommers?” Callum asked. Sommers snapped back to look at him.

    “My time, sir? Oh, beg your pardon, Admiral, just short of five and thirty, sir.” Sommers said, tipping his hand.

    “And what do you think of that, Mr. Sommers?” Callum asked. Sommers swallowed hard and looked a bit nervous.

    “There is obviously room for improvement, sir, to try and best yours, sir.” Sommers said.

    “The heat of battle can do that for you as well, Mr. Sommers, wouldn’t you agree, Captain Tomlin?” Callum asked.

    “I have heard of and have seen that as well myself, Admiral, as you know.” Thomas said.

    “Do you have any idea what the record time for rapid reload is, Mr. Sommers?” Callum asked.

    “No, sir, I’m sorry that I don’t.” Sommers said.

    “The record time for rapid volley was set by HMS Audacious at the Battle of the Nile, Mr. Sommers. I witnessed it myself, actually, which gave me the idea that we could do this ourselves.” Callum said.

    “I had no idea, sir.” Sommers said but looked at Callum with narrowed eyes, “But what was the record time, sir?”

    “You’ve beat it by almost three full minutes, Cary, congratulations.” Callum said and winked at him. Sommers opened his mouth with surprise and his eyes were wide.

    “Thank you, sir.” Sommers said and could barely contain himself.

    “Don’t let it go to your head, Mr. Sommers.” Thomas said.

    “Uh, no, sir, I would not let it, sir, I assure you.” Sommers said. Callum stepped one step closer to him.

    “I will tell you one thing, Cary, the one thing that will be between the three of us until you give the order.” Callum said and had Sommers complete attention. He settled down immediately, Callum had done it on purpose for just that reason.

    “Yes, sir?” Sommers asked.

    “When we engage this pirate, aim for each of her gun ports, do you understand? The more of her guns that are out of action, the better our chances of winning the day.” Callum said. Sommers was wide eyed again and nodded.

    “I’ll remember that, sir, you can rely on that.” Sommers said.

    “I know I can. Now, have your gun crews grease all of their blocks and wheels on the guns. It will make them fly even faster.” Callum said, “And with that done, you might even beat my time.”

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Sommers said, tipping his hand. He turned and hurried to the stairs, calling out orders as he went down them.

    “I thought he was going to wet himself for a moment.” Thomas said, “You certainly can a devil, Quintan.” Thomas said and looked over the aft rail again at the distant ship, “I wonder who the devil they are.” Callum extended the glass again and lifted it. He watched the ship closely and then frowned.

    “Well, whoever they are they mean to catch up with us. They’re putting on more canvas.” Callum said. Thomas turned and looked back toward the forerail. He saw Middleboro coming up the stairs.

    “Mr. Middleboro.” Thomas said.

    “Sir?” He answered and came toward his Captain, tipping his hand.

    “Send the port tack crew aloft, I want more canvas put on before we reach that storm front and flatten out the jib.” Thomas said.

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Middleboro said, tipping his hand, turning immediately. He went quickly to the rail, cupping his hands to his mouth.

    “Port side, aloft! Set Tregalones and Royals! Flatten out the jib!” Middleboro called out and hands jumped to the order, men started climbing up the rigging on the Mainmast and up the Mizzen rising up out of the Quarterdeck. All of them knew what they needed to do and what the Captain was wanting. Three men were forward and adjusted the jib, rotating it to a flat out, backriggng the sail quickly to use the wind to make Dover ride higher on her bow. As the sails unfurled and took the wind, Callum could feel it under his feet in the deck, Dover responding as he knew she could acting like a flat rock skipping across a pond.

    “Sails set, sir.” Middleboro reported. Callum turned and looked aloft. He could see it. The rigging and lines going taught with the new strain as Dover was now gliding in the water rather than digging into it.

    “Very good. Maintain your course, Dorfman.” Thomas said as he went by the wheel.

    “Aye, aye, sir.” The older man said, his tough hands held tight on the oak as the new strain was now pulling Dover toward starboard and land. Dorfman rolled the wheel a bit to keep her tracking on course. Callum walked up next to the older man who had been with in the pursuit of the Avion.

    “She’s fighting it a bit, sir.” Dorfman said to Callum.

    “She doesn’t quite handle like the sloop, does she?”

    “Not exactly, sir. She seems to have a mind of her own.” Dorfman said. Callum smiled and nodded.

    “She always has.” Callum said. He thought of Dustin and what it might be like to have him here at the wheel right at this moment. Dustin was the only one that knew Dover’s moods and always knew how to calm her when she was like this.

    “Deck there!” Came the cry from aloft. Callum looked up and the man at the nest platform was pointing aft again. Callum turned and extended the glass again, going to the aft rail. He lifted the glass to his eye.

    “What are they doing now?” Thomas asked as he came next to Callum.

    “They’re signaling, but not to us. I can’t make it out from this distance.” Callum said and lowered the glass, “She has to be one of ours.”

    “Who would they be signaling to?” Thomas asked.

    “We should be near Coverack by now I would think.” Callum said as he collapsed the glass.

    “We should be about there I agree.”

    “There is a semaphore there if memory serves. Maybe they’re signaling them.”

    “Are they gaining on us?” Thomas asked as he looked at the distant ship.

    “Yes, but only slightly. We should have better wind once we round the tip and start heading north.” Callum said, “All we can do now is watch and wait.” Thomas looked at him and could see that look on Callum’s face, a look he had seen before.

    “Alright, what are you thinking?” Thomas asked softly. Callum raised an eyebrow slightly, “I’ve seen that look before on your face, many times actually.”

    “You seem to know me too well, Thomas, too much for your own good, methinks.” Callum said. He could see the look on his friend’s face, one of waiting for an explanation, “If it is one of ours, it just might be a godsend in this. Perhaps if they are sailing on to Bristol as we are, they may join us.”

    “But then again they may fire upon us if they see us shooting at an anchored ship that is relatively defenseless.” Thomas said.

    “You always think the worst, don’t you?” Callum asked.

    “It comes from spending so much time with you. I have learned painfully, I might add, to always think that way.”

    “The phrase ‘doubting Thomas’ seems to fit you for some unknown reason.” Callum said and smirked as Thomas rolled his eyes a bit, “I shall go below and check on Christian and see how he is faring. Then I believe I will get a bit of sleep. The practice earlier has seemed to have drained me a bit.”

    “I don’t doubt it. When was the last time you actually had a line like that to pull on?” Thomas asked.

    “When we sailed last, chasing the Avion.” Callum said.

    “Oh, I recall. I think it was when you swung out off that burning ship on that line and landing in the water. That was quite spectacular in seeing that as I recall. I hope and pray that it doesn’t happen again with this ship.” Thomas said.

    “You know I would never allow anything to happen to this grand lady of ours, Thomas.” Callum said.

    “Then perhaps I should turn us around now and not take the chance.” Thomas said and Callum frowned at him, “It was just a thought. I’ll shut up.” Thomas said. He cleared his throat and turned back toward the forerail, “I thank you for your assistance, Admiral.” Thomas said loud enough for all to hear.

    “My pleasure, Captain.” Callum said and went toward the stairs, handing the glass to Middleboro. He went down the stairs, the wind blowing against his billowed sleeves of his shirt, making his tail ruffle a bit in it. The hands and the officers tipped their hands to him and just stared as he went to the starboard door and went inside on the companionway. Callum walked along and came to the Ward Room and knocked on the door. He opened it and saw Christian sitting at the table but he was not alone. A young man was there in full Marine uniform and he stood rigidly.

    “Come in, Admiral, please.” Christian said, “Allow me to introduce Lt. Steven Caruthers, Captain of the Marines onboard Dover.” Callum closed the door and looked at the handsome young Marine in full uniform. Callum nodded at him and stepped forward, extending a hand. The young officer was wide eyed at seeing it stretched before him.

    “Quintan Callum.” Callum said and raised a bit of an eyebrow. The young officer looked faint all of a sudden. He slowly took Callum’s hand in his and Callum noticed it was sweating a bit in his palm.

    “Lt. Steven Caruthers, Admiral, at your service, sir.” The young officer said.

    “First time aboard on a mission, Lieutenant?” Callum asked and the young officer lowered his hand. He swallowed hard, it was audible. Christian was resisting to chuckle a bit.

    “I…I…have sailed….before, sir.” The young officer said.

    “Excellent.” Callum said, “Then you won’t be as apt as our good Captain here to lose your guts when we reach heavy weather that we are approaching.” Callum said, more of a tease to his friend than toward the young officer.

    “I wouldn’t know about that, sir.” The young officer said as Callum sat down on the opposite bench across the table from Christian.

    “Tell me, Lieutenant, is this your first command?”

    “It is, sir.”

    “You can sit down, Lieutenant, I promise I won’t bite you.” Callum said and smirked. The young officer gave a look to his left to his superior officer, who had not risen when Callum walked into the room. Christian nodded and the young man sat down next to Christian again, “Make yourself comfortable, Lieutenant, I think we are about to have a long discussion.”

    “I was telling our young officer here about our plan. He has some concerns over it.” Christian said.

    “Indeed, well then, let’s hear them.” Callum said and sat back a bit, crossing his arms over his chest. He had crossed his long legs as well, but those across the table couldn’t see it.

    “He was saying that he thought with the coming weather, that there might be a problem with dry powder for his Marine’s muskets.” Christian said as the young officer was speechless as he stared at Callum. Callum shifted his eyes back and forth between Christian and the young officer and then focused full on the young man across from him.

    “Cat got your tongue?” Callum asked Caruthers.

    “I…I beg your pardon, sir?” The young officer asked.

    “Is our dear Captain here going to be speaking for you during this entire talk, I wonder?” Callum asked.

    “I apologize, sir, truly.”

    “Then what is it?” Callum asked.

    “I know of you, sir, I’m sorry, but it was Colonel Simmonds that described you in detail, sir. He was correct in what he said, and with all the stories that he has told us of what you have done, well, sir…”

    “I think I understand, Lieutenant.” Callum said holding up a hand to stop the young officer, “But did you say, Colonel Simmonds?”

    “That’s correct, sir.” The young officer said and then it dawned on him, “I apologize again, sir. You must have known him as Major Simmonds. He was promoted, sir, very recently.”

    “Well, it appears that promotion seems to follow all of us, doesn’t it?” Callum asked as he looked at Christian and smirked. Christian chuckled a bit, lowering his head a little. The young officer looked at his superior and then back at Callum.

    “I’m sorry, sir, but there seems to be something that I am missing.”

    “And you would be correct in that, Lieutenant. You see our dear Captain here is not only my neighbor, but is also one of my closest friends. There is a…familiarity and a bond that we share together, along with Captain Tomlin, the master of this vessel.” Callum said.

    “I see, sir. I was not aware.”

    “Nor should you be.” Callum said, “So, what are your other concerns, Lieutenant?”

    “Well, sir…” The young officer said and struggled a bit for a moment, “only this. Captain Holt has told me of the mission, sir, and I fully understand what he and…you…want from this. But, with that, sir, I will tell you, I have a vested interest in this as well.”

    “Oh, and how so?” Callum asked.

    “Pirates, sir, they orphaned me and as for that fact, I wish to see them destroyed as well, sir, especially a certain pirate.”

    “I am very sorry to hear that, Lieutenant. Could you tell me, who is this certain pirate?” Callum asked.

    “It is said that they call him El Negro Diablo, the Black Devil, sir. His real name is Hector Ramirez.” Caruthers said and Callum raised an eyebrow fully and looked at Christian, who gave Callum a look in return.

    “Interesting. Has Captain holt told you anything further about this pirate ship?” Callum asked.

    “He has not given much detail about it at all, sir.” Caruthers said. Callum put his arms on the table before him and leaned on them, getting closer to the young Marine.

    “Then I will tell that the ship we are going to destroy comes from Ramirez’s fleet directly from the Caribbean. I will also tell you that he has a personal vendetta against me for killing his brother and sinking one of his ships during another mission. They, his crew aboard that ship, have orders to murder my son and have already tried to do so but were stopped. We are going to destroy that ship and all that are aboard and then I will take my squadron and will hunt this bastard down and put an end to him once and for all. What do you say to that, Lieutenant?” Callum asked.

    “You can more than count on my full support in this, Admiral.” Caruthers said, “And as well, when you go after this black hearted bastard I want to be there so I can cut out his heart as he did my mother and my father and he can watch it beat one last time before he dies as I hold it in my hand.” Caruthers said coldly and there had been a change in his face as he spoke. Callum sat back on the bench, crossing his arms again over his chest.

    “Then we seem to think alike, Lieutenant.” Callum said carefully, looking at Christian briefly who was stunned at what his young officer had just said, Callum looked back at the young man, “So, tell me, what do you think that we need to do?”

    “We board the ship with every last Marine, take them all, each and every one of them and end them without question or mercy.”

    “That might be difficult. If we strike them as I plan and catch them off guard and sink them in the harbor, it would be enough in reality. I understand your desire to end them all as I share it fully, but there is this weather that we are closing in on and it will hamper what we want to do.” Callum said.

    “I don’t believe so, sir.” Caruthers said, “Load all of my Marines in the boats and tow us in. We can cast loose and after you deliver your shots to this ship, we will board her as you make your turn and come at them again. You will have a better chance of destroying them if we are keeping them busy so they cannot return fire upon you. It only makes sense, sir.”

    “Yes, it does, and I agree, however, there would great loss to your numbers, loss that I would have difficulty with, Lieutenant.” Callum said.

    “If I may speak bluntly, Admiral, you know as well as I and also as well as the Captain here, that the Marines are nothing but merely cannon fodder for the Royal Navy. I say we use that to our advantage, sir, board that ship and take it from them, killing each and every one of them. If you so desire, then you may take her as a prize and we would gladly accept the help in taking her with the assistance from this crew.” Caruthers said, his tone was unmistakable. He wanted them dead, as much as Callum did.

    It hit Callum hard, he was not alone in this, but all of a sudden there was something else, something that disturbed Callum, and it was what Caruthers was saying without actually saying it, it was going to be murder, murder in the highest, killing an entire ship’s crew. It twisted Callum’s gut in a knot. He had already committed murder while at home, killing those men without mercy or even second thought. Here was someone else, right before him, that wanted the same exact thing and he knew that Caruthers felt exactly the same, but his it was his own vengeance, his revenge against a faceless man halfway around the world from here.

    “Shall I begin to prepare my men, Admiral?” Caruthers asked. Callum looked at him and firmed his stare on him. He nodded and Caruthers rose up from the table. He saluted Callum and dropped his hand, stepping over the bench and saluted Christian. Caruthers dropped his hand and went to the door, opening it and went out, closing it behind him.

    “He’s mad, you know?” Christian asked.

    “You think so?” Callum asked and Christian nodded, “Then I must be as well.”

    “I don’t believe so, Quintan.” Christian said and looked at Callum and leaned on the table, “You are driven in this, driven to save your son from this threat to not only him, but to all of us, that live there. Our young Lieutenant is a different matter entirely. God only knows how long he has been carrying this inside of him. You have been dealing with the threat, the threat of all of it that we have all been through, that boy you rescued, the plot against him, that madman you sailed to find and stop, then Upton and what he represented. This Ramirez is only a part of it, a part of what you’ve been dealing with. As far as Caruthers is concerned, Ramirez is the total sum of it, the reason for his madness that he carries. And God only knows what will happen if Ramirez is put to an end, it might destroy Caruthers entirely, leaving him without purpose with his life or possibly relieving his madness that he feels.”

    “My, you certainly have an opinion about this, Christian, I had no idea.” Callum said. Christian reached out a hand across the table, stretched toward Callum. Callum unfolded his arms and took Christian’s hand with his.

    “You’re right, my friend, I do have an opinion and it is shared by those that love you, myself, Dustin, Thomas, Martha, and more importantly by Henry. He above all others in this, Quintan, needs you to survive in this, to return home to him, to raise him to be the good man that I know he will become, become because of you, Quintan, and only you. You know it to be true. So, with that said, we will destroy these cutthroat murdering bastards once and for all and be done with it. Caruthers will have to seek out his vengeance another way. You have a son that needs you, and that is your focus in this. I have seen it all along, everything we’ve been through together.” Christian said and squeezed the fingers he held in his. Callum smiled softly a bit and squeezed his fingers as well.

    “I love you, Christian, more than I can say.” Callum said softly.

    “I know, and I love you as well, my friend, my brother. I will lead this boarding party with Caruthers and the Marines. Together we have more than fifty of us. That should give you enough time to do what you have to do for us to be successful. Do not tell Thomas of this plan, he will fight you and it will divert your attention from your goal.” Christian said.

    “I cannot ask you to possibly sacrifice your life, Christian, you mean too…”

    “I know what you are trying to say, but you also know that it has to be done, Quintan, there is far too much at stake in this. Heed me, understand, my love for you is what is guiding me in this.” Christian said. Callum stiffened and slowly nodded. He knew Christian was right, needed to lead this and keep Caruthers focused and centered for this to work. Callum dropped a tear from his eye. He knew this was possibly going to be the last time he saw his dear friend alive, “Weep not, Quintan, I know it is best as you do as well.” Callum got up from the table and let go of Christian’s hand, turning away and going to the door, He opened it and did not look back, closing the door behind him.

    His heart was tearing itself apart. He went to the Great Cabin and went inside, closing the door behind him. He needed sleep, but he couldn’t. There was no possible way he could. He crossed the cabin and looked out of the aft windows. He strained through the wavy glass and could barely see the distant ship a mere dot on the horizon. He wanted to have Thomas stop and wait for them, but also knew he couldn’t, the approaching storm might be upon them shortly and there was no time, the ship was at least an hour or more behind them as it was, even with full sail. And the ship they were going after, the pirate that was to be destroyed. If the rains were heavy, it would hamper their efforts to fire upon them fully, the difficulty with wet powder and such. Callum wanted to explode inside. His chest pounding, his ears hearing Christian’s voice and what he said over and over again. It was tearing him apart, and then there was Henry and what it meant to him. Callum broke down, putting his hands on the sill and let the tears flow freely.


    “Enter.” Callum said after he heard the knock on the door of the Great Cabin. He had slowly composed himself and got his emotions under control.

    “Beg pardon, sir.” The young voice said behind Callum on the other side of the cabin.

    “Yes?” Callum asked.

    “I have collected your tunic, sir, and your tie from the Gun Deck, sir.”

    “Thank you.” Callum said softly, still facing away but looking at the floor of the cabin, his hands spread apart on the sill of the windows.

    “Can I do something for you, sir?” The young voice asked. Callum shook his head only, “Very good, sir, what would you like me to do with this, sir?”

    “Hang it on the back of one of the chairs if you would.” Callum said and took in and let out a breath. He heard the rustle of fabric and the small scoot of one of the chairs and knew it had been done.

    “Can I do anything else, sir?” the young voice asked.

    “Thank you, no.” Callum said and stood straight. He heard the door close behind him. He kept looking toward the approaching ship from behind them and was wondering more and more who they actually were. He was becoming angered, angered by everything that had happened, and was happening right now. He growled a bit in his throat with his anger, anger toward himself and then he felt it, a surge in the deck under his feet. He spun and saw the haversack swaying and leaning a bit, toward the starboard side of the cabin.

    “Adjust sail!” He heard the cry resonating through the ship.

    “Enough.” Callum said out loud, “Enough!” He yelled and went for the door, throwing it open and leaving it as he tromped along the companionway toward the starboard door. He threw it open and went out, not looking toward the men, even though they saw him and tipped their hands to him. He rounded the railing and went up the stairs, “Glass!” He demanded as he looked aft.

    “Is there something that I can do for you, Admiral?” Thomas asked carefully as he saw the intense look on Callum’s face. A glass was handed to him and he went back toward the stairs, going down, two at a time. He reached the Maindeck and the hands cleared out of his way, tipping their hands as Callum reached the rigging, swinging himself up and standing on the railing of the gunwale. He took the glass and put it down inside of his shirt to hold it as he started climbing. All hands watched him as he went further and further up. He reached the first arm of the Mainmast and walked it, until he reached the inner set of rigging and started up.

    “What’s he doing, sir?” Middleboro asked his Captain.

    “You can ask him that yourself if you wish to join him, Mr. Middleboro.” Thomas said as he looked skyward.

    Callum climbed to the next arm of the Mainmast and walked it. The wind was intense and he leaned a bit to keep his balance. All eyes from below were still upon him as he reached the next set of rigging and went up, climbing ever higher until he reached under the crows’ platform, the lookout at the highest point of the ship. He grabbed the rigging and swung from under the platform and grasped the edge of the platform, pulling himself up. He raised his eyes and saw the man that manned the platform, Jennings, reaching down his own hand to help Callum. A smile was given to each as Callum took the hand in his own. Jennings pulled but Callum did it on his own for the most part and stood on the platform. He spread his feet a bit to keep his balance as Jennings held onto a bit of rigging.

    “I am certainly glad of the company, sir.” Jennings said out of the corner of his mouth.

    “It can be quite lonely up here, from what I remember.” Callum said as he pulled the glass from inside his shirt. Jennings knew why Callum was here and watched as he extended the glass, not having one of his own up here at all. Callum lifted the glass to his eye as the sway of Dover in the swells kept him weaving a bit. Jennings put a hand on Callum’s belt and held on to steady him.

    “I haven’t seen a flag on her as of yet, sir.” Jennings said.

    “Your eyes might be better if you had this to help them.” Callum said and he smiled a bit. He knew exactly who they were now. He lowered the glass and collapsed it, putting it back into his shirt. Jennings let go of his grip and Callum gave him a nod, “I wanted to tell you, Jennings, it was good to pull a line with you again.”

    “Thank you, sir.” Jennings said and tipped his hand with a smile, “It’ll be another thing I’ll be able to tell my grandchildren, sir, sailing and shooting with Cap’n Callum again.”

    “You’re a good man, Jennings, there are none better.” Callum said with a soft smile and a nod.

    “Can I be given ye a hand down, sir?” Jenning asked.

    “I think I can manage, but thank you.” Callum said as he got down on the deck, swinging his legs over the edge. He slid off and caught his foot in the rigging and started to work himself down onto it. He climbed down. Some of the hands that were aloft nodded to him to keep their balance, this was the only place aboard ship that tipping hands was not permitted, Callum knew it fully and proceeded along. Going along the upper cross arm and reaching the rigging, swinging down into it, climbing downward and reached the last cross arm. One of the younger men was there and had his hand on a line. Callum lifted his chin toward him as a nod and the youth stretched out to let him have it. Callum walked the few steps balancing himself and he took the line from him, wrapping his boots around it and went hand over hand going down. He reached just above the Maindeck and let his feet untangle and held the rope with only his hands. All eyes were on him as he let go of the rope and dropped to the deck on his feet. He walked quickly toward the Quarterdeck, pulling the glass from his shirt and tossed it up to Middleboro who caught it. Callum gave him a wink and went to the starboard door, going in. He stopped at the galley and looked in.

    “Sir?” Shem asked.

    “Have you any coffee about, Shem?”

    “I will bring it straight away, sir.” The man nodded. Callum proceeded on to the Great Cabin, going in the still open door.

    “Ah, there you are, Quintan.” Crawford said.

    “Arthur, what brings you here?” Callum asked closing the door behind him. Crawford got a good look at Callum now and frowned.

    “You look like hell, Quintan.” Crawford said, “Have you slept?”

    “No, I have not.” Callum said as he came to the table.

    “Then I insist that you do, at least for a bit. You will be no good to anyone if you drop over with exhaustion.” Crawford said. Shem opened the door carrying a tray, “If that is coffee, you can take it back right now, Shem.” Crawford said. Shem stopped at the door, looking at him then Callum. Callum started to say something, but Crawford held up a finger, “Heed me.” He simply said and Callum stopped, “Do not force me to get something from my bag to make you sleep, Admiral.” Crawford said with a stern voice, he looked at Shem, “Take it back to the galley, Shem, now.”

    “Aye, sir.” Shem said and backed out of the door, closing it as Crawford turned back on Callum.

    “Wash yourself and then rest. I know of where we are and you have at least an hour or so until we are close.” Crawford said slowly and clearly and Callum knew the tone of it and what he meant with it. Callum sighed and relented. He went to the washbowl and poured water into it. He set the pitcher down and scooped water with his hands and bent, scrubbing his face, “I have set up the surgery on the Storage Deck, hopefully we won’t need it.”

    “Is that what you came to tell me?” Callum asked as he pulled a cloth off the hook above the bowl.

    “Partly.” Crawford said, “The other part is I wanted to tell you that I am still concerned about our Marine Captain. I don’t think he can do what he has told me about in boarding that pirate vessel. I cannot sanction it, Quintan.”

    “I don’t really care for it myself, Arthur.”

    “Then why, Quintan, you know he is going to die.”

    “Who is going to die?” Thomas asked as he was standing in the doorway. Callum shifted his eyes and Crawford turned. Thomas came in and closed the door, “Who is going to die?” Thomas asked again firmly, “Damn it, somebody had better start talking.”

    “We were just speaking of Christian.” Callum said quietly but firmly.

    “I thought you said he was doing better?” Thomas asked as he bore down on Crawford, who averted Thomas’ eyes.

    “That’s not what we were talking about, Thomas.” Callum said. Thomas looked at Callum, seeing the look on Callum’s face. Thomas shook his head as he realized what they must be saying.

    “No.” Thomas said, still shaking his head, “I will not allow it. I am the Captain of this ship and I am telling you, I will not allow it.” Thomas said and pointed his finger directly at Callum.

    “It was not my decision, Thomas, it was his.” Callum said softly. Thomas clenched his jaw and stepped up to Callum glaring intensely into his steel blue eyes.

    “It was you, you put this idea into his head. It’s always you, Quintan.” Thomas said through clenched teeth.

    “Perhaps it was, Thomas.” Callum said.

    “If he dies, Quintan, only God himself can save you from me.” Thomas said. He turned and walked by a stunned Crawford, going to the cabin door and ripped it open with his good hand, walking out.

    “Where is he going?” Crawford asked.

    “To say his goodbyes.” Callum said above a whisper.


    Callum opened his eyes as he focused on the ceiling of the Great Cabin, the underside of the deck of the Quarterdeck above. The ship was strangely silent to Callum. He could feel the slight sway of the haversack he was in, but there was nothing else to tell him what or where they were at the moment or how much time had actually passed with his sleep. Callum lifted and spread his legs to get out of the haversack. He put one foot on the deck and swung out and stood fully. He stretched his back a bit. It had been quite some time since he had slept in a haversack, knowing it took a bit of time to get used to them, time he did not have. He straightened and let out a breath through his nose. There was a knock on the door.

    “Enter.” Callum said. He looked in the direction of the door and saw Crawford standing there.

    “I didn’t know if you were awake yet. You had better come and have a look for yourself.” Crawford said, standing out of the way of the door. Callum went quickly to him, “Up on deck.” Crawford said quietly. Callum walked quickly and went to the starboard doorway, opening it. He stepped out and saw the silent activity going on.

    Marines were on deck, the entire company of them. The boats were being hauled up and out to go over the sides, both port and starboard. Callum knew they must be getting close to their destination and target. Christian was giving instructions it seemed to Lt. Caruthers as well as a Sergeant. Callum looked up at the railing of the Quarterdeck. Thomas was there but did not look in Callum’s direction, he was watching what was going on, on the deck below. Sommers was on the other side of Thomas at the rail. Callum looked toward Christian, who looked toward Callum briefly and gave him a nod and went on with his instructions. Callum went up the starboard stairs and reached the deck. Hands were tipped toward him from members of the crew as Callum approached slowly, looking forward as he came. He could see the grey of the sky, the clouds were filling in even more and there was now a wet feel in the air about them.

    “A word if I may, Captain.” Callum said. He saw Thomas tense a bit but Callum knew he couldn’t refuse him. Thomas turned and went with Callum as they walked to the aft rail out of earshot from the others, “How close are we?”

    “Less than an hour.” Thomas said flatly. Callum scanned the young face of his dear friend, his brother.

    “I understand your anger, Thomas, believe me I do.” Callum said. Thomas turned on him, looking him directly in the eye.

    “Do you?” Thomas asked with a low growl. Callum nodded.

    “Did you talk with him?” Callum asked.

    “You know I did, and it didn’t go well either. He can be as stubborn as you are, Quintan, even more so when he thinks he’s right.” Thomas said with clenched teeth and anger.

    “It makes sense, Thomas, if you think about it.”

    “Does it? What if the roles were reversed here, Quintan, what if it were Dustin that was going to do this? How would you feel then?” Thomas asked.

    “Probably as you do, Thomas, in fact I’m sure I would feel the same way.” Callum said, “You know what he is capable of, Thomas, what his abilities are.”

    “Yes.” Thomas said above a whisper as looked toward his love, “But he is not quite himself yet. He is still recovering and that concerns me more than anything.” Thomas said and looked at Callum again, “Add to that, the way he talked about this to me, he knows he’s going to die, Quintan.”

    “He may prevail in this, Thomas, we may all prevail in this.” Callum said, “Don’t give up on him yet.”

    “I know that with having command, there are times that you might have to order men to their deaths. I pray that this is not one of those times, Quintan.” Thomas said. His eyes were starting to well a bit.

    “I pray that as well, Thomas.” Callum said, “If we act quickly enough in this action, we might be able to assist them.” Callum said and looked over the aft rail and saw the still approaching ship and smiled briefly.

    “Who do you think they are?” Thomas asked as he looked in the same direction.

    “Friends.” Callum said, “I don’t think we are alone in this now.”

    “You know who they are.” Thomas said with surprise. Callum nodded as he still looked out.

    “Alistair Stewart.” Callum said.

    “Triborne?” Thomas asked, “Then let us wait for them, we will take them together.”

    “No.” Callum said.

    “Why not?” Thomas asked.

    “He may have different orders. Remember they signaled earlier.” Callum said as he looked at Thomas, who nodded, “I am not quite certain what he signaled and it worries me.”

    “You said you had the full support of the Admiralty.”

    “I do as well as of the Diplomatic Service, but he may have been told something else.” Callum said.

    “But you trust him, or at least you did when we sailed together before.” Thomas said.

    “That was then, this is different.” Callum said.

    “You are gambling with our lives, Quintan.” Thomas said, “Especially with Christians’.”

    “You may be right, Thomas, but if I know Alistair as well as I think I do, he might join in with us regardless. A gamble, I know.” Callum said softly.

    “I hope you’re right.” Thomas said, “I’ve seen Stewart fight, he’s as relentless as you are.”

    “Captain Tomlin.” The voice said. Callum and Thomas looked toward it. Christian stood there in his full glory with his brilliant uniform.

    “Captain Holt.” Thomas said.

    “We are ready to load the boats, sir.” Christian said.

    “Very well.” Thomas said, fighting his emotions that were trying to take over. He cleared his throat, “Mr. Sommers.”

    “Sir?”

    “Standby to lower away.”

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Sommers said and looked out on the deck below, “Lower away!” He called out.

    “Admiral.” Christian said and gave a nod toward Callum.

    “Good luck to you, Captain.” Callum said.

    “And to you as well, sir.” Christian said. He looked at Thomas, “Captain.” He said softly. Thomas fought tears and clenched. Thomas could only nod. Christian turned and went to the stairs, going down them and went across the deck to rejoin his company of Marines.

    “Steady.” Callum whispered. Thomas nodded and walked to the railing. The boats were lowered, the Marines divided, half going to port, the other half to starboard. Caruthers went with the starboard boat, Christian to port. The boats were secured and the Marines went over the side and loaded with their equipment. The deck seemed empty without the red tunics of them, leaving only the crew and the blue of some of the officers.

    A mist began to settle about them as the boats were slowly cast off and fell back behind Dover now. Lines were secured to the aft railing as the boats were now being towed behind the grand lady that they belonged to. Thomas stayed where he was, looking out ahead over the bows of his ship. Callum looked over and saw the Marines were settling into their being towed, steering the boats with the tillers to follow in line almost side by side now. Christian looked up toward the stern and gave a slight wave to Callum, who raised his hand in reply. Callum looked beyond toward the ship that was still following. He turned and went to the forerail. His shirt and vest were starting to soak from the mist.

    “The wind is dropping a bit, sir.” Sommers said as he was looking up.

    “We will maintain canvas that is set.” Thomas said.

    “Aye, aye, sir.”

    “Deck there!” Came the voice from above. All eyes lifted toward the voice, “Bristol Harbor ahead!”

    “How many ships?!” Thomas asked loudly.

    “Eight, sir!” The voice called back after a long moment.

    “How do we know which ship it is?” Thomas asked Callum without looking at him, “Besides her size.”

    “It has a great bird spread out at the bowsprit, four masted, and is Spanish built.” Callum said.

    “Glass.” Thomas called. A glass was handed toward him, “Give it to the Admiral.” He said flatly. Callum leaned back and took it. He extended it and raised it to his eye, “Do you see it?”

    “Not yet.” Callum said as he scanned the horizon slowly then he stopped, “That could be it right there.” Callum said softly. He pointed with one finger, “A point off to port, there is a ship anchored it seems.” Callum said and lifted the glass again, “There are no sails. She must be anchored for certain.”

    “Should we correct our course?” Thomas asked softly.

    “No, not yet. It may give us a bit of time with our turn if it is indeed the one.” Callum said.

    “That will put us into the wind and slow us.” Thomas said.

    “It will also allow for more shots to be given by us.” Callum said.

    “Mr. Sommers.” Thomas said.

    “Sir.”

    “Have the guns loaded and cover the strikers against the rain that is coming.” Thomas said.

    “Shall I beat to quarters, sir?” Sommers asked.

    “No, do it quietly and keep the gun ports closed. We will not tip our hand yet.” Thomas said.

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Sommers said. He walked quickly to the port stairs to go down.

    “You are becoming a bit sneaky, Thomas.” Callum whispered as he lifted the glass again.

    “It comes from spending so much time with you.” Thomas said just as quiet and Callum smirked as he looked through the glass, “Is that your ship?”

    “I still can’t quite make it out from this distance. This mist isn’t helping matters any.” Callum said. He lowered the glass.

    “I wonder how they are doing out there?” Thomas asked as he gripped the railing with his good hand. Callum looked down at it and saw him clenching it tight.

    “Would you like me to have a look for you?” Callum asked as he looked forward again.

    “No.” Thomas said, “I hate waiting.”

    “I know you do. It won’t be long now.”

    “What if that isn’t your ship?” Thomas asked.

    “Then we will sail in a bit closer to the harbor.”

    “I hope they are not tied close to another inside the harbor.” Thomas said.

    “I hope that as well. It might make maneuvering a bit more difficult if they are.” Callum said, lifting the glass, “But I was told they were just outside of the harbor.” Callum looked over his shoulder toward the ship that was approaching from behind, gauging their distance but he was losing sight of them with the grey of the sky blending with the water on the horizon. He looked forward again but upward, seeing the wind was dropping off even more now, the sails going slacker with their billow, “We’re losing too much wind.” Callum said softly.

    “Perhaps we should correct our course just a bit in case it is your ship, before we lose the wind entirely.” Thomas said. Callum nodded, “Dorfman, half point to port if you please.” Thomas said over his shoulder.

    “Aye, aye, sir.” The older man said and rolled the wheel, “Half point, sir.”

    “Very well.” Thomas said and saw Dover respond, rolling over just a bit. The ship that was ahead was growing in size but slowly as the wind dropped away and Dover eased herself in the water. Callum lifted his glass again.

    “I can’t see a damned thing from here.” He growled and collapsed the glass. He moved quickly and went to the starboard stairs and went down. He went toward the bow, the men were working to load the guns as quickly and as quietly as they could. Callum went to the bowsprit and lay against the rail next to the foremast on the port side, extending his glass and putting it to his eye. He looked and he saw it, the ship. Slowly he looked the ship over moving the glass from stern to bow. He narrowed his eye a bit and he saw what he needed. He collapsed his glass and stayed there, thinking.

    “Is that the ship, sir?” Middleboro asked as he stood at Callum’s feet behind him. Callum rolled a bit and looked back at him,

    “It is indeed, Mr. Middleboro.” Callum said and went to get up as the young man was looking forward. Callum got up and stood next to him, looking aft toward Thomas, “Prepare your gun crews, Isaac, and keep it quiet.”

    “Aye, aye, sir.” The young officer said.

    “I will join you on the Gun Deck when the action starts.” Callum said.

    “Thank you, sir.” Middleboro said before turning to follow his orders. Callum walked back to the Quarterdeck, going up the stairs. He handed the glass to a crewman there.

    “And?” Thomas asked.

    “That is our target.” Callum said and Thomas looked at him.

    “There’s something isn’t there?” Thomas asked. Callum nodded as he looked forward, “What is it?”

    “I didn’t see any boats on her upper deck.” Callum said.

    “They may be ashore, resupplying.”

    “Or something far worse.” Callum said.

    “They couldn’t, not yet, don’t you think?” Thomas said, “Do not think the worst, Quintan. Henry is safe, I know it.”

    “I pray you’re right, Thomas. Dustin is capable, but if he is outnumbered…” Callum said.

    “Quintan.” Thomas said and turned to look at him fully.

    “There is something else.” Callum said.

    “What?” Thomas asked.

    “Their gun ports are open.” Callum said and Thomas went wide eyed.

    “They know we’re coming.” Thomas said. He looked forward and could see the large ship clearer now, “But they’re still anchored. Aren’t they?”

    “It looks it.” Callum said.

    “They can’t repel an attack fully if they’re still at anchor.” Thomas said.

    “They might.”

    “What do you want to do?” Thomas asked. Callum just looked at him. Thomas knew the answer to that fully even as he asked it. He rolled his eyes a bit, “Stupid question, I know. Alright.” Thomas looked up and saw the sails slacking, “Dorfman, stand by to make a hard turn to port.”

    “Aye, aye, sir.”

    “Get me in as close as you can, Captain.” Callum said loud enough for the older man at the wheel to hear and understand.

    “As you say, Admiral.” Thomas said, tipping his hand as Callum turned. He went quickly to the stairs, going down them across the deck gong for the large open hatchway to go below. He saw Sommers and Darin Talon looking at him.

    “Wait for my signal, Mr. Sommers. Have your men stand by at their guns. Run out when I give the word.” Callum said as he went to the ladder to go down.

    “Aye, aye, sir.” Sommers said, tipping his hand, “Starboard gun crews, stand by at your guns!” He called out. The men moved and followed the orders. Callum went below and saw Isaac Middleboro and young Palmer there amongst the men.

    “Mr. Middleboro, take the forward gun crews, I’ll take amidships and you, Mr. Palmer, will take the aft crews.” Callum said.

    “Aye, aye, sir.” They said together.

    “Gun crews!” Callum said loudly, “Find and take out their guns as best you can! Make each shot count!”

    “Aye, aye.” The men called back.

    “We will open gun ports when I give the word and not before!” Callum called out as he looked around him, “Stand by!” He said, knowing he could be heard by most above him on the Maindeck, “Remember, reload on the four count!” Callum called out. He looked about as all hands did what they were supposed to do. He needed to know where they were. He grabbed the ropes of the ladder and went up, looking forward and to the port side just above the deck. He saw the large ship and could now hear voices as Dover was closing on their bow. It was now or never Callum thought, he looked toward the Quarterdeck and caught Thomas’ eye and nodded. Thomas looked briefly into the sails, seeing the wind and what it was doing in the canvas above.

    “Hard over, Dorfman!” Thomas called as the older man spun the wheel again and again, “Aloft! Adjust sail!” Thomas called as those few remaining hands went to work, to roll the sails and grab lines to move the canvas and catch what wind there was. Callum watched the turn slowly happen and could hear the crew’s voices on the other ship, all trying to react to what was now happening, “Run up our colors!” Thomas called loudly. One of the hands jumped to the aft locker, pulling out the flag of the ship, the large and proud Union Jack, quickly tying it off and sending it up over the aft rail. Cheers could be heard from the Marines aft and Callum leaped off the ladder and landed on the Gun Deck.

    “Open gun ports!” He almost screamed, his chest pounding as he watched this crew go to it, “Run out!” He screamed louder, holding up his hand, watching the crew pull on their ropes, the guns rolling out, he could hear it over his head as well, his orders being duplicated above, the sound of the rollers of the guns against wood of the deck overhead, “FIRE!” He screamed even louder and every gun of Dover’s starboard side erupted at the exact same time.


    To get in touch with the author, send them an email.


  • The Bondage Adventures of the Lakewood High Boys

    Spencer Spends the Night with James

    When last we left the boys…

    Kenneth held up his phone and counted down aloud the time left. Spencer had less than two minutes now.

    “He’s getting close!” Todd observed.

    “He really doesn’t want my sock in his mouth, hah hah,” James laughed.

    Spencer, their bound captive, was intensely concentrated on freeing his tied hands. It wasn’t easy. The white cotton rope had been impressively fashioned around his wrists thanks to Kenneth’s expert ropework. Still, Spencer was resilient. Sweating like he was helped lubricate the skin so he could wiggle and he used that too his advantage despite the discomfort of rope burn.

    With less than a minute to go, Kenneth started counting down the seconds. He knelt down to his best friend and teased, “Come on, Spence. If you don’t do this, you know what comes next!”

    Spencer, biting down on the Nerf ball in his mouth, looked up at Kenneth and shot him a “Go fuck yourself!” look.

    Half of Spencer’s left hand was now past the coil of ropes. He struggled and pulled with full force, grunting loudly as he did.

    “Five, four, three…” Kenneth counted down.

    Spencer’s hands were almost free. Meanwhile, he could see James anxiously standing by with his sweaty sock in hand.

    “Two, one…” Kenneth continued.

    At this moment, Spencer released his left hand and collapsed his body to the floor, sighing with relief. He felt safe. He felt victorious. He dodged a bullet.

    “Time’s up!” Kenneth said.

    Spencer spit out the Nerf ball and announced, gasping in the process, “I did it!”

    His best friend, Kenneth, and the other two, however, shook their heads and broke out in ominous laughter.

    “Not quite,” Kenneth said, still knelling close to Spencer, ruffling his sweaty scalp.

    “No way! Not cool! Rules said free my hands!” Spencer protested, still gasping with exhaustion.

    “Yea, rules said hands, PLURAL,” Kenneth replied, wiggling Spencer’s right hand which was still enclosed in a coil of rope.

    “Come on! I won!” Spencer shot back.

    Unfortunately for Spencer, his teammates disagreed.

    James was eagerly standing by with his moist, balled up Nike sock. Kenneth knelt closer to his best friend, pinched his nose and tilted his head back. “You’re up James!” Kenneth laughed.

    Spencer, ultimately, didn’t resist as James shoved his smelly sock deep in to his mouth. He made the quick decision to accept his fate and take the “punishment” which of course was a compromising act that would trigger his excitement. For certain, the heinous, warm, moist sock tasted “awful” and immediately enveloped his mouth with stinky goodness. Spencer, as feared, got an erection and hoped that they wouldn’t notice. Being on his stomach and dressed in jeans, he was safe for the time being.

    Kenneth reached for the duct tape so they could tape his mouth shut but was disrupted by the worst sound ever heard. It was the shrieking voice of his mother yelling from upstairs, “Boys! It’s time for bed!”

    Their game was up! The disappointed boys had to break it up for the night. Spencer was both relieved and disappointed. He started to spit out the sock.

    Kenneth laughed, “Oh no, you’re still gagged.” He tore off a strip of the duct tape and sealed it over his best friend’s lips. “Just stay put.”

    Kenneth said he had to go upstairs to go to bed but mentioned that Spencer was spending the night so he would free him later. He told his teammates to take off.

    James was taking his sweet time, so Todd was the first to leave.

    A peculiar display unfolded before Spencer’s eyes. He watched as Kenneth made sure Todd was truly gone. James seemed to hang on this confirmation too as the boys waited it out.

    “Coast is clear. Don’t leave yet, hang a few more,” Kenneth said to James.

    “Copy that,” James responded.

    Kenneth looked down at Spencer then smiled at James and said, “Check this out.”

    To Spencer’s embarrassment, his best friend tilting his body to the side, now had his crotch exposed. On display was a stiff boner springing inside his jeans.

    “What did I tell you?” Kenneth said rhetorically. He playfully pinched Spencer’s nipple in a playfully cruel fashion, making him wince. “Mmmphh!”

    “So, does he have to stay over HERE tonight?” James asked, grinning.

    “Nah. I can loan him out to you,” Kenneth chuckled. “His parents think he’s spending the night so he won’t be missed as long as he’s home by morning,” Kenneth said.

    Spencer, humiliated, listened to them, not fully comprehending what was being proposed.

    Kenneth untied Spencer, then stood him up, but instructed him to keep James’ sock in his mouth. The smelly sock was haphazardly sealed by a mere small strip of duct tape but he obeyed. Meanwhile, James put his previously removed sneaker back on, over his barefoot. 

    “You ok with all this Spence?” Kenneth asked his gagged friend, this time in an empathetic tone.

    Spencer shot a confused look towards his best friend.

    “You’re going with James, tonight. You two will have fun,” Kenneth smiled at his friend.

    Spencer thought for a moment and finally grasped the situation. His heart started to race and he realized what was happening. He recalled the comment made in the locker room the day of tryouts when Kenneth said “you two have a lot in common.” His best friend was actually “setting him up” with another guy. Was this really happening? Although humiliating to be in that predicament, he was terribly excited at the same time.

    Spencer nodded. He did however have to pee something awful at this point.

    Kenneth and James, holding Spencer in their grasps, quietly went up the stairs. Making sure the coast was clear of nosy parents, they hurriedly escorted Spencer out the backdoor of the kitchen to James’ pickup truck in the driveway. The bed of the pickup was covered by a waterproof canvas tarp which James unfastened and pulled back. A mildew stained yellow bed padding made of egg crate foam was on the floor of the truck bed. He and Kenneth lifted Spencer and deposited him on top of it. The spongy cushion was somewhat comfortable but Spencer still felt the hard, corrugated metal floor beneath it.

    Kenneth helped James with tying up Spencer’s wrists behind his back again and retied his feet. He loaned him the pile of restraints that James had shoved in his gym bag along with his sweaty gear. Before hopping out of the pickup bed, Kenneth ruffled his best friend’s hair and said, “Enjoy this, you little freak! I’m glad I could do this.”

    The canvas tarp was re-snapped over the truck bed to seal Spencer inside, hidden from view. He heard Kenneth and James slap a high five and have a last, quiet laugh together.

    The truck ride was bumpy and uncomfortable. Spencer’s mind raced with thoughts of what was to come next. What would James be doing with him? Was it really going to be what he dreamed of or a setup for something unpleasant?

    Later on…

    What was, in reality, a short ride through the neighborhood, felt like a rocky, dramatic odyssey. Spencer had to struggle in the dark shallow chamber to keep his restrained body from rolling around. The musty smelling foam padding helped somewhat, but the jostling about was irritating. It made the desire to urinate more excruciating. He held it there. The tape on his mouth was more symbolic and playfully applied and his sweaty face weakened the adhesive. He didn’t spit out his sock gag, though. He enjoyed the taste of James’ ripe sock too much. His mind continued to wander what was in store.

    A few minutes later the truck stopped and the motor turned off. The tarp was removed. Through the moonlight, Spencer could see they were parked behind a large house outside a garage. James untied Spencer’s feet but kept his hands tied. He helped him hop out of the pickup. He could feel the crisp December chill in the night as he watched James open the garage door and turn on a lightbulb. They stepped inside and James closed the door. The illumination from the blub faintly lit the garage. It had a pile of typical sundry items along the walls but it was clear this was primarily used as a makeshift gym. An old, large blue and white rubber wrestling mat – the high school colors – was laid out on the floor. There was a weight bench and various dumbbells populating the dank, dark garage. The faint, pleasurable familiar scent of James’ body odor draped the air.

    James smiled at Spencer and untied his wrists. He took pity, noticing the rope burn and massaged his wrists to relieve him of the pain.

    “That feel better?” James asked quietly.

    Spencer nodded.

    “I’m gonna take that gag out so you can have some water. Keep your voice down. Got it?” James said, continuing to speak in a quiet voice.

    Spencer eagerly nodded.

    James removed the tape strip which was half falling off anyway. He collected his sock back from Spencer’s mouth, which was now soaked in saliva.

    “Thanks,” Spencer sheepishly said as James grabbed some bottled water from a shelf and told him to “Drink up.”

    Spencer chugged the water. It helped wash away some of the sticky film of sweat and dirt that coated his gums.

    “I really have to take a leak,” Spencer whispered. “Please.”

    James smiled. “I’ll take care of it. I’ve got to see if anyone’s home. If not, you’re peeing in a cup bro. Put your hands behind your head.” Spencer dutifully obliged. “Stay like that,”  James said as he disappeared through the house door.

    The urge to pee was getting so strong that the minutes James was gone seemed like hours. Pissing in a cup didn’t sound too appealing but he’d take it.

    James returned, saying in a normal voice, “Good news! My parents are at the lake house. Just us.”

    “Can I piss?” Spencer asked right away.

    James laughed and guided his slave to a bathroom near his kitchen. He closed the door saying, “I have to get some stuff ready for the fun. Don’t come out till’ I get you.”

    Spencer looked into the bathroom mirror. He unbuttoned his jeans and pulled down his underwear. He still had the erection. He turned to the toilet and urinated. It felt so satisfactory to have taken that leak. He was fully able to enjoy his predicament and not be distracted by his annoying bladder. He returned to the mirror. His short hair was glistening in sweat and his skin was both blanched and beet red. He looked like someone who had been through a full work out in his clothing. He wondered if he should take off his wet clothes. He wanted too. But his shy, reserved nature got the best of him and he didn’t.

    Several minutes went by and Spencer wondered what James was doing. He could hear some moving about upstairs then nearby in the kitchen. His mind raced with thoughts. He was alone in a house with the attractive, older wrestler he worshipped in the hallways of school.  How could this be really happening?

    Finally, James’ voice was heard. He told him to open the door and step out.

    Standing in the kitchen was James suited up in his shiny blue, skintight wrestling singlet! He was a God in teenage form. Spencer noted how cocky and confident James looked in his uniform. And, no surprise, James was still wearing his trashed Nike Air Jordan’s with both socks on.  

    “Come out,” “James said plainly. “You like how I look, don’t you?” he bragged with a grin.

    Spencer nervously stepped out of the bathroom, putting his hands behind his head again, in a subservient display. “Yes,” Spencer timidly responded.

    “Good. Now take your clothes off, down to your underwear,” James ordered.

    The younger boy trembled as he kicked off his shoes and removed his t-shirt to reveal his skinny, smooth build. He unbuttoned his jeans and pulled them off. He stood before James in a pair of baby blue, Hanes boxer briefs. His erection was at full mast with a hint of pre-cum staining through the thin fabric. If there was any doubt Spencer was sexually aroused by James, it was now clear.

    James looked at the boner with an approving nod. It looked like James was growing in his crotch as well!

    “Turn around,” James instructed.

    James took a coil or rope and tied Spencer’s wrists together behind his head. He took another length of rope and wrapped it comfortably but snuggly around his neck, fastening it to the wrists. This forced his arms to stay pinned back and winged out, which put the boy’s armpits in full exposure.

    James turned him back around to face him and teased Spencer’s pits by gently tugging on the puffs of the boy’s armpit hair with his fingers. Spencer jolted and winced.

    “Nice,” James admired his slave.

    “So, are you my boy?” James asked with a sensual voice.

    Spencer was caught off guard by the sudden intimate tone, then muttered, “Yes,” and happily nodded.

    “Open your mouth,” James ordered. He produced his infamous pair of red Under Armour compression shorts, the ones Spencer stared at in the locker room, and started stuffing his mouth with it. His cheeks ballooned like a chipmunk loaded with nuts. Only half of the shorts could fit but James made sure the musty crotch was resting outside Spencer’s lips and squarely below his nose.

    James had a thick elastic band, the kind for resistance training, and tied it around Spencer’s mouth to hold the funky smelling spandex underwear in place.

    “Stinks don’t it?” James asked. Spencer nodded.

    He ordered Spencer on to his knees and pressed his head into his crotch. “Sniff!”

    Spencer inhaled the sharp odor of James’ crotch escaping through the sheer, silky uniform fabric. Like the shorts in his mouth, it had the uncanny smell of malt vinegar and salt. He loved it, of course.

    This went on for some time and James was growing harder and harder. Spence, feeling the ever increasing bulge, gained more confidence in acting out his own inhibitions. He increased his deep breaths.

    “Oh, man,” James sighed with pleasure.  

    James grabbed his boy by the neck and stood him back on his feet. Then he leaned in with his right arm raised and told him to take a whiff of his armpit. Spencer buried himself in to the cavity of his armpit and rubbed his nose up and down, inhaling heartily. After that, James moved him over to his left armpit and Spencer continued sniffing.

    “Smells like a champion, doesn’t it?” James uttered.

    Spencer nodded and mumbled something as he took heavy breathes with his nose pressed against the puffs of hair from James’ armpits.

    “Enough of that,” James said. He pulled down the bungee strap around Spencer’s mouth, removed the Under Armour shorts and rested them around his neck.

    “Lick em, now!” James ordered nodding as his armpits.

    Spencer wasted no time and delightfully dove in to his master’s stinky, salty, sharp tasting pits. He took his time, licking each of them clean. This made James moan with more enjoyment.

    “You like this, huh?” James stared at him.

    “Yes, more than anything,” Spencer moaned in between licking his armpits.

    “By the way, keep everything from tonight a secret, between us. You can’t even tell Kenneth?” James said.

    “He kinda knows, though,” Spencer replied.

    “Just keep the details out,” James responded.

    “Yes, sir. I won’t,” Spencer promised.

    James grabbed Spencer by the jaw and fixed his eyes on his eyes. “Good,” he said with a resolute tone.

    As Spencer looked in to James’ piercing blue eyes, he admired his beautiful, masculine face.

    “Ever kissed a dude?” James asked, still staring at Spencer, both their faces pressed almost nose to nose.

    Spencer froze briefly to ponder the question. He looked back at James and said, “No, I haven’t.”

    James took his fingers and pinched at the tips of Spencer’s armpit hairs, pulling him even closer to him. He started to place his lips against Spencer’s. The young captive groaned softly but opened his mouth ready to kiss James. Suddenly, though, he was pushed back.

    “None of that gay stuff! It isn’t Netflix and chill,” James laughed, slapping Spencer on the face.

    “Sorry,” Spencer apologized.

    “That’s right, Spence. Remember, I can do anything I want, I own you,” James stated.

    “Yes, sir. I belong to you,” Spencer gushed.

    “Come with me,” James directed.

    Spencer was escorted up James’ stairs. He led him by grabbing the waistband of Spencer’s boxer briefs and pulled him up, giving Spencer a slight wedgie in the process.   

    They entered James’ bedroom which was typical for what Spencer expected. It was littered with dirty clothes, a video game console, and posters of UFC fighters on the wall. His bed, however, was a bunkbed because, as Spencer had known from a previous conversation, his bedroom was sometimes shared with his younger brother who was away at military school.

    “I think I need my feet worshipped now. You’re gonna take care of that,” James said cavalierly.

    “Hell yes!” Spencer beamed.

    James positioned a plastic bin from his closet in front of the chair from the computer desk. He then sat down in the chair and propped up his feet.

    “Take my sneaks off,” he ordered.

    Spencer, whose hands were still tied behind his head, knelt down on the ground and awkwardly rubbed his face against James’ shoes, trying to knock them off with his face. It was a futile attempt.

    James kicked him in the face and said, “Do better than that! Figure it out.”

    It finally dawned on Spencer to first unlace James’ sneakers. He used his teeth to do so. Then, still using his teeth, he grabbed at the flaps of the shoe and spread them apart, followed by pulling back the tongues of the sneakers. In doing so, he got an up close preview of the smell down there. That warm, swampy odor was waiting.

    Once the shoes were loosened, using his teeth once more, he pulled them down. It took some time, but he was able to remove each one of James’ Nike Air Jordans.

    An overpowering, foul, wonderful, disgusting, amazing, rank aroma of James’ filthy, sweaty socks captivated the air around his large feet. The air around them was so warm and moist. The dirty white socks, really browner and grey from all the wear, were waiting for him.

    Spencer buried his face in to the arches of James’ feet and sniffed away. He was electrified by the scent. He started to lick the bottoms of the socks and lapped up the stank coating his tongue, throwing himself in to it. He cock was rock hard.

    James eased back in to his chair, folding his arms behind his head and enjoyed the attention. Spencer noticed James’ bulging biceps and lats. He noticed how his lean, toned torso collapsed into the chair. He looked so inviting in that shiny wrestling singlet he wore as it showed every curve in his amazing body.  

    “Peel off the socks,” James directed the rookie.

    “Yes, sir,” Spencer gleefully consented.

    Spencer wrapped his lips around the tops of James’ tube socks, grabbing the fabric with his teeth, and masterfully slid the dirty socks down and off of James’ sweaty feet.

    Spencer was about to dive in to the feet when James stopped him and said, “Wait! Get your nose in between the toes first. And sniff!”

    With his hands bound behind his head and tied to his neck and on his knees, Spencer clumsily nudged closer to James’ feet so he could be more precise in the task.

    Spencer bowed down and dug his nose in between James big toe and second toe on his right foot. He inhaled and looked up at James for approval. “Good boy,” his master smiled. Spencer continued inserting his nose in between each set of toes, sniffing heftily every time.

    “Now, bitch. Lick my toes!” James ordered.

    Spencer went right to it, starting with the big toe, again on James’ right foot, working his way down. Those feet were so warm and moist.

    After he methodically licked each toe, James then said, “Now, suck the toes.”

    Spencer, keeping order to his purpose, went back to the big toe on the right foot and worked his way down. 

    James kicked him in the face with his feet and said, “No! Not good enough! Suck out the toe jam!”

    “Yes, sir,” Spencer obeyed.

    The obedient slave sucked even more on his teammates toes, working as hard as he could. He used a combination of his tongue and teeth to get inside James’ toenails. He was desperate to please.

    “Get the rest of my feet. Lick ‘em clean!” James followed up.

    Spencer dug in and happily lapped his tongue on every corner of James’ feet.

    After a few minutes, James then, unexpectedly, propped himself back up in the chair, leaned in to Spencer, and spit in his face.

    “That’s enough!” James laughed looking at the wad of spit sliding down Spencer’s face.

    James inspected his slick and shiny feet, freshly cleaned by his foot boy.

    “That’ll do!” he said satisfied. He looked at his cell phone, nearby on the desk, and saw that it was 3AM.

    Seeing how it was so late, James decided it was time for them to go to bed.

    James stood up, unceremoniously scratched his nuts and looked down at Spencer, still knelt on the floor, glaring up at him.

    “You look pathetic,” James smiled. “Close your eyes!”

    As Spencer did so, James approached, turned around, bent over with his ass close to Spencer’s face and let out a big fart.

    Spencer was taken aback by this, after hearing the farting noise, and then smelt the unusual bouquet of canned corn and wet asparagus. While he liked the smell of socks, this one was gross. His face couldn’t help but scowl.

    “Ha hah! Maybe my favorite part of the night, seeing that expression on you!” James giggled. “Kenneth never farted in your face?”

    After some conversation about how to situate Spencer, it was decided that he would spend the night tied down spread eagle to the top bunk, that James’ little brother normally occupied.

    James tied him down with rope, cleave gagged him with his tied up dirty tube socks, and put him to bed. He covered him with a sheet. James then climbed down to the bottom bunk and feel asleep.

    Of course, poor Spencer would have a hard time falling asleep himself that night. He further fantasized about James and how wonderful it felt being owned by him. He wondered if his best friend, Kenneth, who initiated this peculiar connection, knew what he was going through. He imagined what James would do to him on other nights. He wanted more. Maybe more, too, would happen for another time.

    TO BE CONTINUED…


    To get in touch with the author, send them an email.


  • One Fun TUG Tale Weekend

    Growing up as boys together — Ryan and Connor — was the best of times.  The two brothers were tight-knit.  

    Ryan, 14, loved basketball and air-soft guns.  He was lean and fit.  Dusty blonde hair and blue eyes.  An energetic, All-American boy full of mischief.  He looked up to his brother, Connor.

    Connor, 18, was well-behaved but a strong, determined teenager.  He had blonde hair like Ryan, although not shaggy like his brother.  Connor loved everything military and had buzz tight hair and big brown eyes.  His close circle of friends were school jocks but Connor was dedicated to young ROTC and martial arts. 

    Their parents trusted Connor so much, they didn’t think twice to leave him in charge when they took a two week cruise to Mexico.  Their sprawling home, that slice of summer, became the main hangout for both their groups of friends.  They all knew one another too.

    Ryan was an unapologetic hyper, sometimes naughty young man who instigated Connor.  They grew up playing War Games like paintball in the woods behind their home.  Ryan always insisted anyone shot was a prisoner who had to be tied up.  He loved it either way but when he was tying the ropes, it was always agony for the prisoner.  Especially when he caught his older brother.  There’d be some form of humiliating element like gagging him with used socks or tickling him till he broke down.  Being a good sport though, Ryan always took his punishment like a trooper.  He was a tough little man.

    One afternoon early into the parent’s vacation, events would take place that sparked a week long experience of Ryan’s brand of mischief.  Ryan’s friend Justin was spending the day over.  They played video games and shot baskets in the back.

    Justin, 14, was a skinny boy like Ryan with thick brown hair and blue eyes.  He was coordinated but not muscle toned like Ryan.  He was shyer than Ryan as well.

    After the round of basketball, Ryan got frisky and broke out some of the ropes.  He tied up a reluctant Justin in the basement playroom.   He made him play more video games and watch TV while Justin was restrained.  He also made him keep a squishy, foam made Nerf ball in his mouth.  It was them just goofing off. 

    Connor returned from his martial arts class to see his younger brother’s latest mischief.  He felt a little sorry for Justin and made Ryan take the ball gag out of his mouth.  The conversation wandered into “revenge” which Connor was eager to help Justin in tying up his little brother.  They all agreed it would be a lot of fun.  Ryan even helped untie Justin so he could be next. 

    Ryan kicked off his dirty sneakers and assumed the position on the floor, face down.  Although Justin wanted to help the older boy, Connor did most of the tying.  He had learned how to properly tie up guys from some of his martial arts and ROTC training.  Connor was something of an expert. 

    An excited Ryan was tightly subjected to a hogtie with plenty of ropes applied all over his body.  He loved it.  Justin was equally excited to participate, being that it was his first time to restrain his typically dominate friend.

    “How’s that lil’ man?” Connor smiled, poking his feet at Ryan’s exposed, sensitive areas. 

    “Ugh… man, ha hah pretty good job.  You done?” Ryan laughed.

    Connor leaned into Justin’s ear and told him, “That means he wants more.  Probably a gag.  He loves being pushed and tested!”

    Ryan, hearing his brother, indirectly gave them a hint saying, “Ya, but no sweaty socks!  No sweaty socks!” 

    “Ha hah, see dude!  He likes weird shit.  I gotta go upstairs.  Some friends are coming over.  Have fun,” Connor smiled with a pat on Justin’s back.

    As Connor walked up the stairs, he nudged Justin a last time to proceed.  Justin nodded and pulled off his skater sneaks.  A warm odor carried in the air.  He peeled off his moist, sheer thin Puma ankle socks.  Waving them before Ryan face, he said, “How about these?”

    “You wouldn’t!” Ryan laughed, still indirectly suggesting he do that very thing.  “I dare you!”

    Justin shoved the rank footies into Ryan’s mouth.  Ryan made a modest protest but took his friend’s foul socks deep into his mouth.  He kept them gagged in his mouth while he had more fun bucking and struggling on the floor.  Justin didn’t have to secure any tape or bandana to hold the stinky socks.  Ryan was role playing, pretending he couldn’t spit them out.  A normally reserved Justin slowly got more in to the hazing as he say Ryan pleased.  He tickled Ryan like nuts on his sides and on his socked feet.  Justin stepped up the torment when he gripped one of his own sneakers and cupped it to Ryan’s face.  “These stink?” he chuckled.  Ryan took deep breaths.  The inside of the shoe was overwhelmed with Justin’s muggy, sweet smelling foot odor.   This went on for good amount of time.

    Meanwhile, Connor was changing clothes in his room upstairs.  It had the typical adornments and smell of an active teenage male.  He was standing at his dresser mirror in his underwear.  Connor had a soft, tanned smooth body.  He was muscular and proud of the hard work he did to achieve it.  A freshly cleaned Polo was draped over his head. 

    Before he could finish dressing, his close bud Jimmy came over and rushed upstairs to Connor’s bedroom.  “What up, foo’!” Jimmy shouted, bumping fists with Connor.

    Jimmy, 17, had a build that was striking, near-perfect.  Wearing a tight, sleeveless grey t-shirt that said “Hawks Wrestling” and jammers, he looked like a Ken doll.   Milky white skinned, dash of freckles and a square jawed face with a pug nose.  His red hair was a military crop, much like Connor’s cut.  Most of the younger boys at school and on his team saw Jimmy as menacing.  But friends like Connor knew he was a spunky, carefree goof off.  

    “Let’s bust out, C-Money! ” Jimmy playfully jabbed away at Connor.

    “Dude I’m still dressing” Connor laughed.

    “I can see that.  Tighty-whiteys?” he chuckled looking at Connor’s white briefs.

    “Go fix us some sandwiches in the kitchen.  I’ll be down,” Connor suggested.

    Jimmy shot downstairs like a rampaging horse.  Connor shook his head and smiled as he slid in to his designer jeans.  He reached for his same pair of dirty socks and shoes he wore earlier.

    In the kitchen, Jimmy was making ham and cheese sandwiches with a helping of mayo.  He heard the commotion in the basement from the kitchen accessible doorway. 

    Justin was in the middle of tickle assaults on Ryan as Jimmy ventured down to them eating his sandwich.  “Whooaa!” he gasped, half-stuffed with bread in his mouth.

    Justin and Ryan looked back and nodded casually at Jimmy.

    “You dudes are gay,” Jimmy laughed. 

    Connor soon marched down the stairs behind Jimmy and proudly explained his hand in the mischief. 

    “What’s in his mouth?” Jimmy asked, referring to the Ryan’s bloated cheeks.

    “I put my socks in his mouth, dude,” Justin proudly boasted.

    “Rock on!”  Jimmy applauded.

    “Should we roll now?” Connor turned to Jimmy who gave him a sandwich to munch on.

    Jimmy’s face lit up with an idea and he whispered into Connor’s ear.  “You’re just as bad as my bro!  But I like it,” Connor replied.

    “So, hey… you should keep him company while we’re out, dude,” Jimmy nudged at Justin.  “Why don’t you get permission to spend the night and we’ll be back later.  We’ll continue the fun!”

    “Really?” Justin smiled eagerly.  He was excited to be accepted by the cool, older boys of his school.  He couldn’t say no. 

    But after Justin called his mother and got the okay to stay over, it backfired on him. The elder boys grabbed him.

    Jimmy was the first to attack.  Jumping Justin and easily pinning him to the floor.  After all he was a champion wrestler.  Connor got more rope out.  Justin didn’t put up much resistance either and let the older teenagers tie him up at the wrists and the ankles.  They removed Ryan’s dirty socks and told Justin to “open big!”  The socks were crammed inside his mouth, gagging him good.  Justin heeded the warning not to spit them out or it would be worse.

    Connor and Jimmy hoisted their tied captives over their shoulders and carried them upstairs.  They decided they’d be more comfortable in Ryan’s bedroom while they were out.  They were left side by side bound and gagged safely.  “Don’t spit ’em out unless you REALLY REALLY have to guys!”  Connor warned.

    They left the younger boys like that and took off to the movies to meet other friends, and some girls. 

    After a good hour’s worth of fighting against the ropes that hogtied them, Ryan was the first to break loose.  They had already spit out the socks in their mouths, speaking freely.

    “Well that was fun,” Ryan sighed after the last bit of rope was off his body.

    “I guess.  Now help me out,” Justin gushed, still hogtied.

    Ryan straddled over his friend and unmercifully assaulted him with tickles all over.  “Oh yea?  Should I?  Should I really let you go?” Ryan teased attacking his friend like nobody’s business. 

    “Ha hah ha!  Heh heh!  Oh stop ha hah!” Justin begged.  “Please please!”

    “You’re a punk for ganging up on me like that!” Ryan scolded.  “You’re gonna stay like this.” 

    Ryan tightened up the loosened knots around Justin so he was back to being firmly hogtied.  “Don’t worry, I’m not gonna put my socks back in your mouth,” Ryan grinned as he stepped back into the soaked, dirty socks.  Ryan found another pair of his shoes from the closet and straightened up.

    “Come on dude!  I gotta pee too!  Please!” Justin gasped, adjusting again to the tight grip the ropes had on him.

    “I’m gonna fix something to eat.  I think I’ll just ponder a bit on what to with you later,” Ryan gleamed.  “Open up, slave!”

    Ryan took Justin’s socks, the one Ryan was punished with, and shoved them into Justin’s mouth.  Justin took them like a sport, not spitting them out after Ryan stood up.  But what he didn’t suspect was Ryan ensuring those nasty things would stay put.  Taking a long tube sock from his dresser, Ryan returned to Justin and wrapped the tube sock over Justin’s mouth.  He pulled tight and double knotted the tube sock behind his head, preventing his friend from any further attempt to spit the ankle socks out. 

    “You have some pretty stinky bad boys!  Your turn!” Ryan snickered.

    Justin bucked around the floor helplessly as Ryan waved goodbye, heading for the kitchen.

    Ryan made a sandwich and a glass of Gatorade and returned to his bedroom to babysit his trussed up friend. 

    Justin didn’t seem to be as irritated as he displayed.  Even with the wide band of the sock sealing his mouth, Ryan was pleased to see Justin smiling back at him.  Ryan enjoyed teasing Justin with his feet while he ate the sandwich and drank Gatorade.  He took pity on Just eventually, pulling down the tube sock so Justin could eject the rank socks.  He gave him a few swigs of Gatorade. 

    “Can we play some Mario Brothers?” Justin nicely asked from below Ryan’s attacking feet.

    “Sure dude,” Ryan shrugged.  He untied Justin and even helped remove the tight knots from the tube sock around his neck.  

    As if nothing had happened, the two boys returned down to the basement and engaged in a game of Super Mario Kart. 

    However, Ryan’s older brother returned with Jimmy.  They also had a couple of other friends, older boys too, in tow.  Connor, Jimmy and their two buddies Chase and Brody filed down the stairs into the basement.  It appeared the had been drinking or even smoking pot.

    Ryan foolishly assumed Connor and Jimmy would be over the roughhousing from earlier.  No such chance!

    Chase, 17, was Jimmy’s teammate on the wresting team.  He was well built like Jimmy with long black hair and a mean looking face.  Brody, 18, was a resident bad boy who lived on the poor side of town. He was something of a stud on campus though and hung out with the cool crowd.  That included Connor and Jimmy.

    “You little fellas were supposed to be tied up and eating each other’s socks!” Jimmy taunted, letting out a long burp.

    “Ah guys, we got kind of uncomfortable, sorry,” Ryan sheepishly responded.  “Ya, we tried to stay like that but it really hurt,” Justin added.

    “Ahhhh… the little men couldn’t tough it out?” Jimmy heckled.  Looking at Chase and Brody, Jimmy added, “You like our piggly-wigglies?”

    Jimmy looked particularly ominous, throwing his arm around Brody’s shoulder and cocked his head back in a tough manner.  Brody and Chase, newly introduced to the scene, seemed pumped up to pick up where Jimmy and Connor left off.  “Maybe we want to play too,” Chase grinned Ryan’s direction. 

    Ryan looked at his older brother and pleaded, “Connor?  Come on.”

    Connor seemed bought into his friends’ anticipation.  He said nothing as Jimmy lead the assault, motioning Chase and Brody to join him.  “Let’s wrangle them up, men!” Jimmy exclaimed.

    The three older boys, piled into Ryan and Justin.  The smell of beer and weed was on their breath as they scuffled with the two young friends. 

    Ryan once again put up no resistance.  He resigned to Chase and Brody manhandling him on the floor as they gathered rope in their hands.  They praised him for being a good sport though and took their time figuring out how to tie him up.  They were clearly inexperienced at the task but eager.  Connor stepped in and instructed them how best to tie a body up.  A calm Ryan looked up at his brother while he was being hogtied.  Connor knelt down to him and quietly spoke, “You love the attention lil’ bro.  This will be fun.”

    Justin however didn’t seem to have any more interest in being tied up.  Jimmy, being his devilish hazing self, was relentless.  Justin resisted and yelled at the top of his lungs.  The red-headed muscular wrestler easily kept Justin pinned face down.  He forced Justin’s wrists behind him and tied them with rope.  Sitting on Justin’s butt with his body weight, Jimmy reached down to his own shoes and removed them.  Jimmy was wearing Nike branded, white socks that had a nylon, cotton blend.  They were soiled with odor stains and stunk to high heaven.  They were so worn, one of them was withered down to a cheese cloth condition on the bottom.  As Justin squabbled underneath, Jimmy took off the socks and tied them together by a knot at the toe ends.  The smelliest part. 

    Chase and Brody paused to watch the fun.  “Do it Jimmy!” they cheered on their friend.  Connor and Ryan also watched. 

    Jimmy gripped the tied socks between his hands, stretched them wide apart and draped reached in front of Justin’s head.  Justin tried to resist but quickly found the knotted center, the smelly toe ends, being pressed between his lips until he gave up.  They jammed into his mouth.  “Mmmmmhh!” Justin grunted.  Jimmy gloated intently as he pulled back on the socks with his firm grip and tied the soft ends tightly behind Justin’s head.   As Justin protested with agony from the freshly applied cleave-gag, Jimmy jokingly kissed him quickly on the cheeks and said, “You’re mine, bitch!”

    “Poor kid,” Chase grinned.  “I feel sorry for him.  I can smell those toxic things from here!” 

    Powerless to do anything about it, Justin gave up his fight and accepted the nasty gag between his teeth.  Jimmy returned to tying him up. 

    Meanwhile Ryan was still getting taken care of by Chase and Brody while his big bro watched.  He was spared the same fate of being gagged with disgusting socks or a hogtie.  Instead, at Connor’s suggestion, he was sat into a chair and tied down.  Hands already bound behind the chair, he was strapped down with rope from chest, to waist, to thigh, to legs and finally by his ankles.  He wrestled around for a moment to feel how effectively they tied him down. 

    “You’re being a good sport about this.  You should try out for the wrestling team.  You got the balls!” Brody smiled at Ryan, ruffling his shaggy blonde mop of hair.  “You want a gag?”  

    “Uhmmmm… I do!” Ryan told him. 

    “Man!  Ha hah.  Your bro can’t get enough,” Brody exclaimed Connor’s way.  Connor smiled down at Ryan. 

    “I guess some socks,” Chase shrugged.  “I don’t wanna get mine ruined though.”

    “How about Connor’s socks?  I’m used to that,” Ryan suggested.

    Connor pushed off his Nikes and removed his black ankle socks.  He carefully but decidedly pulled his littler brother’s head back by the hair.  As the warm, moist socks were pushed into Ryan’s mouth, Ryan tasted the familiar aroma of Connor’s sweet scented smell.  “Hmmmm mmm,” Ryan muffled. 

    For good measure, Connor gave Ryan a titty twister.  Ryan whimpered, squinting his eyes.  He strained side to side briefly against the ropes restringing him in the chair.  Chase patted Ryan on the cheeks.  

    “Let’s get some more grub and alcohol,” Connor perked. 

    The other three followed Connor up the stairs to the kitchen.  Ryan was left neatly tied head to toe with rope in his chair.  Poor Justin was fighting like a restrained animal on the floor once again at Ryan’s feet.  He desperately tried to shake free the rank, stinky socks cleave gagging him.  It was no use escaping that torment.  How he so regretted spending the night now at Ryan and Connor’s house.  It was going to be a long, torturous evening for him. 

    Ryan and Justin had been coerced into bondage feats since six ‘clock. Now it was past one in the morning at the start of the most intense challenge. They rolled into each other like jammed logs on a riverbank. The teenage mummies neatly bound by miles of duct tape. Only their bare feet were spared of the body taping.

    What went through their minds? Exhausted, frustrated and humiliated were among many emotions. Ryan loved the sensation of being restricted and put to a test, but not this intensely. In the back of their minds, they were terrified by the thought of being doused with itching powder. They had to succeed at any cost with one exception. Ryan didn’t dare consider having a friend reach into his crotch to pull out the scissors. Off the table! For now,

    Ryan whimpered meekly under his gag. He didn’t mind tasting dirty socks in his mouth. He hated having to take breaths through his nostrils. The more he drew in air, the more it forced him to inhale the warm, stinky cup taped over his nose. Hearing his displeasure, Justin put his mouth to Ryan’s face to find the source. “Chill bro, keep your head still, I’ll help you man,” he promised Ryan. Justin awkwardly pulled on the outer tape that secured the nasty cup.

    “Justy helping his BFF, ahhhhhh!” teased Chase.

    Their devilish tormentors kicked it on a nearby couch to watch the fun. They turned on ESPN in the background and drank more beer.

    Meanwhile Justin focused on helping his friend. Some of the tape was compromised at last. It wasn’t easy being blindfolded. “My bad,” he said bumping into Ryan’s head. Anytime he gripped the cup with his teeth, he got his own taste of how smelly that thing was. After a few minutes, Ryan remained gagged but finally free of the grody “air mask.”

    Back on the couch, the boys found a Tivo’ed UFC fight and got more comfortable. Jimmy and Chase progressively got annoyed with Brody however. He was wasted and annoying them with belches in their face.

    “Dude that cup is worse than a Dutch oven. Jimmy has one disgusting nut sack,” Justin repealed. He started breaking Ryan’s tape gag with his teeth. Ryan looked at a nearby clock and saw five minutes already passed! There was little time. He could the gag for fifteen more minutes, but not that itching powder later. Useless to tell Justin, he shook his head and moaned. He buckled against Justin’s body. He wanted to tell him to work on his left hand. He couldn’t. How could he translate what he saw? “My bad, my bad, you’re right. Let’s just try to work ourselves free I guess,” replied Justin.

    “Mmmm uhmmm mmm hum!” Ryan grunted. He was so mad at Justin for not figuring out that he should use his teeth to work on Ryan’s hand.

    “Ryan being a hater?” laughed Jimmy from across the room at Justin.

    Justin ignored the taunts. He wasted another precious two minutes on himself while Ryan hopelessly tried to redirect his efforts. He bucked and bumped against Justin’s body.

    “Legit, Jimmy,” praised Chase. “They don’t have a clue what to do!”

    Finally, Ryan couldn’t take the stupidity longer. He let out a continuous grunt and strongly shoved up against Justin a last time to get his attention.

    “Hardcore,” Jimmy and Chase smiled. They lost interest in the UFC match to watch their brave victims. Meanwhile Brody was being a dumb ass. Drunk and pissed off they were distracted from the fight. His boy Kendall Grove was sparring. Clumsily Brody tried to dog pile his buds, accidently pulling Chase’s hair. “You h’s! “he slurred.

    “Let’s just get his drunk ass in the chair,” Chase frowned. Although Brody was a tough dude, he was too far-gone to stop them. Jimmy and Chase handedly did light rope work and tied him to a chair. They ceremoniously gagged their pal with one simple application of a bandana. Nothing fancy like the younger boys endured. They gave him the remote to DirecTV and said, “Their big guy.” Brody didn’t seem bothered left bound and gagged. He watched his UFC fight, hiccupping through the bandana.

    Back to the helpless mummies.

    After a few more awkward minutes, Jimmy finally got the hint, working with Ryan as a team effort. He told him to grunt once for yes, two for no, when he asked a question. “Mmmm!” a relieved Ryan confirmed.

    However, Ryan was faced with a dilemma. They had less than eight minutes. Working his hand free with Justin’s choppers assisting would probably not give enough time. That left the option he swore he’d avoid. The scissors.

    They were well fortified down his crotch. The only way to get them was for Justin to reach inside and take them! The thought of his best friend digging down past his sweaty balls was impossible to imagine.

    “Is there something you see that we could use?” “Mmmm!” Ryan signaled as a yes. “Uhh huh.. can I reach it??” “Mmmmmm!”

    “Man, off the hook! No way Justin will go there!” an excited Chase watched by Jimmy’s side. “Twenty bucks says he will,” Jimmy challenged. Chase replied, “You’re on!”

    Justin narrowed it down to something attached to Ryan. By now though, Ryan saw a mere three minutes left! It would be useless. He was ready to give in and spare himself the unnecessary humiliating ordeal of being fondled while the other guys would just ridicule him.

    However, Jimmy stepped in, telling them, “Okay! Ha hah. This is too good. We’re giving you an extra ten minutes! Its tool time!”

    Oblivious to the precise location, a blindfolded Justin eagerly replied, “Tight! Thank you!” Ryan was just bracing himself now, the poor kid.

    Justin shimmied his body positioning perpendicular to Ryan. He lifted his head and inched up Ryan’s body until his face planted top of his chest. “Ugh, on your front side somewhere I hope?” Justin panted. “Mmmm!” Ryan grunted yes. “Lower?” — “Mmmm!” Ryan grunted. Justin strolled his chin downward stopping at the stomach. Unfortunate for Ryan, this body contact was getting him hard once more. “Lower still?” quizzed Justin. Ryan hesitated a moment, swallowed his pride and let out the familiar single grunt. Here it goes.

    Justin continued downward, brushing over Ryan’s crotch, encountering his sweaty underwear beneath the torn opening. He pretended to ignore the obvious boner. It happens. He continued on. “Mmmm! Mmmm!” Ryan indicated no. “Oh man! Really? Stop here?” Justin gasped. “Mmmm!” poor Ryan affirmed.

    Jimmy and Chase were fixated. “Will he go for the key to their freedom or is it gonna be the itching powder? Moment of truth,” Jimmy called out like a sports broadcaster.

    Justin rested his chin just below Ryan’s bulge. He pressed down gently and felt the solid surface of the scissor handles. “This is wacked! Down here? Letting out his last affirmative grunt, Ryan dropped his head to the floor. It was out of his hands now. Justin reluctantly surveyed how to get inside and the obvious route was through the cutout. This required going past Ryan’s crotch.

    “Sorry, I got to do it!” Justin sheepishly told his friend. Ryan responded “ok” with a muffled sound. They were going for the shortcut. Happily, Justin realized he didn’t have to bury his face down there. He could use his left hand to do the job. It was left with enough mobility. Justin moved to Ryan’s side, rolled over and lapsed his body partially over Ryan. As he was pressing against him, Ryan could feel Justin excited too! Thank god he wasn’t the only weirdo.

    “Fork it over chump,” Jimmy smiled as Chase handed him twenty dollars.

    The first moment he reached in awkwardly with his hand, Ryan jerked from the sensation of his fingers touching his privates. He made some remarks of disgust but kept reaching. It was stimulating Ryan as well as Justin. He moaned with his head back collapsed back and let the ordeal progress. Justin could not prevent indirectly fondling Ryan as he reached under the briefs and pushed past his nuts! It was difficult to get a firm grip for a couple of embarrassing reasons.

    “How’s the ball butter, Justin? Making things, uh, hard?” roared Jimmy as he bumped fists with Chase.

    After an agonizing four minutes of slip-ups and uncomfortable contact, Justin grabbed the scissors and triumphantly removed them. The boys sighed, collapsing side by side as sweat poured down their blushing faces. But, Ryan saw it was already 1:40AM! No more time!

    Jimmy and Chase, beaming with satisfaction stood directly over their humiliated victims. “Tsk, tsk. Ha hah. You failed to beat the clock!!”Jimmy snickered.

    “You know what that means boys!” Chase followed up showing Ryan the infamous bottle of itching powder.

    “Mmmmhhh uhmmm! Mmmm uhmmm.” Ryan pleaded, with big watery eyes. “Fuck you guys! Don’t put that on us please!” Justin protested, more terrified, as he couldn’t see if they were already spraying them. They continued there pleading.

    Chase was kneeling down, first towards Ryan’s exposed underwear. Jimmy stopped him and interrupted, “Well, boys. Tell you what. You did a heroic thing. I’ll give you a break, IF you answer correctly to this question.”

    Ryan and Justin quieted down to listen to the bargain.

    “If you stay good sports and don’t’ tell Connor about this, we’ll let you go. Deal?”

    Without hesitation the boys feverishly nodded. Ryan grunted and Justin said, “We promise.”

    By the time it was past 2AM, most of the tape was cut off. Their gag and blindfold removed. The older boys even helped them out. Ryan and Justin peeled off their soaked Under Armour protection. Though their boners were gone, they remained in their drenched underwear. Their bodies were covered in sweat and beet red.

    Meanwhile, Brody was in the background still tied to the chair, happy as a clam watching Kendall dominate his UFC opponent.

    Jimmy told the younger friends to sit up on their butts with their backs in front of him and Chase. They reluctantly complied. Then pleasantly surprised as the older duo gave them a sports rub down to settle them and relax their tensed muscles.

    “You boys are legit. Impressed for sure,” Jimmy told them. Chase chimed in with how they had a similar rite of passage their first year on the wrestling squad.

    This admittedly flattered Ryan and Justin, who were earned some kind of acceptance from the older teenagers. To some degree at least. After they wrapped up the massage, they all said goodnight. Ryan and Justin headed for Ryan’s bedroom upstairs. Jimmy and Chase were crashing in the basement on the couch. And the useless Brody was nodding off in his chair, comfortably restrained.

    Ryan and Justin grabbed a huge one-gallon jug of bottled water. They were dehydrated. They shared it, chugging the entire container in a New York minute. Ryan gave his buddy a pair of fresh underwear and they changed. Settling down for bed. Ryan enjoyed some of the moments tied up and gagged with his friend. When he hinted at the fact, Justin shyly admitted in round about ways he did as well.

    “Hey Ryan, what’s “˜ball butter’ anyway?” Justin asked referring to Jimmy’s remark during the degrading last moments.

    Ryan chuckled, “I’ll give you a hint, “as he reached into his underwear with one hand and rubbed it on Justin’s face.

    “Hella funny, ha hah,” Justin pushed him away. “Ya it was pretty gross.”

    Ryan awkwardly added, “I was sporting so much wood. Kind of weird but kinda cool.”

    They switched the subject to the very thing in the backs of their minds. Getting even. In a strange sort of way, they saw it as something the older boys might admire. They’d have to keep their word not to tell Connor however. But they agreed it certainly would help them go about revenge if Connor “accidently “discovered what happened on his own.

    The schemed into half the night before falling asleep.

    Revenge was coming.

    TO BE CONTINUED?


    To get in touch with the author, send them an email.


  • I Met My First Gay Lover on Grindr

    Hi guys, my name is Chase. I’m 18-years-of-age and graduated from high school in early June of 2018. I was a very studious student with the top grades in my graduating class and also a successful jock lettering in wrestling and baseball. I’ve always been a very shy introvert and often I’m kindly described by my big rough jock friends as  a mommy’s perfect son and an teacher’s pet. I’ve followed the rules and never been in trouble.

    I’m of Swedish ancestry with both of my parents emigrating from Sweden at age 18 and becoming American citizens prior to my birth.  I have all those Scandinavian features with curly blond hair, deep blue eyes, very light skin complexion, hairless body except for blond fuzzy underarm and pubic hair, weigh a slim 145 pounds, stand 5-feet and 7-inches and a nice jock’s body from wrestling and playing second base on the baseball team. 

    Our small city is very conservative with regard to sex before marriage and little tolerance for the gay life style. In addition to being one of the shyest guys ever, I’ve known since puberty that I was gay but deep in the closet having never revealed to a single soul my being gay—a pure gay virgin. My family and friends have always thought I was just a shy guy and when I get to college I’d finally find a female college student to date.

    As I share this story with you readers, I need to tell you that it was July 1, 2018 when my desire and lust for man sex so overwhelmed me to the point that I managed to suppress my hesitation and shyness to the point that I went up on Grindr to look for a hot dude who would have sex with me. I craved a man’s cock inside me. 

    It was just past mid-night and with my parents asleep, I went to my bedroom, opened my computer and began my search for a hot dude who was gay. My heart was racing, my palms were sweaty and sweat had formed on my face but I made my move.

    As I started my search, I spent at least 20 minutes with no luck because either the guys were too old, they lived too far away or they seemed to be high on something. Then I clicked on the profile of a really hot guy who seemed so nice, was a gorgeous Latino but somewhat older than me at 29. I really connected to him, he was nice, kind and caring. He lived only 25-miles away in the next town. I felt a real lust for him and I sensed he liked me.

    “Hi there, my name is Chase. I’m 18-years-of-age and graduated from high school last June and I will start college in about 8 weeks at the sate university. You need to know I’m not out, have never had sex with anyone; I’m gay, shy and so afraid of being outed and also rejected by such a hot guy as you. I’m so desperate to have my first man sex. Man, you’re so hot. You seem so nice and hopefully a man who is experienced in gay sex.”

    “Hi Chase, first of all you are so honest, nice and I bet very hot. My name is Ezra, a 29-year-old active gay dude with a big libido and as we are being honest, I’ve had sex with lots of dudes starting at your age. I’d love to meet you, get to know you better and of course introduce you to your first gay sex. I can teach you lots of hot sexy moves that will make you horny as hell. Man, I love the chance to fuck hot younger virgins like you. How about coming over to my place tomorrow night around 6 PM, I’ll have dinner ready and I I can give you your first hot hard cock up that tight virgin ass?”

    “WOW thanks Ezra, I’ll be there and please be gentle with me, OK?”

    I got to Ezra’s place at 6 PM. I almost turned around and left. What if this guy was some type of dangerous criminal who might fuck me and then kill me dumping my body in some place where I’d never be found? My heart was racing and my whole body shivering. But the lust and my cock won out as I rang the door bell. As Ezra opened the door, holy fuck he was dressed only in a hot black bikini. My legs became weak and my cock grew as I looked at this hunk of a man. He had coal black hair, deep black eyes, stood around 6-feet and 4-inches, his dark Latino body was riddled with hard muscles, huge biceps, bulging thighs and upper legs, and a massive bulge/tent in that bikini. What a  contrast he was to my features. Holy shit he was  so gorgeous.

    We had a great dinner and immediately after dinner, Ezra took me to his big bedroom with the walls lined with naked hot dude’s showing real big rock hard cocks. My cock became stone hard. We were naked in seconds. Ezra had me get on my back on his bed with my legs and feet hanging over the edge with my dick standing at attention and my spread legs giving Ezra a direct path to my crotch revealing my rock hard cock, hot balls and puckering tight pink ass. I was so nervous but at the same time thrilled that finally a gorgeous man was about to satisfy my constant craving for a man to fuck me with a huge cock. I could not have found a more sexy big hunk for my first fuck. I was ready to be his bitch.

    “Hey Chase, are you ready for your first fuck? Just relax and I’ll do all the work this time. You will love the feel of a man tending to your lustful needs. I’ll be gentle and I promise you that you will have the most powerful orgasm of your young horny life. You’ll beg me to never stop as you feel my huge 11-inch cock deep in that cute small tight virgin pussy.”

    +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

    CHASE’S FIRST FUCK

    As I lay there on my back totally naked before this hunk standing above me with his huge dick throbbing, I was about to pass out from the lust and anticipation of what was about to happen. Could I take that horse cock? OH how I wanted Ezra to drill my ass.

    Big Ezra lowered his body and face to met my crotch as I felt shivers all over my body. He lowered his mouth and lips down on my crotch as he soaked it with gobs of his warm spit. He took hold of the base of my 6.5 inch hard dick and began to kiss and lick my diamond hard blood filled cock. My first feel of a man’s lips and warm tongue on my stiff cock  had me dizzy and aroused like never before when I masturbated. I lost all control   as I bucked my hips up to meet his warm mouth and tongue , as I cried out in pure pleasure.  My cock and ass began to throb and pulsate with such intensity that I began to beg: “Oh fuck yea, please suck my cock Ezra. Oh this feels so much better than I had ever imagined possible.”

    With my plea and sexy body in heat, Ezra went to work on my crotch using  his professional experience. He bobbed his head up and down as he took my leaking cock deep in his wet mouth and soaked my hard tool in his spit. He used his tongue to give my virgin cock a hot massage, used his hands to massage my hot balls filled with a huge load of young cum and put a finger inside my ass. After a long incredible blowjob on my dick, he took his mouth and kissed my balls, licked those jewels and took them in his mouth making me wild with lust. He then rotated between giving me a blowjob, sucking on my balls and giving me a rough rim job as my ass puckered loving the feel of his eating my ass.

    When I thought nothing could top what Ezra had done to my body, he lifted my legs and feet up on his broad shoulders and went to work on my wet puckering pink ass with his lips and tongue. OH HOLY FUCK from that position he was able to really drive that tongue deeper into my man pussy until I could not take it any longer. I felt my cum gather in my balls, rush up my cock shaft and explode out of my piss slit drenching both of us in that white cream. I’d never had such a powerful orgasm. Ezra had been correct. He knew how to make me come like never before. We both were then covered in my cum.

    “Well Chase, are you now ready for my huge cock up that small tight virgin pussy?”

    “OH FUCK YEA EZRA, that rimming has made me want that big cock deep in my ass. PLEASE FUCK ME NOW.”

    After Ezra lubed my ass and his naked cock he once again placed my feet and legs up on his broad shoulders giving his cock a direct path to my virgin ass. I felt that bare python missile breach my hole, part my ass lips and travel deep in my ass. Oh my goodness, Ezra did not slow down as he drove that throbbing blood filled dick all the way inside his new bitch’s ass. As he began to power fuck my small ass, the pain was severe but I refused to complain grateful that I had finally gotten a man’s cock where I had longed for it to be. My ass was stretched to the limits as I felt like Ezra had located a flag pole and drove it deep into my ass. He used his deeply embedded cock to fuck me rough as the pain turned into some form of  out of body cosmic nirvana ecstasy.

    Ezra fucked my ass for the longest time and at times spit on my face making the fuck even more sexy. He looked into my eyes as I did his with our faces blood red showing the animal lust we enjoyed as he serviced my man pussy. Finally, I noticed his face draw, he groaned loudly and his breathing became rapid telling me he was ready to breed me. WOW, he dumped a massive load deep in my ass as I felt all that wet warm semen fill my ass.

    The feel of that warm cum in my ass caused my cock to erupt with a second load of cum for the evening covering my body. Ezra now empty of his cum, he pulled his still hard cock out of my cum filled ass and had me suck that big cum covered cock clean. He then licked my cum off my body and we kissed sharing all that protein.

    We embraced lying on his bed smelling all that cum as his cum ran out of my ass. I finally was able to say: “OH FUCK EZRA, that was so awesome. I want your cock up my ass again.”

    We rested for an hour before Ezra drill my ass again unloading a second big dump deep in my now non-virgin ass. I spent the night and was ready for a second day of man sex with Ezra. WOW, what a weekend of man sex for this shy virgin Swedish guy.

  • Visit to the Swimming baths

    His legs were clamped tight around my waist and I could feel his hard cock throbbing against my stomach. I cupped his bum in my hands and turned us both around and backed up to the small bench seat that was at the end of the cubicle.

    I sat down carefully and told him to place his feet on the bench. He was now squatting and I moved my head down and attacked his nipples licking and sucking them vigorously. Taking hold a handful of my hair he pushed his chest against my mouth as I nipped at the hardened nubs.

    I was now leaking pre-cum a lot so I took my cock in my hand and smeared my juices all over his stretched, gaping hole. I wrapped my hands around his waist and started to push my cock upwards. As the head of my cock popped past his ring he gasped and clung on to me tighter. I waited for a few seconds and slowly pulled him down on to my throbbing member.

    He was very hot and tight and it took me a couple of minutes more to get balls deep into his waiting hole. I started to move him up and down increasing my speed slowly. He was panting hard and was now moving up and down on my cock.

    I slid my bum forward on the bench and as I did so he scooped some of his own pre-cum off of his cock and smeared my hot ring with it. Within seconds he was finger fucking me meeting me stroke for stroke. I could feel my orgasm building and started to speed up. He sensed that I was nearing climax because his fingers were going in and out of my hole like a piston.

    I couldn’t hold on any longer and erupted into his channel my cock jerking over and over spilling my seed into him. He felt my spunk shoot into him and tightened his hand around my neck as he shot his load all over my chest. We clung on to each other our smooth chests smearing his cum all over our nipples. We sat there for some minutes waiting for our orgasms to subside our lips locked together our tongues exploring each others mouths.


    To get in touch with the author, send them an email.